Руководство по эксплуатации hitachi zx330

  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Hitachi Manuals
  4. Excavators
  5. ZAXIS 330-3 class

Manuals and User Guides for Hitachi ZAXIS 330-3 class. We have 1 Hitachi ZAXIS 330-3 class manual available for free PDF download: Operator’s Manual

Hitachi ZAXIS 330-3 class Operator's Manual

Hitachi ZAXIS 330-3 class Operator’s Manual (461 pages)

Hydraulic

Brand: Hitachi
|
Category: Excavators
|
Size: 8.03 MB

Table of Contents
  • Table of Contents

    8

  • Machine Numbers

    12

    • Recognize Safety Information

      12

    • Understand Signal Words

      12

    • Follow Safety Instructions

      13

    • Prepare for Emergencies

      14

    • Protect against Noise

      14

    • Wear Protective Clothing

      14

    • General Precautions for Cab

      15

    • Inspect Machine

      15

    • Adjust the Operator’s Seat

      16

    • Ensure Safety before Rising from or Leaving Operator’s Seat

      16

      • Conditions

        16

    • Use Handholds and Steps

      16

    • Fasten Your Seat Belt

      17

    • Handle Starting Aids Safely

      17

    • Move and Operate Machine Safely

      17

    • Jump Starting

      18

    • Keep Riders off Machine

      18

    • Operate Only from Operator’s Seat

      18

    • Precautions for Operations

      19

    • Investigate Job Site Beforehand

      20

    • Confirm Direction of Machine to be Driven

      21

    • Equipment of Head Guard, Rops, Fops

      21

    • Provide Signals for Jobs Involving Multiple Numbers of Machines

      21

    • Drive Machine Safely

      22

    • Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents

      24

    • Avoid Injury from Back-Over and Swing Accidents

      25

    • Avoid Undercutting

      26

    • Keep Person Clear from Working Area

      26

    • Never Position Bucket over Anyone

      26

    • Avoid Tipping

      27

    • Never Undercut a High Bank

      27

    • Dig with Caution

      28

    • Operate with Caution

      28

    • Avoid Power Lines

      29

    • Object Handling

      29

    • Precautions for Lightning

      29

    • Handle Fluids Safely−Avoid Fires

      30

    • Park Machine Safely

      30

    • Protect against Flying Debris

      30

    • Transport Safely

      31

    • Practice Safe Maintenance

      32

    • Stay Clear of Moving Parts

      33

    • Support Machine Properly

      33

    • Warn Others of Service Work

      33

    • Prevent Parts from Flying

      34

    • Store Attachments Safely

      34

    • Prevent Burns

      35

    • Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically

      35

    • Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

      36

    • Prevent Fires

      37

    • Beware of Exhaust Fumes

      38

    • Evacuating in Case of Fire

      38

    • Precautions for Welding and Grinding

      38

    • Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing Flammable Fluids

      39

    • Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

      39

    • Remove Paint before Welding or Heating

      39

    • Beware of Asbestos Dust

      40

    • Prevent Battery Explosions

      40

    • Service Air Conditioning System Safely

      40

    • Dispose of Waste Properly

      41

    • Handle Chemical Products Safely

      41

  • Safety Signs

    42

  • Components Name

    50

  • Operator’s Station

    51

    • Cab Features

      51

    • Multi Function Monitor

      52

    • Outline

      53

      • Menu Screen (23)

        56

      • Hour Meter

        57

      • Fuel Gauge

        57

      • Clock

        57

      • Back Monitor Selector

        57

      • Menu Key

        58

      • Optional Function Key

        58

      • Return to Basic Screen Key

        58

      • Alarm Light

        58

      • Optional Function Display

        58

      • Coolant Temperature Gauge

        59

      • Operating Status Icon Display

        59

    • Alarm Occurrence Screen

      64

    • Contents of Alarms

      66

    • Clock Setting

      68

    • Attachment Selection (Only Machines Equipped with Optional Parts)

      69

    • Pump 2 Flow Rate Adjustment (Only Machines Equipped with Optional Parts)

      73

    • Displaying Operating Conditions

      74

    • Fuel Rate Display/No Display

      75

    • Back Monitor Settings

      83

    • Maintenance Settings

      85

    • Mail (Optional)

      90

    • Language Settings

      92

    • Switch Panel

      94

    • Engine Control Dial

      95

    • Auto-Idle Switch

      95

    • Power Mode Switch

      96

    • Travel Mode Switch

      96

    • Work Light Switch

      97

    • Wiper/Washer Switch

      98

    • Switch Panel (Optional)

      100

    • Key Switch

      102

    • Power Boost Switch (ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)

      102

    • Horn Switch

      102

    • Cigar Lighter

      103

    • Cab Light

      104

    • Installing Fire Extinguisher (Optional)

      104

    • Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever

      105

    • Engine Stop Switch

      105

    • Fuse Box

      106

    • Auto Air Conditioner

      107

    • Cab Heater Operation

      111

    • Cooling Operation

      111

    • Defroster Operation

      112

    • Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage

      113

    • Cab Heater (Optional)

      114

    • Cab Heater Operation

      115

    • Defroster Operation

      116

    • AM/FM Radio Operation

      117

    • Digital Clock Setting Procedure

      118

    • Cab Door Release Lever

      119

    • Opening Upper Front Window

      119

    • Closing Upper Front Window

      120

    • Removing and Storing Lower Front Window

      121

    • Opening Side Windows

      121

    • Opening/Closing Overhead Window

      122

    • Emergency Exit

      123

    • Adjusting the Seat

      124

    • Seat with a Built-In Heater

      125

    • Adjusting the Air-Suspension Seat (Optional)

      126

    • Seat with a Built-In Heater

      127

    • Adjusting Console Height

      128

    • Seat Belt

      129

  • Break-In

    130

    • Observe Engine Operation Closely

      130

    • Every 8 Hours or Daily

      130

    • After the First 50 Hours

      130

    • After the First 100 Hours

      130

  • Operating the Engine

    132

    • Inspect Machine Daily before Starting

      132

    • Before Starting Engine

      133

    • Starting the Engine in Ordinary Temperature

      134

    • Starting in Cold Weather

      136

    • Check Instruments after Starting

      138

    • Using Booster Batteries

      139

    • Stopping the Engine

      141

  • Driving the Machine

    142

    • Drive the Machine Carefully

      142

    • Steering the Machine Using Pedals

      143

    • Steering the Machine Using Levers

      144

    • Travel Mode Switch

      145

    • Travel Alarm (Optional)

      145

    • Operating on Soft Ground

      146

    • Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm

      146

    • Towing Machine a Short Distance

      147

    • Operating in Water or Mud

      148

    • Parking the Machine on Slopes

      149

    • Parking the Machine

      149

  • Operating the Machine

    150

    • Control Lever (ISO Pattern)

      150

    • Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Breaker) (Optional)

      151

    • Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Crusher) (Optional)

      152

    • Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever

      153

    • Engine Speed Control

      155

    • Auto-Idle

      156

    • Work Mode

      157

    • Work Mode Select

      158

    • Power Boost (ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)

      159

    • Power Mode

      160

    • Operating Backhoe

      161

    • Grading Operation

      161

    • Face Shovel Operation

      162

    • Avoid Abusive Operation

      162

    • Operating Tips

      163

    • Select Correct Track Shoes

      163

    • Hydraulic Breaker and Hydraulic Crusher

      164

    • Pipings for Breaker and Crusher (Optional)

      165

    • Secondary Relief Pressure Adjustment

      167

    • Precautions for Breaker Operation

      169

    • Breaker Maintenance

      172

    • Precautions for Crusher Operation

      173

    • Attachment

      175

    • Attachment Connection Parts

      179

    • Precaution for Arm Roll-In/Bucket Roll-In Combined Operation

      180

    • When Installing an Attachment Longer than Standard Bucket

      180

    • Shackle Hole Usage

      181

    • Overnight Storage Instructions

      181

      • Emergency Boom Lowering Procedure (Without Hose-Rupture Safety Valve)

        182

    • Emergency Boom Lowering Procedure

      183

    • Object Handling

      184

  • Transporting

    186

    • Transporting by Road

      186

    • Loading/Unloading on a Trailer

      186

    • Machine Lifting Procedure

      190

  • Maintenance

    192

    • Correct Maintenance and Inspection Procedures

      192

    • Check the Hour Meter Regularly

      193

    • Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants

      193

    • Layout

      194

    • Maintenance Guide Table

      195

    • Prepare Machine for Maintenance

      197

    • Hood and Access Covers (ZX120-3, 180-3 Class)

      198

    • Hood and Access Covers (ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)

      199

    • Periodic Replacement of Parts

      200

    • Maintenance Guide

      201

      • Front Joint Pins

        201

      • A. Greasing

        207

      • Swing Bearing

        209

      • Swing Internal Gear

        210

    • Engine

      211

      • Engine Oil Level

        211

      • Change Engine Oil

        212

      • Replace Engine Oil Filter

        212

    • Transmission

      214

      • Pump Transmission

        214

      • Swing Reduction Gear

        215

      • Travel Reduction Gear

        216

    • Hydraulic System

      218

      • Inspection and Maintenance of Hydraulic Equipment

        218

      • Breaker Maintenance

        220

      • Maintenance

        221

      • Check Hydraulic Oil Level

        221

      • Change Hydraulic Oil

        222

      • Suction Filter Cleaning

        222

      • Air Bleeding Procedures

        224

      • Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter

        225

      • Replace Pilot Oil Filter

        226

      • Replace Air Breather Element

        227

      • Check Hoses and Lines

        228

      • Service Recommendations for Hydraulic Fittings

        231

    • Fuel System

      233

      • Drain Fuel Tank Sump

        235

      • Drain Fuel Filter

        236

      • Replace Fuel Main Filter Element

        240

      • Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element

        241

      • Clean Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer

        242

      • Check Fuel Hoses

        243

    • Air Cleaner

      244

      • Clean Air Cleaner Outer Element

        244

      • Replace Air Cleaner Outer and Inner Elements

        244

    • Cooling System

      246

      • Check Coolant Level

        248

      • Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension

        249

      • ZX120-3, 180-3 Class

        249

      • Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension (ZX200-3, ZX270-3, ZX330-3 Class)

        250

      • Change Coolant

        251

      • Clean Radiator Interior

        251

      • Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler Core and Inter Cooler Outside

        252

      • Clean Oil Cooler, Radiator and Inter Cooler Front Screen

        252

      • Clean Air Conditioner Condenser

        252

      • Clean Fuel Oil Cooler

        252

      • Clean Air Conditioner Front Screen (Opt.)

        252

    • Electrical System

      253

      • Batteries

        253

      • Replace Batteries

        256

      • Replacing Fuses

        257

    • Miscellaneous

      259

      • Check Bucket Teeth

        259

      • Change Bucket

        263

    • Convert Bucket Connection into Face Shovel

      264

      • Adjust Bucket Linkage

        265

      • Remove Travel Levers

        266

      • Check Windshield Washer Fluid Level

        267

      • Check Track Sag

        268

      • Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter

        270

      • Check Air Conditioner

        272

      • Clean Cab Floor

        273

      • Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt

        274

      • Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance

        274

      • Measure Engine Compression Pressure

        274

      • Check Starter and Alternator

        274

      • Check and Replace EGR Device

        274

      • Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts

        275

  • Hydraulic Circuit and Electrical Circuit

    290

    • Hydraulic Circuit

      290

    • Electrical Circuit

      291

    • Electrical Diagram

      291

    • Electrical Diagram

      292

  • Maintenance under Special Environmental Conditions

    294

  • Storage

    296

    • Storing the Machine

      296

    • Removing the Machine from Storage

      297

  • Troubleshooting

    298

    • Impossible to Start the Engine

      298

    • Engine

      299

    • Electrical System

      303

    • Mode Selection

      305

    • Control Levers

      306

    • Hydraulic System

      306

  • Specifications

    310

    • Specifications (ZX110-3, 110M-3)

      310

    • Working Ranges (ZX110-3, 110M-3)

      311

    • Specifications (ZX160LC-3)

      311

    • Specifications (ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3)

      312

    • Shoe Types and Applications (ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3)

      313

    • Specifications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)

      313

    • Bucket Types and Applications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)

      314

    • Specifications (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)

      314

    • Specifications (ZX130-3, 130LCN-3)

      315

    • Working Ranges (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)

      316

    • Shoe Types and Applications (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)

      317

    • Shoe Types and Applications (ZX130LCN-3)

      318

    • Bucket Types and Applications (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)

      319

    • Specifications (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3)

      319

    • Specifications (ZX160LC-3)

      320

    • Working Ranges (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3)

      321

    • Shoe Types and Applications (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3)

      323

    • Bucket Types and Applications (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3)

      324

    • Specifications (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)

      324

    • Specifications (ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3)

      325

    • Working Ranges (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)

      326

    • Shoe Types and Applications (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)

      328

    • Bucket Types and Applications (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)

      329

    • Specifications (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3)

      329

    • Specifications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)

      330

    • Working Ranges (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3)

      331

    • Shoe Types and Applications (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3)

      332

    • Bucket Types and Applications (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3)

      333

      • Specifications (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)

        334

      • Working Ranges (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)

        335

      • Specifications (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3)

        338

      • Working Ranges (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3)

        339

      • Specifications (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)

        342

      • Working Ranges (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)

        343

      • Specifications (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3)

        346

      • Working Ranges (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3)

        347

    • Sound Level Results (2000/14/EC)

      350

    • Vibration Level

      350

  • Optional Attachments and Devices

    352

    • Using Pad Crawler Shoe

      352

    • Traveling and Other Cautions

      353

    • Transporting

      354

    • Precautions for Transporting Machines with Pad Crawler Shoes

      354

    • Long Arm Operation

      357

    • Blade Lever

      358

    • Precautions for Blade Operation

      358

    • Avoid Hitting Blade with Front-End Attachment

      359

    • Avoid Hitting Blade with Bucket

      359

    • Avoid Striking the Blade into a Rock

      359

    • Blade Maintenance

      360

    • Specifications (ZX110-3 with Blade)

      361

    • Working Ranges (ZX110-3 with Blade)

      362

    • Shoe Types and Applications (ZX110-3 with Blade)

      363

    • Specifications (ZX130-3 with Blade)

      364

    • Working Ranges (ZX130-3 with Blade)

      365

    • Shoe Types and Applications (ZX130-3 with Blade)

      366

    • Offset Arm Front

      367

    • Offset Direction and Working Range

      368

    • Precautions for Operating with the Offset Function

      369

      • Maintenance

        370

      • Specifications (ZX110-3, 110M-3 Offset)

        371

      • Working Ranges (ZX110-3, 110M-3 Offset)

        372

      • Bucket Teeth (Transverse-Type-Pin-Used Type)

        373

    • Maintenance

      375

    • 2-Piece Boom

      378

    • Specifications

      378

    • ZX130-3, 130LCN-3 (2-Piece Boom)

      378

    • Working Ranges

      379

      • ZX130-3, 130LCN-3 2-Piece Boom

        379

    • Shoe Types and Applications

      380

      • ZX130-3 2-Piece Boom

        380

      • ZX130LCN-3 (2-Piece Boom)

        381

    • Specifications

      382

      • ZX210-3, 210LC-3 2-Piece Boom

        382

    • Working Ranges

      383

      • ZX210-3, 210LC-3 2-Piece Boom

        383

    • Shoe Types and Applications

      384

      • ZX210-3 2-Piece Boom

        384

      • ZX210LC-3 2-Piece Boom

        384

    • Specifications

      385

      • ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3 2-Piece Boom

        385

    • Working Ranges

      386

      • ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3 2-Piece Boom

        386

    • Shoe Types and Applications

      387

      • ZX210LCN-3 2-Piece Boom

        387

      • ZX240N-3 2-Piece Boom

        387

    • Specifications

      388

      • ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3 2-Piece Boom

        388

    • Working Ranges

      389

      • ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3 2-Piece Boom

        389

    • Shoe Types and Applications

      390

      • ZX250LC-3 2-Piece Boom

        390

      • ZX250LCN-3 2-Piece Boom

        390

    • Specifications

      391

      • ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3 2-Piece Boom

        391

    • Working Ranges

      392

      • ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3 2-Piece Boom

        392

    • Shoe Types and Applications

      393

      • ZX280LC-3 2-Piece Boom

        393

      • ZX280LCN-3 2-Piece Boom

        393

    • Specifications

      394

      • ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3 2-Piece Boom

        394

    • Working Ranges

      395

    • ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3 (2-Piece Boom)

      395

    • Shoe Types and Applications

      396

    • ZX350LC-3 (2-Piece Boom)

      396

    • Lifting Hook

      397

    • Lifting Capacities

      399

    • Index

      456

  • Index

    457

    • Shoe Types and Applications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)

      458

Advertisement

Advertisement

Related Products

  • Hitachi Zaxis 330

  • Hitachi ZAXIS 330-6 class

  • Hitachi Zaxis 350

  • Hitachi Zaxis 370

  • Hitachi ZAXIS 300-6 class

  • Hitachi ZAXIS 200-3 class

  • Hitachi Zaxis 200

  • Hitachi Zaxis 230 270

  • Hitachi Zaxis 210

  • Hitachi Zaxis 225

Hitachi Categories

Projector
Projector

Air Conditioner
Air Conditioner

Drill

Power Tool

LCD TV

More Hitachi Manuals

Экскаваторы Hitachi ZX200-3 (Zaxis 200-3), ZX270-3 (Zaxis 270-3), ZX330-3 (Zaxis 330-3): Руководство оператора

12,1 Мб

Экскаваторы Hitachi ZX200-3 (Zaxis 200-3), ZX270-3 (Zaxis

Формат: pdf

  • Год:

    2006

  • Страниц:

    343

  • Язык:

    русский

  • Размер:

    12,1 Мб

  • Категории:

    Hitachi ZX330

Требуется руководство для вашей Hitachi ZX330LC-3 Zaxis Экскаватор? Ниже вы можете просмотреть и загрузить бесплатно руководство в формате PDF. Кроме того, приведены часто задаваемые вопросы, рейтинг изделия и отзывы пользователей, что позволит оптимально использовать ваше изделие. Если это не то руководство, которое вы искали, – свяжитесь с нами.

Ваше устройство неисправно, и в руководстве отсутствует решение? Перейдите в Repair Café для получения бесплатных ремонтных услуг.

Руководство

Рейтинг

Сообщите нам, что вы думаете о Hitachi ZX330LC-3 Zaxis Экскаватор, оставив оценку продукта. Хотите поделиться вашими впечатлениями от данного изделия или задать вопрос? Вы можете оставить комментарий в нижней части страницы.

Довольны ли вы данным изделием Hitachi?
Да Нет

Будьте первым, кто оценит это изделие

0 голоса

Руководство Hitachi ZX330LC-3 Zaxis Экскаватор

Hitachi ZAXIS 270-3 class, ZAXIS 330-3 class Operator's Manual | Manualzz

INTRODUCTION
Read this manual carefully to learn how to operate and
service your machine correctly. Failure to do so could
result in personal injury or machine damage.
This standard specification machine can be operated
under the following conditions without being modified.
Atmospheric Temperature: −20 °C to 40 °C (−4 °F to 104 °F)
Altitude: 0 m to 2000 m (0 ft to 6600 ft)
In case the machine is used under conditions other than
described above, consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
This manual should be considered a permanent part of
your machine and should remain with the machine when
you sell it.
This machine is of metric design. Measurements in this
manual are metric. Use only metric hardware and tools as
specified.
Right-hand and left-hand sides are determined by facing in the direction of forward travel.
Write product identification numbers in the Machine
Numbers section. Accurately record all the numbers to
help in tracing the machine should it be stolen. Your
dealer also needs these numbers when you order parts. If
this manual is kept on the machine, also file the identification numbers in a secure place off the machine.
Use only diesel fuel with quality specified in JIS K-2204,
EN-590, ASTM D-975, GOST R52368 or GB252.
Failure to use diesel fuel with quality as specified above
may allow the engine to emit exhaust gas which cleanness can not conform to the requests in various relevant
regulations. In addition, serious damage to the engine
may result. Consult with your nearest Hitachi dealer for
detailed information.
Class
ZX120-3 Class
ZX180-3 Class
ZX200-3 Class
ZX270-3 Class
ZX330-3 Class
Model
Std. Model
Warranty is provided as a part of Hitachi’s support program for customers who operate and maintain their
equipment as described in this manual. The warranty is
explained on the warranty certificate which you should
have received from your dealer.
This warranty provides you the assurance that Hitachi will
back its products where defects appear within the warranty period. In some circumstances, Hitachi also provides
field improvements, often without charge to the customer, even if the product is out of warranty.
Should the equipment be abused, or modified to
change its performance beyond the original factory
specifications, the warranty will become void and field
improvements may be denied.
Setting fuel delivery above specifications or otherwise
overpowering machines will result in such action.
Only qualified, experienced operators officially licensed
(according to local law) should be allowed to operate
the machine. Moreover, only officially licensed personnel
should be allowed to inspect and service the machine.
PRIOR TO OPERATING THIS MACHINE, INCLUDING
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, IN A COUNTRY
OTHER THAN A COUNTRY OF ITS INTENDED USE, IT
MAY BE NECESSARY TO MAKE MODIFICATIONS TO IT
SO THAT IT COMPLIES WITH THE LOCAL REGULATORY
STANDARDS (INCLUDING SAFETY STANDARDS) AND
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS OF THAT PARTICULAR COUNTRY. PLEASE DO NOT EXPORT OR OPERATE THIS MACHINE OUTSIDE OF THE COUNTRY OF ITS INTENDED
USE UNTIL SUCH COMPLIANCE HAS BEEN CONFIRMED.
PLEASE CONTACT HITACHI CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY CO., LTD. OR ANY OF OUR AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR OR DEALER IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING COMPLIANCE.
Hitachi machine models are classified into 5 classes and 1 model as shown in the
table below. When referring to the texts and/or illustrations indicated with the
applicable machine class names in this manual, check that the machine models
concerned are included using this table.
ZX110-3, 110M-3, 130-3, 130LCN-3
ZX160LC-3, 180LC-3, 180LCN-3
ZX210-3, 210LC-3, 210LCN-3, 240N-3
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3, 280LC-3, 280LCN-3
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3
ZX110-3, 110M-3, 130-3, 130LCN-3, 160LC-3, 180LC-3, 180LCN-3, 210-3, 210LC-3, 210LCN-3,
240N-3, 250LC-3, 250LCN-3, 280LC-3, 280LCN-3, 350LC-3, 350LCN-3
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest product information available at the
time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
©2008 Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd.
All rights reserved.
INDEX
MACHINE NUMBERS
SAFETY
SAFETY SIGNS
COMPONENTS NAME
OPERATOR’S STATION
BREAK-IN
OPERATING THE ENGINE
DRIVING THE MACHINE
OPERATING THE MACHINE
TRANSPORTING
MAINTENANCE
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT AND ELECTRICAL CIRCUITT
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
STORAGE
TROUBLESHOOTING
SPECIFICATIONS
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
INDEX
MACHINE NUMBERS
The manufacturing Nos. explained in this group is the individual number (serial No.) given to each machine and hydraulic
components. These numbers are requested when inquiring
any information on the machine and/or components. Fill these
serial Nos. in the blank spaces in this group to immediately
make them available upon request.
MACHINE
M157-00-001
SS3097499
1. MODEL/TYPE
2. Product Identification Number
3. Year of Manufacturing
4. Operating mass (standard version)
5. Engine power in KW according to ISO9249
M157-12-008
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(ZX120-3,
180-3 class)
PRODUCT
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER:
NOTE:
*HCM1U100L00100001*
Marks to indicate the
start and end of the PIN
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (PIN)
M178-00-002
(ZX330-3
class)
ENGINE
TYPE:
MFG. NO.:
(ZX200-3,
270-3 class)
M1U1-00-001
MACHINE NUMBERS
TRAVEL MOTOR
TYPE:
MFG. NO.:
M178-07-047
SWING MOTOR
TYPE:
MFG. NO.:
M178-07-086
HYDRAULIC PUMP
TYPE:
MFG. NO.:
M157-00-004
CONTENTS
MACHINE NUMBERS
SAFETY
Recognize Safety Information.....................................................S-1
Understand Signal Words..............................................................S-1
Follow Safety Instructions.............................................................S-2
Prepare for Emergencies................................................................S-3
Wear Protective Clothing..............................................................S-3
Protect Against Noise.....................................................................S-3
Inspect Machine...............................................................................S-4
General Precautions for Cab.........................................................S-4
Use Handholds and Steps.............................................................S-5
Adjust the Operator’s Seat............................................................S-5
Ensure Safety Before Rising from or
Leaving Operator’s Seat..........................................................S-5
Fasten Your Seat Belt.......................................................................S-6
Move and Operate Machine Safely............................................S-6
Handle Starting Aids Safely..........................................................S-6
Operate Only from Operator’s Seat...........................................S-7
Jump Starting....................................................................................S-7
Keep Riders Off Machine...............................................................S-7
Precautions for Operations...........................................................S-8
Investigate Job Site Beforehand.................................................S-9
Equipment of Head Guard, Rops, Fops ................................ S-10
Provide Signals for Jobs Involving
Multiple Numbers of Machines......................................... S-10
Confirm Direction of Machine to Be Driven......................... S-10
Drive Machine Safely.................................................................... S-11
Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents................................... S-13
Avoid Injury from Back-over and Swing Accidents........... S-14
Keep Person Clear from Working Area.................................. S-15
Never Position Bucket Over Anyone...................................... S-15
Avoid Undercutting...................................................................... S-15
Avoid Tipping.................................................................................. S-16
Never Undercut a High Bank..................................................... S-16
Dig with Caution............................................................................ S-17
Operate with Caution.................................................................. S-17
Avoid Power Lines......................................................................... S-18
Precautions for Lightning........................................................... S-18
Object Handling............................................................................ S-18
Protect Against Flying Debris................................................... S-19
Park Machine Safely...................................................................... S-19
Handle Fluids Safely−avoid Fires............................................. S-19
Transport Safely............................................................................. S-20
Practice Safe Maintenance......................................................... S-21
Warn Others of Service Work.................................................... S-22
Support Machine Properly......................................................... S-22
Stay Clear of Moving Parts......................................................... S-22
Prevent Parts from Flying........................................................... S-23
Store Attachments Safely........................................................... S-23
Prevent Burns.................................................................................. S-24
Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically......................................... S-24
Avoid High-pressure Fluids........................................................ S-25
Prevent Fires.................................................................................... S-26
Evacuating in Case of Fire........................................................... S-27
Beware of Exhaust Fumes.......................................................... S-27
Precautions for Welding and Grinding.................................. S-27
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines........................ S-28
Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing
Flammable Fluids................................................................... S-28
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating............................ S-28
Beware of Asbestos Dust............................................................ S-29
Prevent Battery Explosions........................................................ S-29
Service Air Conditioning System Safely................................ S-29
Handle Chemical Products Safely............................................ S-30
Dispose of Waste Properly.......................................................... S-30
SAFETY SIGNS............................................................................... S-31
COMPONENTS NAME.................................................................. 1-1
OPERATOR’S STATION
Cab Features...................................................................................... 1-2
Multi Function Monitor................................................................. 1-3
Outline................................................................................................. 1-4
Menu Screen (23)...................................................................... 1-7
Hour Meter.................................................................................. 1-8
Fuel Gauge.................................................................................. 1-8
Clock.............................................................................................. 1-8
Back Monitor Selector............................................................. 1-8
Menu Key..................................................................................... 1-9
Optional Function Key............................................................ 1-9
Return to Basic Screen Key .................................................. 1-9
Alarm Light................................................................................. 1-9
Optional Function Display ................................................... 1-9
Coolant Temperature Gauge..............................................1-10
Operating Status Icon Display...........................................1-10
Alarm Occurrence Screen...........................................................1-15
Contents of Alarms.......................................................................1-17
Clock Setting...................................................................................1-19
Attachment Selection
(Only Machines Equipped with Optional Parts)..........1-20
Pump 2 Flow Rate Adjustment
(Only Machines Equipped with Optional Parts)..........1-24
Displaying Operating Conditions............................................1-25
Fuel Rate Display/No Display....................................................1-26
Back Monitor Settings.................................................................1-34
Maintenance Settings..................................................................1-36
Mail (Optional)................................................................................1-41
Language Settings........................................................................1-43
Switch Panel....................................................................................1-45
Engine Control Dial.......................................................................1-46
Auto-idle Switch............................................................................1-46
Power Mode Switch . ...................................................................1-47
Travel Mode Switch......................................................................1-47
Work Light Switch.........................................................................1-48
Wiper/Washer Switch...................................................................1-49
Switch Panel (Optional)...............................................................1-51
Key Switch........................................................................................1-53
Power Boost Switch
(ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)...............................1-53
CONTENTS
Horn Switch.....................................................................................1-53
Cigar Lighter....................................................................................1-54
Cab Light..........................................................................................1-55
Installing Fire Extinguisher (Optional)...................................1-55
Pilot Control Shut-off Lever.......................................................1-56
Engine Stop Switch.......................................................................1-56
Fuse Box............................................................................................1-57
Auto Air Conditioner....................................................................1-58
Cab Heater Operation..................................................................1-62
Cooling Operation........................................................................1-62
Defroster Operation.....................................................................1-63
Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage................................1-64
Cab Heater (Optional)..................................................................1-65
Cab Heater Operation..................................................................1-66
Defroster Operation.....................................................................1-67
AM/FM Radio Operation.............................................................1-68
Digital Clock Setting Procedure...............................................1-69
Cab Door Release Lever..............................................................1-70
Opening Upper Front Window.................................................1-70
Closing Upper Front Window....................................................1-71
Removing and Storing Lower Front Window......................1-72
Opening Side Windows...............................................................1-72
Opening/Closing Overhead Window.....................................1-73
Emergency Exit..............................................................................1-74
Adjusting the Seat .......................................................................1-75
Seat with a Built-in Heater.........................................................1-76
Adjusting the Air-suspension Seat (Optional)....................1-77
Seat with a Built-in Heater.........................................................1-78
Adjusting Console Height..........................................................1-79
Seat Belt............................................................................................1-80
BREAK-IN
Observe Engine Operation Closely........................................... 2-1
Every 8 Hours or Daily.................................................................... 2-1
After the First 50 Hours................................................................. 2-1
After the First 100 Hours............................................................... 2-1
OPERATING THE ENGINE
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting.................................... 3-1
Before Starting Engine.................................................................. 3-2
Starting the Engine in Ordinary Temperature....................... 3-3
Starting in Cold Weather.............................................................. 3-5
Check Instruments After Starting.............................................. 3-7
Using Booster Batteries................................................................. 3-8
Stopping the Engine....................................................................3-10
DRIVING THE MACHINE
Drive the Machine Carefully........................................................ 4-1
Steering the Machine Using Pedals.......................................... 4-2
Steering the Machine Using Levers.......................................... 4-3
Travel Mode Switch........................................................................ 4-4
Travel Alarm (Optional)................................................................. 4-4
Operating on Soft Ground........................................................... 4-5
Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm.................................... 4-5
Towing Machine a Short Distance............................................. 4-6
Operating in Water or Mud.......................................................... 4-7
Parking the Machine on Slopes.................................................. 4-8
Parking the Machine...................................................................... 4-8
OPERATING THE MACHINE
Control Lever (ISO Pattern).......................................................... 5-1
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Breaker) (Optional)............... 5-2
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Crusher) (Optional)............... 5-3
Pilot Control Shut-off Lever......................................................... 5-4
Engine Speed Control.................................................................... 5-6
Auto-idle............................................................................................. 5-7
Work Mode........................................................................................ 5-8
Work Mode Select........................................................................... 5-9
Power Boost (ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)............5-10
Power Mode....................................................................................5-11
Operating Backhoe.......................................................................5-12
Grading Operation........................................................................5-12
Face Shovel Operation................................................................5-13
Avoid Abusive Operation...........................................................5-13
Operating Tips................................................................................5-14
Select Correct Track Shoes.........................................................5-14
Hydraulic Breaker and Hydraulic Crusher.............................5-15
Pipings for Breaker and Crusher (Optional).........................5-16
Secondary Relief Pressure Adjustment.................................5-18
Precautions for Breaker Operation..........................................5-20
Breaker Maintenance...................................................................5-23
Precautions for Crusher Operation.........................................5-24
Attachment......................................................................................5-26
Attachment Connection Parts..................................................5-30
Precaution for Arm Roll-in/Bucket Roll-in
Combined Operation --- If Headguard-Integrated
Cab or Rainguard is Equipped...........................................5-31
When Installing an Attachment Longer
Than Standard Bucket...........................................................5-31
Shackle Hole Usage......................................................................5-32
Overnight Storage Instructions................................................5-32
Emergency Boom Lowering Procedure
(Without hose-rupture safety valve)...............................5-33
Object Handling --- If Equipped...............................................5-35
TRANSPORTING
Transporting By Road.................................................................... 6-1
Loading/unloading on a Trailer.................................................. 6-1
Machine Lifting Procedure........................................................... 6-5
MAINTENANCE
Correct Maintenance and Inspection Procedures............... 7-1
Check the Hour Meter Regularly................................................ 7-2
Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants.............................................. 7-2
Layout.................................................................................................. 7-3
Maintenance Guide Table............................................................. 7-4
Prepare Machine for Maintenance............................................ 7-6
Hood and Access Covers (ZX120-3, 180-3 Class)................. 7-7
Hood and Access Covers (ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class).... 7-8
Periodic Replacement of Parts.................................................... 7-9
CONTENTS
Maintenance Guide......................................................................7-10
A. Greasing.......................................................................................7-16
Front Joint Pins........................................................................7-16
Swing Bearing..........................................................................7-18
Swing Internal Gear...............................................................7-19
B. Engine...........................................................................................7-20
Engine Oil Level.......................................................................7-20
Change Engine Oil.................................................................7-21
Replace Engine Oil Filter......................................................7-21
C. Transmission...............................................................................7-23
Pump Transmission................................................................7-23
Swing Reduction Gear..........................................................7-24
Travel Reduction Gear...........................................................7-25
D. Hydraulic System......................................................................7-27
Inspection and Maintenance of Hydraulic
Equipment...........................................................................7-27
Breaker Maintenance............................................................7-29
Check Hydraulic Oil Level....................................................7-30
Change Hydraulic Oil............................................................7-31
Suction Filter Cleaning.........................................................7-31
Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter.......................................7-34
Replace Pilot Oil Filter...........................................................7-35
Replace Air Breather Element............................................7-36
Check Hoses and Lines.........................................................7-37
Service Recommendations for Hydraulic Fittings......7-40
E. Fuel System.................................................................................7-42
Drain Fuel Tank Sump ..........................................................7-44
Drain Fuel Filter.......................................................................7-45
Replace Fuel Main Filter Element......................................7-49
Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element.........................................7-50
Clean Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer.................................7-51
Check Fuel Hoses....................................................................7-52
F. Air Cleaner....................................................................................7-53
Clean Air Cleaner Outer Element......................................7-53
Replace Air Cleaner Outer and Inner Elements...........7-53
G. Cooling System.........................................................................7-55
Check Coolant Level..............................................................7-57
Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension
(ZX120-3, 180-3 Class)......................................................7-58
Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension
(ZX200-3, ZX270-3, ZX330-3 Class)..............................7-59
Change Coolant......................................................................7-60
Clean Radiator Interior.........................................................7-60
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler Core
and Inter Cooler Outside.................................................7-61
Clean Oil Cooler, Radiator and Inter
Cooler Front Screen..........................................................7-61
Clean Air Conditioner Condenser.....................................7-61
Clean Fuel Oil Cooler . ..........................................................7-61
Clean Air Conditioner Front Screen (Opt.).....................7-61
H. Electrical System.......................................................................7-62
Batteries.....................................................................................7-62
Replace Batteries....................................................................7-65
Replacing Fuses.......................................................................7-66
I. Miscellaneous . ...........................................................................7-68
Check Bucket Teeth................................................................7-68
Change Bucket........................................................................7-72
Convert Bucket Connection Into Face Shovel..............7-73
Adjust Bucket Linkage..........................................................7-74
Remove Travel Levers............................................................7-75
Check and Replace Seat Belt Check.................................7-75
Check Windshield Washer Fluid Level.............................7-76
Check Track Sag.......................................................................7-77
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter.......................7-79
Check Air Conditioner...........................................................7-81
Clean Cab Floor.......................................................................7-82
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt............................................7-83
Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance.................................7-83
Measure Engine Compression Pressure.........................7-83
Check Starter and Alternator.............................................7-83
Check and Replace EGR Device.........................................7-83
Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts.................7-84
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT AND ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
Hydraulic Circuit.............................................................................. 8-1
Electrical Circuit............................................................................... 8-2
Electrical Diagram........................................................................... 8-3
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Maintenance Under Special Environmental
Conditions................................................................................... 9-1
STORAGE
Storing the Machine.....................................................................10-1
Removing the Machine from Storage....................................10-2
TROUBLESHOOTING
Impossible to Start the Engine.................................................11-1
Engine................................................................................................11-2
Electrical System............................................................................11-6
Mode Selection..............................................................................11-8
Control Levers.................................................................................11-9
Hydraulic System...........................................................................11-9
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications (ZX110-3, 110M-3)............................................12-1
Working Ranges (ZX110-3, 110M-3).......................................12-2
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX110-3)...................................................................................12-3
(ZX110M-3)...............................................................................12-4
Bucket Types and Applications (ZX110-3, 110M-3)...........12-5
Specifications (ZX130-3, 130LCN-3)........................................12-6
Working Ranges (ZX130-3, 130LCN-3)...................................12-7
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX130-3)...............................12-8
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX130LCN-3).......................12-9
Bucket Types and Applications (ZX130-3, 130LCN-3)....12-10
Specifications (ZX160LC-3)......................................................12-11
Working Ranges (ZX160LC-3).................................................12-12
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX160LC-3).........................12-14
Bucket Types and Applications (ZX160LC-3).....................12-15
CONTENTS
Specifications (ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3).................................12-16
Working Ranges (ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3)............................12-17
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3).......................................................12-19
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3).......................................................12-20
Specifications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3).........................................12-21
Working Ranges (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)....................................12-22
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)...........12-23
Bucket Types and Applications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)........12-24
Specifications (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)..................................12-25
Working Ranges (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3).............................12-26
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)........................................................12-27
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)........................................................12-28
Specifications (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3).................................12-29
Working Ranges (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3)............................12-30
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3).......................................................12-31
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3).......................................................12-32
Specifications (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3).................................12-33
Working Ranges (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)............................12-34
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3).......................................................12-35
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3).......................................................12-36
Specifications (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3).................................12-37
Working Ranges (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3)............................12-38
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3).......................................................12-39
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3).......................................................12-40
Sound Level Results (2000/14/EC)........................................12-41
Vibration Level..............................................................................12-41
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Using Pad Crawler Shoe..............................................................13-1
Traveling and Other Cautions...................................................13-2
Transporting....................................................................................13-3
Precautions for Transporting Machines
with Pad Crawler Shoes........................................................13-3
Long Arm Operation --- If Equipped.......................................13-6
Blade Lever......................................................................................13-7
Precautions for Blade Operation..............................................13-7
Avoid Hitting Blade with Front-end Attachment..............13-8
Avoid Hitting Blade with Bucket..............................................13-8
Avoid Striking The Blade Into a Rock......................................13-8
Blade Maintenance.......................................................................13-9
Specifications (ZX110-3 with Blade).....................................13-10
Working Ranges (ZX110-3 with Blade)................................13-11
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX110-3 with Blade).......13-12
Specifications (ZX130-3 with Blade).....................................13-13
Working Ranges (ZX130-3 with Blade)................................13-14
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX130-3 with Blade).......13-15
Offset Arm Front..........................................................................13-16
Offset Direction and Working Range...................................13-17
Precautions for Operating with The Offset Function......13-18
Maintenance.................................................................................13-19
Specifications (ZX110-3, 110M-3 Offset).............................13-20
Working Ranges (ZX110-3, 110M-3 Offset)........................13-21
Bucket Teeth (Transverse-type-pin-used Type)................13-22
2-piece Boom................................................................................13-23
Maintenance (2-piece Boom)..................................................13-24
Specifications
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)...............................13-27
Working Ranges
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)...............................13-28
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX130-3 (2-piece Boom)....................................................13-29
ZX130LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................................13-30
Specifications
ZX210-3, 210LC-3 (2-piece Boom)..................................13-31
Working Ranges
ZX210-3, 210LC-3 (2-piece Boom)..................................13-32
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX210-3 (2-piece Boom)....................................................13-33
ZX210LC-3 (2-piece Boom)...............................................13-33
Specifications
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3 (2-piece Boom)............................13-34
Working Ranges
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3 (2-piece Boom)............................13-35
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX210LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................................13-36
ZX240N-3 (2-piece Boom).................................................13-36
Specifications
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..........................13-37
Working Ranges
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..........................13-38
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX250LC-3 (2-piece Boom)...............................................13-39
ZX250LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................................13-39
Specifications
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..........................13-40
Working Ranges
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..........................13-41
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX280LC-3 (2-piece Boom)...............................................13-42
ZX280LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................................13-42
Specifications
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..........................13-43
Working Ranges
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..........................13-44
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX350LC-3 (2-piece Boom)...............................................13-45
ZX350LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................................13-45
Lifting Hook...................................................................................13-46
Lifting Capacities.........................................................................13-48
INDEX................................................................................................14-1
SAFETY
RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION
• These are the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOLS.
• When you see these symbols on your machine or in this
manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
• Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.
001-E01A-0001
SA-688
UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS
• On machine safety signs, signal words designating the
degree or level of hazard - DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION
- are used with the safety alert symbol.
• DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
• WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
• CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury.
• DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are listed on CAUTION
safety signs.
• Some safety signs do not use any of the designated signal
words above after the safety alert symbol are occasionally
used on this machine.
• To avoid confusing machine protection with personal safety
messages, a signal word IMPORTANT indicates a situation
which, if not avoided, could result in damage to the machine.
•
NOTE indicates an additional explanation for an element
of information.
002-E01A-1223
S-
SA-1223
SAFETY
FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
• Carefully read and follow all safety signs on the machine
and all safety messages in this manual.
• Safety signs should be installed, maintained and replaced
when necessary.
• If a safety sign or this manual is damaged or missing,
order a replacement from your authorized dealer in the
same way you order other replacement parts (be sure to
state machine model and serial number when ordering).
• Learn how to operate the machine and its controls correctly
and safely.
• Allow only trained, qualified, authorized personnel to operate the machine.
• Keep your machine in proper working condition.
• Unauthorized modifications of the machine may impair
its function and/or safety and affect machine life.
• Do not modify any machine parts without authorization.
Failure to do so may deteriorate the part safety, function, and/or service life. In addition, personal accident,
machine trouble, and/or damage to material caused by
unauthorized modifications will void Hitachi Warranty
Policy.
• Do not use attachments and/or optional parts or equipment not authorized by Hitachi. Failure to do so may
deteriorate the safety, function, and/or service life of the
machine. In addition, personal accident, machine trouble,
and/or damage to material caused by using unauthorized
attachments and/or optional parts or equipment will void
Hitachi Warranty Policy.
• The safety messages in this SAFETY chapter are intended to
illustrate basic safety procedures of machines. However it is
impossible for these safety messages to cover every hazardous situation you may encounter. If you have any questions,
you should first consult your supervisor and/or your authorized dealer before operating or performing maintenance
work on the machine.
003-E01B-0003
S-
SA-003
SAFETY
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES
• Be prepared if a fire starts or if an accident occurs.
• Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher on hand.
• Thoroughly read and understand the label attached on
the fire extinguisher to use it properly.
• To ensure that a fire extinguisher can be always used
when necessary, check and service the fire extinguisher at
the recommended intervals as specified in the fire extinguisher manual.
• Establish emergency procedure guidelines to cope with
fires and accidents.
• Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,
hospital, and fire department posted near your telephone.
SA-437
004-E01A-0437
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
• Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job.
You may need:
A hard hat
Safety shoes
Safety glasses, goggles, or face shield
Heavy gloves
Hearing protection
Reflective clothing
Wet weather gear
Respirator or filter mask.
Be sure to wear the correct equipment and clothing for the
job. Do not take any chances.
SA-438
• Avoid wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or other items that
can catch on control levers or other parts of the machine.
Operating
equipment safely requires the full attention of
•
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while
operating the machine.
005-E01A-0438
PROTECT AGAINST NOISE
• Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or
loss of hearing.
• Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortably loud noises.
006-E01A-0434
SA-434
S-
SAFETY
INSPECT MACHINE
• Inspect your machine carefully each day or shift by walking
around it before you start it to avoid personal injury.
• In the walk-around inspection be sure to cover all points
described in the “PRE-START INSPECTION” chapter in the
operator’s manual.
007-E01A-0435
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS FOR CAB
• Before entering the cab, thoroughly remove all dirt and/
or oil from the soles of your work boots. If any controls
such as a pedal is operated while with dirt and/or oil on
the soles of the operator’s work boots the operator’s foot
may slip off the pedal, possibly resulting in a personal accident.
• Do not leave parts and/or tools lying around the operator’s seat. Store them in their specified locations.
• Avoid storing transparent bottles in the cab. Do not attach any transparent type window decorations on the
windowpanes as they may focus sunlight, possibly starting a fire.
• Refrain from listening to the radio, or using music headphones or mobile telephones in the cab while operating
the machine.
• Keep all flammable objects and/or explosives away from
the machine.
• After using the ashtray, always cover it to extinguish the
match and/or tobacco.
• Do not leave cigarette lighters in the cab. When the temperature in the cab increases, the lighter may explode.
524-E01A-0000
S-
SA-435
SAFETY
USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS
• Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.
• When you get on and off the machine, always face the
machine and maintain a three-point contact with the
steps and handrails.
• Do not use any controls as hand-holds.
• Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.
• Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and
handrails when leaving the machine.
SA-439
008-E01A-0439
ADJUST THE OPERATOR'S SEAT
• A poorly adjusted seat for either the operator or for the
work at hand may quickly fatigue the operator leading to
misoperations.
• The seat should be adjusted whenever changing the operator for the machine.
• The operator should be able to fully depress the pedals
and to correctly operate the control levers with his back
against the seat back.
• If not, move the seat forward or backward, and check
again.
• Adjust the rear view mirror position so that the best rear
visibility is obtained from the operator’s seat. If the mirror
is broken, immediately replace it with a new one.
009-E01A-0462
ENSURE SAFETY BEFORE RISING FROM OR LEAVING OPERATOR’S SEAT
• Before rising from the operator’s seat to open/close either
side window or to adjust the seat position, be sure to first
lower the front attachment to the ground and then move
the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position. Failure
to do so may allow the machine to unexpectedly move
when a body part unintentionally comes in contact with a
control lever, possibly resulting in serious personal injury or
death.
• Before leaving the machine, be sure to first lower the front
attachment to the ground and then move the pilot control
shut-off lever to the LOCK position. Turn the key switch OFF
to stop the engine.
• Before leaving the machine, close all windows, doors, and
access covers and lock them up.
S-
SA-378
SAFETY
FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT
• If the machine should overturn, the operator may become
injured and/or thrown from the cab. Additionally the operator may be crushed by the overturning machine, resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine webbing, buckle and attaching hardware. If any item is damaged or worn, replace the seat belt or component before
operating the machine.
• Be sure to remain seated with the seat belt securely
fastened at all times when the machine is in operation to
minimize the chance of injury from an accident.
• We recommend that the seat belt be replaced every three
years regardless of its apparent condition.
SA-237
010-E01A-0237
MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY
• Bystanders can be run over.
• Take extra care not to run over bystanders. Confirm the
location of bystanders before moving, swinging, or operating the machine.
• Always keep the travel alarm and horn in working condition (if equipped). It warns people when the machine
starts to move.
• Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or operating
the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals
before starting the machine.
• Use appropriate illumination. Check that all lights are operable before operating the machine. If any faulty illumination is present, immediately repair it.
SA-426
011-E01A-0398
HANDLE STARTING AIDS SAFELY
Starting fluid:
• Starting fluid is highly flammable.
• Keep all sparks and flame away when using it.
• Keep starting fluid well away from batteries and cables.
• Remove container from machine if engine does not need
starting fluid.
• To prevent accidental discharge when storing a pressurized container, keep the cap on the container, and store it
in a cool, well-protected location.
• Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.
036-E01A-0293-3
S-
SA-293
SAFETY
OPERATE ONLY FROM OPERATOR'S SEAT
• Inappropriate engine starting procedures may cause the
machine to runaway, possibly resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Start the engine only when seated in the operator's seat.
• NEVER start the engine while standing on the track or on
ground.
• Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.
• Before starting the engine, confirm that all control levers
are in neutral.
• Before starting the engine, confirm the safety around the
machine and sound the horn to alert bystanders.
SA-444
012-E01B-0431
JUMP STARTING
• Battery gas can explode, resulting in serious injury.
• If the engine must be jump started, be sure to follow the
instructions shown in the “OPERATING THE ENGINE” chapter in the operator’s manual.
• The operator must be in the operator’s seat so that the
machine will be under control when the engine starts.
Jump starting is a two-person operation.
• Never use a frozen battery.
• Failure to follow correct jump starting procedures could
result in a battery explosion or a runaway machine.
SA-032
S013-E01A-0032
KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE
• Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being struck
by foreign objects and being thrown off the machine.
• Only the operator should be on the machine. Keep riders
off.
• Riders also obstruct the operator’s view, resulting in the
machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
014-E01B-0427
S-
SA-379
SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS FOR OPERATIONS
• Investigate the work site before starting operations.
• Be sure to wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate for the job, such as a hard hat, etc.
when operating the machine.
• Clear all persons and obstacles from area of operation and
machine movement.
Always beware of the surroundings while operating.
When working in a small area surrounded by obstacles,
take care not to hit the upperstructure against obstacles.
• When loading onto trucks, bring the bucket over the truck
beds from the rear side. Take care not to swing the bucket
over the cab or over any person.
M178-05-007
S-
SAFETY
INVESTIGATE JOB SITE BEFOREHAND
• When working at the edge of an excavation or on a road
shoulder, the machine could tip over, possibly resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Investigate the configuration and ground conditions of
the job site beforehand to prevent the machine from falling and to prevent the ground, stockpiles, or banks from
collapsing.
• Make a work plan. Use machines appropriate to the work
and job site.
• Reinforce ground, edges, and road shoulders as necessary.
Keep the machine well back from the edges of excavations and road shoulders.
• When working on an incline or on a road shoulder, employ a signal person as required.
• Confirm that your machine is equipped a FOPS cab before
working in areas where the possibility of falling stones or
debris exist.
• When the footing is weak, reinforce the ground before
starting work.
• When working on frozen ground, be extremely alert. As
ambient temperatures rise, footing becomes loose and
slippery.
• Beware the possibility of fire when operating the machine
near flammable objects such as dry grass.
• Make sure the worksite has sufficient strength to firmly support the machine.
SA-380
When working close to an excavation or at road shoulders,
operate the machine with the tracks positioned perpendicular to the cliff face with travel motors at the rear, so that the
machine can more easily evacuate if the cliff face collapses.
• If working on the bottom of a cliff or a high bank is required,
be sure to investigate the area first and confirm that no
danger of the cliff or bank collapsing exists. If any possibility
of cliff or bank collapsing exists, do not work on the area.
• Soft ground may collapse when operating the machine on
it, possibly causing the machine to tip over. When working
on soft ground is required, be sure to reinforce the ground
first using large pieces of steel plates strong and firm
enough to easily support the machine.
• Note that there is always a possibility of machine tipping
over when working on rough terrain or on slopes. Prevent
machine tipping over from occurring. When operating on
rough terrain or on slopes:
• Reduce the engine speed.
• Select slow travel speed mode.
• Operate the machine slowly and be cautious with machine movements.
S-
M104-05-016
SAFETY
EQUIPMENT OF HEAD GUARD, ROPS, FOPS
In case the machine is operated in areas where the possibility
of falling stones or debris exist, equip a head guard, ROPS, or
FOPS according to the potential hazardous conditions. (The
standard cab for this machine corresponds to ROPS and FOPS.)
ROPS: Roll-Over Protective Structure
FOPS: Falling Object Protective Structure
SA-490
PROVIDE SIGNALS FOR JOBS INVOLVING MULTIPLE NUMBERS OF MACHINES
• For jobs involving multiple numbers of machines, provide
signals commonly known by all personnel involved. Also,
appoint a signal person to coordinate the job site. Make
sure that all personnel obey the signal person’s directions.
018-E01A-0481
SA-481
CONFIRM DIRECTION OF MACHINE TO BE DRIVEN
• Incorrect travel pedal/lever operation may result in serious
injury death.
• Before driving the machine, confirm the position of the
undercarriage in relation to the operator’s position. If the
travel motors are located in front of the cab, the machine
will move in reverse when travel pedals/levers are operated to the front.
SA-491
017-E01A-0491
S-10
SAFETY
DRIVE MACHINE SAFELY
• Before driving the machine, always confirm that the travel
levers/pedals direction corresponds to the direction you
wish to drive.
• Be sure to detour around any obstructions.
• Avoid traveling over obstructions. Soil, fragments of rocks,
and/or metal pieces may scatter around the machine. Do
not allow personnel to stay around the machine while
traveling.
A
SA-657
• Driving on a slope may cause the machine to slip or overturn, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
• Never attempt to ascend or descend 35 degrees or steeper slopes.
• Be sure to fasten the seat belt.
• When driving up or down a slope, keep the bucket facing the direction of travel, approximately 0.5 to 1.0 m (A)
above the ground.
• If the machine starts to skid or becomes unstable, immediately lower the bucket to the ground and stop.
A
SA-658
SA-441
WRONG
SA-590
S-11
SAFETY
• Driving across the face of a slope or steering on a slope
may cause the machine to skid or turnover. If the direction must be changed, move the machine to level ground,
then, change the direction to ensure safe operation.
• Avoid swinging the upperstructure on slopes. Never attempt to swing the upperstructure downhill. The machine
may tip over. If swinging uphill is unavoidable, carefully
operate the upperstructure and boom at slow speed.
• If the engine stalls on a slope, immediately lower the
bucket to the ground. Return the control levers to neutral.
Then, restart the engine.
• Be sure to thoroughly warm up the machine before ascending steep slopes. If hydraulic oil has not warmed up
sufficiently, sufficient performance may not be obtained.
• Use a signal person when moving, swinging or operating
the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals
before starting the machine.
• Before moving machine, determine which way to move
travel pedals/levers for the direction you want to go.
When the travel motors are in the rear, pushing down on
the front of the travel pedals or pushing the levers forward moves the machine forward, towards the idlers.
An arrow-mark seal is stuck on the inside surface of the
side frame to indicate the machine front direction.
• Select a travel route that is as flat as possible. Steer the
machine as straight as possible, making small gradual
changes in direction.
• Before traveling on them, check the strengths of bridges
and road shoulders, and reinforce if necessary.
• Use wood plates in order not to damage the road surface.
Be careful of steering when operating on asphalt roads in
summer.
• When crossing train tracks, use wood plates in order not
to damage them.
• Do not make contact with electric wires or bridges.
• When crossing a river, measure the depth of the river
using the bucket, and cross slowly. Do not cross the river
when the depth of the river is deeper than the upper
edge of the upper roller.
• When traveling on rough terrain, reduce engine speed.
Select slow travel speed. Slower speed will reduce possible damage to the machine.
• Avoid operations that may damage the track and undercarriage components.
• During freezing weather, always clean snow and ice from
track shoes before loading and unloading machine, to
prevent the machine from slipping.
S-12
Travel Motor
M104-05-008
Arrow -mark
M178-03-001
SA-011
SAFETY
AVOID INJURY FROM ROLLAWAY ACCIDENTS
• Death or serious injury may result if you attempt to mount
or stop a moving machine.
To avoid rollaways:
• Select level ground when possible to park the machine.
• Do not park the machine on a grade.
• Lower the bucket and/or other work tools to the ground.
• Turn the auto-idle switch OFF and the power mode switch
E or P.
• Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for 5 minutes to cool down the engine.
• Stop the engine and remove the key from the key switch.
• Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.
• Block both tracks and lower the bucket to the ground.
Thrust the bucket teeth into the ground if you must park
on a grade.
• Position the machine to prevent rolling.
• Park a reasonable distance from other machines.
SA-391
020-E02A-0493
SA-392
S-13
SAFETY
AVOID INJURY FROM BACK-OVER AND SWING
ACCIDENTS
• If any person is present near the machine when backing or
swinging the upperstructure, the machine may hit or run
over that person, resulting in serious injury or death.
To avoid back-over and swing accidents:
• Always look around BEFORE YOU BACK UP AND SWING
THE MACHINE. BE SURE THAT ALL BYSTANDERS ARE
CLEAR.
• Keep the travel alarm in working condition (if equipped).
ALWAYS BE ALERT FOR BYSTANDERS MOVING INTO THE
WORK AREA. USE THE HORN OR OTHER SIGNAL TO WARN
BYSTANDERS BEFORE MOVING MACHINE.
• USE A SIGNAL PERSON WHEN BACKING UP IF YOUR VIEW
IS OBSTRUCTED. ALWAYS KEEP THE SIGNAL PERSON IN
VIEW.
Use hand signals, which conform to your local regulations,
when work conditions require a signal person.
• No machine motions shall be made unless signals are
clearly understood by both signalman and operator.
• Learn the meanings of all flags, signs, and markings used
on the job and confirm who has the responsibility for
signaling.
• Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good condition.
• Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc., can reduce visibility. As visibility
decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.
• Read and understand all operating instructions in the
operator’s manual.
021-E01A-0494
S-14
SA-383
SA-384
SAFETY
KEEP PERSON CLEAR FROM WORKING AREA
• A person may be hit severely by the swinging front attachment or counterweight and/or may be crushed against an
other object, resulting in serious injury or death.
• Keep all persons clear from the area of operation and
machine movement.
• Before operating the machine, set up barriers to the sides
and rear area of the bucket swing radius to prevent anyone from entering the work area.
022-E01A-0386
SA-386
NEVER POSITION BUCKET OVER ANYONE
• Never lift, move, or swing bucket above anyone or a truck
cab.
Serious injury or machine damage may result due to bucket
load spill or due to collision with the bucket.
023-E01A-0487
SA-487
AVOID UNDERCUTTING
• In order to retreat from the edge of an excavation if the
footing should collapse, always position the undercarriage
perpendicular to the edge of the excavation with the travel
motors at the rear.
• If the footing starts to collapse and if retreat is not possible, do not panic. Often, the machine can be secured by
lowering the front attachment, in such cases.
024-E01A-0488
S-15
SA-488
SAFETY
AVOID TIPPING
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO JUMP CLEAR OF TIPPING MACHINE---SERIOUS OR FATAL CRUSHING INJURIES WILL
RESULT
MACHINE WILL TIP OVER FASTER THAN YOU CAN JUMP
FREE
FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT
• The danger of tipping is always present when operating on
a grade, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
To avoid tipping:
• Be extra careful before operating on a grade.
• Prepare machine operating area flat.
• Keep the bucket low to the ground and close to the machine.
• Reduce operating speeds to avoid tipping or slipping.
• Avoid changing direction when traveling on grades.
• NEVER attempt to travel across a grade steeper than 15
degrees if crossing the grade is unavoidable.
• Reduce swing speed as necessary when swinging loads.
SA-012
• Be careful when working on frozen ground.
• Temperature increases will cause the ground to become
soft and make ground travel unstable.
SA-440
025-E03B-0463
NEVER UNDERCUT A HIGH BANK
• The edges could collapse or a land slide could occur causing
serious injury or death.
026-E01A-0519
SA-489
S-16
SAFETY
DIG WITH CAUTION
• Accidental severing of underground cables or gas lines may
cause an explosion and/or fire, possibly resulting in serious
injury or death.
• Before digging check the location of cables, gas lines, and
water lines.
• Keep the minimum distance required, by law, from cables,
gas lines, and water lines.
• If a fiber optic cable should be accidentally severed, do
not look into the end. Doing so may result in serious eye
injury.
• Contact your local “diggers hot line” if available in your
area , and/or the utility companies directly.
Have them mark all underground utilities.
SA-382
027-E01A-0382
OPERATE WITH CAUTION
• If the front attachment or any other part of the machine hits
against an overhead obstacle, such as a bridge, both the
machine and the overhead obstacle will be damaged, and
personal injury may result as well.
• Take care to avoid hitting overhead obstacles with the
boom or arm.
SA-389
028-E01A-0389
S-17
SAFETY
AVOID POWER LINES
• Serious injury or death can result if the machine or front attachments are not kept a safe distance from electric lines.
• When operating near an electric line, NEVER move any
part of the machine or load closer than 3 m plus twice the
line insulator length.
• Check and comply with any local regulations that may apply.
• Wet ground will expand the area that could cause any
person on it to be affected by electric shock. Keep all
bystanders or co-workers away from the site.
029-E01A-0381
SA-381
PRECAUTIONS FOR LIGHTNING
• The machine is vulnerable to lightning strikes.
• In the event of an electrical storm, immediately stop operation, and lower the bucket to the ground. Evacuate to
a safe place far away from the machine.
• After the electrical storm has passed, check all of the
machine safety devices for any failure. If any failed safety
devices are found, operate the machine only after repairing them.
SA-1088
OBJECT HANDLING
• If a lifted load should fall, any person nearby may be struck
by the falling load or may be crushed underneath it, resulting in serious injury or death.
• When using the machine for craning operations, be sure
to comply with all local regulations.
• Do not use damaged chains or frayed cables, sables,
slings, or ropes.
• Before craning, position the upperstructure with the travel
motors at the rear.
• Move the load slowly and carefully. Never move it suddenly.
• Keep all persons well away from the load.
• Never move a load over a person’s head.
• Do not allow anyone to approach the load until it is safely
and securely situated on supporting blocks or on the
ground.
• Never attach a sling or chain to the bucket teeth. They
may come off, causing the load to fall.
032-E01A-0132
SA-014
S-18
SAFETY
PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS
• If flying debris hit eyes or any other part of the body, serious
injury may result.
• Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris;
wear goggles or safety glasses.
• Keep bystanders away from the working area before striking any object.
031-E01A-0432
SA-432
PARK MACHINE SAFELY
To avoid accidents:
• Park machine on a firm, level surface.
• Lower bucket to the ground.
• Turn auto-idle switch OFF and power mode switch E or P.
• Run engine at slow idle speed without load for 5 minutes.
• Turn key switch to OFF to stop engine.
• Remove the key from the key switch.
• Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
• Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.
• Lock all access doors and compartments.
SA-390
HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY−AVOID FIRES
• Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable. If fuel ignites,
an explosion and/or a fire may occur, possibly resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Do not refuel the machine while smoking or when near
open flame or sparks.
• Always stop the engine before refueling the machine.
• Fill the fuel tank outdoors.
• All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolants are flammable.
• Store flammable fluids well away from fire hazards.
• Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
• Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously.
• Securely tighten the fuel and oil filler cap.
SA-018
034-E01A-0496
SA-019
S-19
SAFETY
TRANSPORT SAFELY
• Take care the machine may turn over when loading or unloading the machine onto or off of a truck or trailer.
• Observe the related regulations and rules for safe transportation.
• Select an appropriate truck or trailer for the machine to
be transported.
• Be sure to use a signal person.
• Always follow the following precautions for loading or
unloading:
1. Select solid and level ground.
2. Always use a ramp or deck strong enough to support the
machine weight.
3. Turn auto-idle switch OFF.
4. Always select the slow speed mode with the travel mode
switch.
5. Never load or unload the machine onto or off a truck or
trailer using the front attachment functions when driving
up or down the ramp.
6. Never steer the machine while on the ramp. If the traveling direction must be changed while the ramp, unload
the machine from the ramp, reposition the machine on
the ground, then try loading again.
7. The top end of the ramp where it meets the flatbed is a
sudden bump. Take care when traveling over it.
8. Place blocks in front of and behind the tires. Securely
hold the machine to the truck or trailer deck with wire
ropes.
Be sure to further follow the details described in the TRANSPORTING section.
035-E07A-0454
S-20
SA-395
SAFETY
PRACTICE SAFE MAINTENANCE
To avoid accidents:
• Understand service procedures before starting work.
• Keep the work area clean and dry.
• Do not spray water or steam inside cab.
• Never lubricate or service the machine while it is moving.
• Keep hands, feet and clothing away from power-driven
parts.
Before servicing the machine:
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for 5 minutes.
5. Turn the key switch to OFF to stop engine.
6. Relieve the pressure in the hydraulic system by moving
the control levers several times.
SA-028
7. Remove the key from the skey witch.
8. Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag on the control lever.
9. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
10. Allow the engine to cool.
• If a maintenance procedure must be performed with the
engine running, do not leave the machine unattended.
• If the machine must be raised, maintain a 90 to 110˚ angle
between the boom and arm. Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work.
• Inspect certain parts periodically and repair or replace as
necessary. Refer to the section discussing that part in the
“MAINTENANCE” chapter of this manual.
• Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed.
• Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
• When cleaning parts, always use nonflammable detergent
oil. Never use highly flammable oil such as fuel oil and
gasoline to clean parts or surfaces.
• Disconnect battery ground cable (−) before making
adjustments to electrical systems or before performing
welding on the machine.
500-E02C-0520
S-21
SA-527
SAFETY
• Sufficiently illuminate the work site. Use a maintenance
work light when working under or inside the machine.
• Always use a work light protected with a guard. In case
the light bulb is broken, spilled fuel, oil, antifreeze fluid,
or window washer fluid may catch fire.
SA-037
WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK
• Unexpected machine movement can cause serious injury.
• Before performing any work on the machine, attach a “Do
Not Operate” tag on the control lever.
This tag is available from your authorized dealer.
501-E01A-0287
SS2045102
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY
• Never attempt to work on the machine without securing
the machine first.
• Always lower the attachment to the ground before you
work on the machine.
• If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment, securely support the machine or attachment. Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tires, or props
that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work
under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
SA-527
519-E01A-0527
STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS
• Entanglement in moving parts can cause serious injury.
• To prevent accidents, care should be taken to ensure that
hands, feet, clothing, jewelry and hair do not become
entangled when working around rotating parts.
502-E01A-0026
S-22
SA-026
SAFETY
PREVENT PARTS FROM FLYING
• Grease in the track adjuster is under high pressure.
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in serious
injury, blindness, or death.
• Do not attempt to remove GREASE FITTING or VALVE ASSEMBLY.
• As pieces may fly off, be sure to keep body and face away
from valve.
• Never attempt to disassemble the track adjuster. Inadvertent disassembling of the track adjuster may cause
the parts such as a spring to fly off, possibly resulting in
severe personal injury or death.
SA-344
• Travel reduction gears are under pressure.
• As pieces may fly off, be sure to keep body and face away
from AIR RELEASE PLUG to avoid injury.
• GEAR OIL is hot. Wait for GEAR OIL to cool, then gradually
loosen AIR RELEASE PLUG to release pressure.
503-E01B-0344
STORE ATTACHMENTS SAFELY
• Stored attachments such as buckets, hydraulic hammers,
and blades can fall and cause serious injury or death.
• Securely store attachments and implements to prevent
falling. Keep children and bystanders away from storage
areas.
504-E01A-0034
SA-034
S-23
SAFETY
PREVENT BURNS
Hot spraying fluids:
• After operation, engine coolant is hot and under pressure.
Hot water or steam is contained in the engine, radiator and
heater lines.
Skin contact with escaping hot water or steam can cause
severe burns.
• To avoid possible injury from hot spraying water. DO NOT
remove the radiator cap until the engine is cool. When
opening, turn the cap slowly to the stop. Allow all pressure to be released before removing the cap.
• The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Again, be sure to
release all pressure before removing the cap.
SA-039
Hot fluids and surfaces:
• Engine oil, gear oil and hydraulic oil also become hot during
operation.
The engine, hoses, lines and other parts become hot as well.
• Wait for the oil and components to cool before starting
any maintenance or inspection work.
505-E01B-0498
SA-225
REPLACE RUBBER HOSES PERIODICALLY
• Rubber hoses that contain flammable fluids under pressure
may break due to aging, fatigue, and abrasion. It is very
difficult to gauge the extent of deterioration due to aging,
fatigue, and abrasion of rubber hoses by inspection alone.
• Periodically replace the rubber hoses. (See the page of
“Periodic replacement of parts” in the operator’s manual.)
• Failure to periodically replace rubber hoses may cause a fire,
fluid injection into skin, or the front attachment to fall on a
person nearby, which may result in severe burns, gangrene,
or otherwise serious injury or death.
S506-E01A-0019
S-24
SA-019
SAFETY
AVOID HIGH-PRESSURE FLUIDS
• Fluids such as diesel fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can
penetrate the skin or eyes causing serious injury, blindness
or death.
• Avoid this hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines.
• Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
• Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard; take care to
protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. Wear a
face shield or goggles for eye protection.
• If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with this type
of injury immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin
must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result.
SA-031
507-E03A-0499
SA-292
SA-044
S-25
SAFETY
PREVENT FIRES
Check for Oil Leaks:
• Fuel, hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can lead to fires.
• Check for oil leaks due to missing or loose clamps, kinked
hoses, lines or hoses that rub against each other, damage
to the oil-cooler, and loose oil-cooler flange bolts.
• Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose or damaged
clamps, lines, hoses, oil-cooler and oil-cooler flange bolts.
• Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines.
• Never install bent or damaged lines, pipes, or hoses.
SA-019
Check for Shorts:
• Short circuits can cause fires.
• Clean and tighten all electrical connections.
• Check before each shift or after eight (8) to ten (10) hours
operation for loose, kinked, hardened or frayed electrical
cables and wires.
• Check before each shift or after eight (8) to ten (10) hours
operation for missing or damaged terminal caps.
• DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE if cable or wires are loose,
kinked, etc..
Clean up Flammables:
• Spilled fuel and oil, and trash, grease, debris, accumulated
coal dust, and other flammables may cause fires.
• Prevent fires by inspecting and cleaning the machine
daily and by removing spilled or accumulated flammables
immediately.
Check Key Switch:
• If a fire breaks out, failure to stop the engine will escalate
the fire, hampering fire fighting.
Always check key switch function before operating the machine every day:
1. Start the engine and run it at slow idle.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position to confirm that
the engine stops.
• If any abnormalities are found, be sure to repair them
before operating the machine.
508-E02B-0019
Check Heat Shields:
• Damaged or missing heat shields may lead to fires.
• Damaged or missing heat shields must be repaired or
replaced before operating the machine.
508-E02A-0393
S-26
SAFETY
EVACUATING IN CASE OF FIRE
• If a fire breaks out, evacuate the machine in the following
way:
• Stop the engine by turning the key switch to the OFF
position if there is time.
• Use a fire extinguisher if there is time.
• Exit the machine.
• In an emergency, if the cab door or front window can not
be opened, break the front or rear window panes with the
emergency evacuation hammer to escape from the cab.
Refer the explanation pages on the Emergency Evacuation
Method.
SA-393
18-E02B-0393
SS-1510
BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES
• Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death.
• If you must operate in a building, be sure there is adequate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe extension
to remove the exhaust fumes or open doors and windows
to bring enough outside air into the area.
509-E01A-0016
SA-016
PRECAUTIONS FOR WELDING AND GRINDING
• Welding may generate gas and/or small fires.
• Be sure to perform welding in a well ventilated and prepared area. Store flammable objects in a safe place before
starting welding.
• Only qualified personnel should perform welding.
Never allow an unqualified person to perform welding.
• Grinding on the machine may create fire hazards. Store
flammable objects in a safe place before starting grinding.
• After finishing welding and grinding, recheck that there are
no abnormalities such as the area surrounding the welded
area still smoldering.
523-E01A-0818
S-27
SA-818
SAFETY
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID LINES
• Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and
bystanders.
• Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near
pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials.
•Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes
beyond the immediate flame area. Install temporary fireresistant guards to protect hoses or other materials before
engaging in welding, soldering, etc..
AVOID APPLYING HEAT TO LINES CONTAINING
FLAMMABLE FLUIDS
SA-030
• Do not weld or flame cut pipes or tubes that contain flammable fluids.
• Clean them thoroughly with nonflammable solvent before welding or flame cutting them.
510-E01B-0030
REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR HEATING
• Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by
welding, soldering, or using a torch. If inhaled, these fumes
may cause sickness.
• Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
• Do all such work outside or in a well-ventilated area. Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
• Remove paint before welding or heating:
1. If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
2. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint
stripper containers and other flammable material from
area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before
welding or heating.
511-E01A-0029
S-28
SA-029
SAFETY
BEWARE OF ASBESTOS DUST
• Take care not to inhale dust produced in the work site. Inhalation of asbestos fibers may be the cause of lung cancer.
• Depending on the wok site conditions, the risk of inhaling
asbestos fiber may exist. Spray water to prevent asbestos
from becoming airborne. Do not use compressed air.
• When operating the machine in a work site where asbestos might be present, be sure to operate the machine
from the upwind side and wear a mask rated to prevent
the inhalation of asbestos.
• Keep bystanders out of the work site during operation.
• Asbestos might be present in imitation parts. Use only
genuine Hitachi Parts.
SA-029
PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS
• Battery gas can explode.
• Keep sparks, lighted matches, and flame away from the
top of battery.
• Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.
• Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm the
battery to 16 ˚C ( 60 ˚F ) first.
• Do not continue to use or charge the battery when electrolyte level is lower than specified. Explosion of the battery may result.
• Loose terminals may produce sparks. Securely tighten all
terminals.
SA-032
• Battery electrolyte is poisonous. If the battery should explode, battery electrolyte may be splashed into eyes, possibly resulting in blindness.
• Be sure to wear eye protection when checking electrolyte
specific gravity.
512-E01B-0032
SERVICE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM SAFELY
• If spilled onto skin, refrigerant may cause a cold contact
burn.
• Refer to the instructions described on the container for
proper use when handling the refrigerant.
• Use a recovery and recycling system to avoid leaking
refrigerant into the atmosphere.
• Never touch the refrigerant.
513-E01A-0405
S-29
SA-405
SAFETY
HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFELY
• Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious
injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with your machine include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and
adhesives.
• A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards,
safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.
• Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the
risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and use recommended equipment.
• See your authorized dealer for MSDS’s (available only in
English) on chemical products used with your machine.
SA-309
515-E01A-0309
DISPOSE OF WASTE PROPERLY
• Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used with
HITACHI equipment includes such items as oil, fuel, coolant,
brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
• Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
• Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
• Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can
damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
• Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste
from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your authorized dealer.
516-E01A-0226
S-30
SA-226
SAFETY SIGNS/Europe/Asia/Middle and Near East Model Only
All safety signs and their locations affixed on the machine are
illustrated in this group. Make sure of the contents described
in the safety signs through reading actual ones affixed on the
machine to ensure safe machine operation. Always keep the
safety signs clean. In case a safety sign is broken or lost, immediately, obtain a new replacement and affix it again in position
on the machine. Use the part No. indicated under the right
corner of each safety sign illustration when placing an order of
it to the Hitachi dealer.
4
1
3
RIGHT WINDOW
7
10
12A
19
2
12B
8
6
13
15
5
11
15
14
16
ZX180-3 class
17
ZX200-3, 270-3,
330-3 class
18C
ZX120-3 class
18
18B
18A
SS-3033
S-31
SAFETY SIGNS/Europe/Asia/Middle and Near East Model Only
1.
WARNING!
Prior to operation, maintenance, disassembling, and transportation of the machine, be sure to read and understand
the Operator’s Manual.
SS4420332
2.
If the parked machine is unexpectedly moved, serious injury
or death due to crushing may result. Be sure to lower the
front attachment to the ground, lock the control levers, and
remove the engine key before leaving the machine unattended.
SS4420333
3.
Sign indicates an electrocution hazard if machine is brought
too near electric power lines.
Keep a safe distance from electric power lines.
SS4420334
4.
Sign indicates a hazard from falling window.
After raising window, be sure to lock it in place with lock
pins.
SS4420335
S-32
SAFETY SIGNS/Europe/Asia/Middle and Near East Model Only
5.
When moving the seat height/tilt lever downward, press the
lever grip with a palm from the top side. Do not grasp the
lever grip to operate the lever, possibly resulting in pinch of
your fingers into the seat stand.
SS4371371
6.
If the machine should overturn, the operator may become
injured and/or throw from the cab and/or crushed by the
overturning machine.
SS4654287
7.
When operating with 2-piece boom, the bucket may come
in contact with the cab. Operate the machine with care not
to allow the tip of the bucket to hit the cab while rolling in
the front attachment.
SS4603204
8.
Do not extend your hands or head from the window. Your
hands or head may come in contact with the boom.
Keep away from machine during operation.
SS4459990
S-33
SAFETY SIGNS/Europe/Asia/Middle and Near East Model Only
9.
SS3106039
10.
Sign indicates a hazard of being hit by the working device
of the machine.
Keep away from machine during operation.
SS3089581
11.
Sign indicates a hazard of a flying plug from track adjuster
that could cause injury.
Read manual before adjusting track for safe and proper handling.
SS3086091
S-34
SAFETY SIGNS/Europe/Asia/Middle and Near East Model Only
12.
Sign indicates a burn hazard from compressed air and spurting hot oil if the oil inlet is uncapped during or right after
operation.
Read manual for safe and proper handling.
A
SS4459928
Sign indicates a burn hazard from spurting hot water or oil if
radiator or hydraulic oil tank is uncapped while hot.
Allow radiator or hydraulic oil tank to cool before removing
cap.
B
SS4420336
13.
Sign indicates a hazard of falling.
Do not stand on this place.
SS3092126
14.
Sign indicates a hazard of falling off the fender or hood.
Never stand close to the edge.
SS3092125
S-35
SAFETY SIGNS/Europe/Asia/Middle and Near East Model Only
15.
Sign indicates a crush hazard by rotation of upper structure
of the machine.
Keep away from swinging area of machine.
SS3086090
16.
Sign indicates a burn hazard from spurting hot water or oil if
radiator or hydraulic oil tank is uncapped while hot.
Allow radiator or hydraulic oil tank to cool before removing
cap.
SS4420336
17.
Sign indicates a hazard of rotating parts, such as belt.
Turn off before inspection and maintenance.
SS3092127
S-36
SAFETY SIGNS/Europe/Asia/Middle and Near East Model Only
18.
Sign indicates an electrical hazard from handling the cable.
Read manual for safe and proper handling.
A
SS4459714
B
Sign indicates an explosion hazard.
Keep fire and open flames away from this area.
SS4460067
Skin contact with electrolyte will cause burns. Splashed
electrolyte into eyes will cause blindness. Take care not to
touch electrolyte.
C
SS4460056
19.
SS4467093
S-37
SAFETY SIGNS/Europe/Asia/Middle and Near East Model Only
MEMO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
S-38
OPERATOR'S
COMPONENTS
STATION
NAME
COMPONENTS NAME
1- Bucket
2- Bucket Cylinder
3- Arm
4
4- Arm Cylinder
5- Boom Cylinder
3
6- Boom
2
5
7- Fuel Tank
6
8- Hydraulic Oil Tank
9- Engine
10- Counterweight
7
11- Travel Device
8
12- Track
13- Front Idler
9
1
14- Cab
14
13
10
12
11
M1U1-01-005
1-
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB FEATURES
1
2
3
Std. Model
1- Left Control Lever/Horn Switch
(On Top of Lever)
4
5
6
7
8
2- Left Travel Pedal
9
3- Left Travel Lever
4- Right Travel Lever
5- Right Travel Pedal
15
6- Attachment Pedal (Optional)
10
7- Right Control Lever/Power Boost Switch
(Except ZX120-3 class)
11
8- Multi Function Monitor Panel
12
9- Switch Panel
10- Key Switch
11- Air Conditioner Panel
14
12- Radio
13- Operator's Seat
13
14- Cab Door Release Lever
M1J1-01-026
15- Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever
16- Glove Compartment
16
20
17- Fuse Box
17
18- Cigar Lighter
19- Switch Panel
18
20- Hot & Cool Box
21- Engine Stop Switch
19
M1U1-01-002
21
1-
M1U1-01-029
OPERATOR'S STATION
MULTI FUNCTION MONITOR
How To Use Screens
Displaying Basic Screen
IMPORTANT: Start the engine after the basic screen is
displayed.
When the key switch is turned to the ON position, the starting
screen displays for about two seconds and the basic screen
displays.
Key Switch: ON
T1V1-05-01-115
Basic Screen
T1V1-05-01-123
IMPORTANT: After the engine starts and the alternator
starts generating power, alternator alarm is
displayed on the basic screen.
Alternator Alarm
1-
T1V1-05-01-117
OPERATOR'S STATION
OUTLINE
1 - Work Mode Display
2 - Auto-Idle Display
3 - Overload Alarm Display
(Optional)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4 - Auxiliary
5 - Auxiliary
6 - Preheat Display
7 - Work Mode Display
9
8 - Hour Meter
9 - Auxiliary
10 - Fuel Gauge
11 - Mail Display (Optional)
10
22
11
12 - Auxiliary
12
13 - Fuel Rate Display
14 - Clock
13
15 - Back Monitor Selector (Optional)
16 - Menu
14
17 - Auxiliary Selection
18 - Mail Selection (Optional)
19 - Auxiliary Selection (Optional)
15
20 - Work Mode Selection
21 - Return to Basic Screen Key
22 - Coolant Temperature Gauge
21
20
19
18
17
16
M1U1-01-111
1-
OPERATOR'S STATION
• Display of Meters
Work Mode
Items to be displayed
8
8. Hour Meter
10
10. Fuel Gauge
22
14. Clock
16. Menu
22. Coolant Temperature Gauge
14
• Work Mode Display
The attachments being used are displayed.
Digging mode
16
T1V1-05-01-108
Attachment mode
Breaker
T1V1-05-01-104
Pulverizer
T1V1-05-01-105
Crusher
T1V1-05-01-106
Vibration hammer
T1V1-05-01-107
Other
T1V1-05-02-003
1-
M1U1-01-112
OPERATOR'S STATION
• Auto-Idle Display (2)
When selecting auto-idle from the switch panel, auto-idle
display (2) is displayed.
When the key is turned ON, the data blinks for 10 seconds.
2
3
6
Overload Alarm Display (3) (optional)
T1V1-05-02-002
13
The system measures the load of suspended load from the
bottom pressure of boom cylinder. When overload is detected, an alarm is displayed.
• Preheat Display (6)
While the current is being supplied to the glow plug, the
indicator is displayed.
M1U1-01-113
• Fuel Rate Display (13)
Fuel consumption is displayed (Reference value).
1-
OPERATOR'S STATION
Menu Screen (23)
23
Press menu key (16) on the basic screen to display main menu
screen (23). Select the desired menu by operating key (25)
located under
keys on icon display area (24).
24
25
16
1-
T1V5-05-01-019
OPERATOR'S STATION
Hour Meter
Total (accumulated) machine operation hours counted since
the machine started working, are displayed in the unit of HOUR
(h). One digit after the decimal point indicates the tenths of an
hour (6 minutes).
M81U-01-058
Fuel Gauge
The fuel amount in the fuel tank is indicated. Refuel before the
needle reaches “E”.
M1U1-01-039
Clock
Indicates the present time.
M1U1-01-040
Back Monitor Selector
Shifts the monitor screen to the back view monitor screen and
vice versa.
M1U1-01-041
1-
OPERATOR'S STATION
Menu Key
Shifts the basic screen to the menu screen.
M1U1-01-042
Optional Function Key
The desired preset optional function can be selected by operating these keys even though the menu key is not operated.
F1 : Work Mode Selection
F2 : Auxiliary
F3 : Mail (Optional)
F4 : Auxiliary
are the fixed function keys.
M1U1-01-043
Return to Basic Screen Key
Allows any screen to return to the basic screen.
M1U1-01-044
Alarm Light
Comes ON when any abnormality occurs.
M1U1-01-045
Optional Function Display
Displays the optional functions preset by the optional function
key.
F1 : Work Mode Selection
F2 : Auxiliary
F3 : Mail (Optional)
F4 : Auxiliary
M1U1-01-114
1-
OPERATOR'S STATION
Coolant Temperature Gauge
Indicates the engine coolant temperature. Normally the needle
is around the center of the scale during operation.
M1U1-01-047
Operating Status Icon Display
1
2
3
Displays icons indicating the current status of the attachment
(1) selected at the work mode selection screen and operation
modes such as the auto-idle system (2) and preheat display (3),
etc when these systems are activated.
M1U1-01-065
1-10
OPERATOR'S STATION
Displaying Basic Screen by Password Input (Optional)
IMPORTANT: When required to activate the TEN-key function (ignition block system), consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.
If the password ever escapes the customer’s
memory, the machine must be modified. Be
extra careful not to forget the password.
Starting Screen
T1V1-05-01-115
Password Input Screen
T1V5-05-01-093
1. Turn the key switch ON. After the starting screen is displayed, the password input screen will be displayed.
2. Input a password by using the keys located under the
screen. If pushing the determination key, the monitor
unit matches the input password to the registered one. If
they match, the basic screen displays.
NOTE: When inputting the password again, the entered characters can be erased by pushing the delete key.
Determination Key
Delete Key
Basic Screen
1-11
T1V5-05-01-002
T1V1-05-01-123
OPERATOR'S STATION
In Case of Inputting an Incorrect Password
1. If inputting an incorrect password, the message “Password is incorrect.” displays by pushing the determination
key.
Password Input Screen
Determination Key
Delete Key
T1V5-05-01-093
T1V5-05-01-002
2. Return to the password input screen, by pushing the
back key.
NOTE: When inputting the password again, the entered characters can be erased by pushing the delete key.
Back key
T1V5-05-01-004
T1V5-05-01-093
1-12
OPERATOR'S STATION
3. If inputting an incorrect password three times, a screen
displays informing that the security lock has been applied, and a buzzer rings for thirty seconds. During that
time, the buzzer does not stop ringing even if turning of
the key switch ON/OFF.
Security Lock Screen
T1V5-05-01-005
Starting Screen
T1V1-05-01-115
4. After thirty seconds, if the key switch is turned to the ON
position, the starting screen displays and the password
input screen displays again. Then a password can be
input again. If inputting an incorrect password even once
this time, the security lock screen displays again and a
buzzer rings for thirty seconds. The buzzer does not stop
ringing for thirty seconds even if turning the key switch
ON/OFF.
5. After the buzzer stops ringing, a password can be input
again. Turn the key switch to the ON position and input a
password after the password input screen displays. (Refer
to page 1-12)
6. If inputting an incorrect password again, the security lock
screen displays again. The buzzer does not stop ringing
for thirty seconds even if turning the key switch ON/OFF.
Password Input Screen
1-13
T1V5-05-01-093
OPERATOR'S STATION
Extending Password Duration Time
IMPORTANT: This operation is applicable only to those
machines that display the basic screen based
upon password input.
By using the password duration screen, password duration
time can be set. When you restarting the machine, a password need not be input within that timeframe.
1. When turn the key switch to the OFF position, the monitor unit displays the password duration screen for ten
seconds.
2. While the password duration screen is still displayed,
push a relevant key, and password duration time is set.
Duration time assigned to each key is as follows:
key 1: 0 minute
key 2: 30 minutes
key 3: 60 minutes
key 4: 90 minutes
key 5: 120 minutes
Key 1
Key2
Key3
Key4
Key5
Password Duration Screen (Key Switch: OFF)
T1V1-05-01-012
NOTE: If password duration time is not set explicitly, 0 minute
on duration time is assumed.
3. If turning the key switch to the ON position within password duration time, the monitor unit displays the basic
screen after the starting screen.
1-14
Key Switch: ON
T1V1-05-01-115
Basic Screen
T1V1-05-01-123
OPERATOR'S STATION
ALARM OCCURRENCE SCREEN
In case any abnormality occurs, alarm marks (1) are displayed
on the basic screen.
• When the number of alarms is two or less
1
T1V1-05-01-095
• When the number of alarms is three or more
1
T1V1-05-01-096
1-15
OPERATOR'S STATION
In case any abnormality occurs, push the key located under the
alarm mark. The monitor displays the corrective action to the
alarm situation.
Push a Relevant Key
T1V1-05-01-095
T1V5-05-01-013
1-16
OPERATOR'S STATION
CONTENTS OF ALARMS
Display
Contents of Alarms
Remedy
Overheat Alarm
Engine coolant temperature has abnormally increased.
Stop operation. Run the engine at slow idle speed and lower the coolant temperature.
Engine Warning Alarm
Engine or engine related parts are abnormal.
Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
Engine Oil Pressure Alarm
Engine oil pressure has decreased. Immediately stop engine. Check
engine oil system and oil level.
Alternator Alarm
Electrical system is abnormal.
Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
Remaining Fuel Alarm
Fuel level is low. Refill fuel as soon as possible.
Hydraulic Oil Filter Alarm
Hydraulic oil filter is clogged. Replace filter.
Air Filter Clogged Alarm
Air filter elements are clogged.
Clean or replace air filter elements.
Fuel Filter Clogged Alarm
Fuel filter elements (pre-filter, main filter) are clogged.
Replace fuel filter elements.
Work Mode Alarm
Work Mode system is abnormal.
Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever
Alarm
Pilot control shut-off lever system is abnormal.
Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
M178-01-036
M183-01-080
M178-01-037
M183-01-071
M178-01-034
M1CC-01-039
M183-01-067
M1U1-01-116
T1V1-05-01-102
T1V1-05-01-103
1-17
OPERATOR'S STATION
• Fuel Sensor Error Display
When the fuel sensor is faulty or if the harness between
fuel sensor and monitor unit is broken, the fuel sensor error
display is displayed on the fuel gauge.
Coolant Temperature
Sensor Error Display
Fuel Sensor Error
Display
• Coolant Temperature Sensor Error Display
When the coolant temperature sensor is faulty or if the harness between coolant temperature sensor and monitor unit
is broken, the coolant temperature sensor error display is
displayed on the coolant temperature gauge.
T1V1-05-02-005
1-18
OPERATOR'S STATION
CLOCK SETTING
1
Press menu key (2) on basic screen (1) to display main menu
screen (3).
Select time set menu (4) by pressing the key located under
keys on icon display area and adjust the clock set.
2
Time Adjustment
After selecting time set menu (4) by pressing the key located under
keys on icon display area, press determination key (5).
and
1. While pressing the key located under
keys on icon display area on time setting screen (6), select
the figures for Year, Month, Day, and Time.
T1V1-05-01-123
3
4
5
2. After moving the cursor to
position (7) by pressing
the key located under
key, press determination key
(5) to define the setting.
T1V5-05-01-019
6
7
5
T1V5-05-01-021
T1V5-05-01-022
1-19
OPERATOR'S STATION
ATTACHMENT SELECTION
(Only Machines Equipped with Optional Parts)
IMPORTANT: Select the attachments from the work mode
screen.
In order to display the work mode screen,
push work mode selection key F1 after basic
screen displays, or select from main menu.
Selecting an Attachment by Using Work Mode Selection
Key F1
1. When the basic screen displays, push work mode selection key F1 and display the work mode screen.
Key F1
Basic Screen
2. Push a key located under an attachment mark to be used
in order to select the attachment.
T1V1-05-01-123
(In the right example, Crusher 1 is selected.)
NOTE: When selecting Digging, return to the basic screen.
3. On the attachment specification screen, confirm if specification of the installed attachment agrees with that
displayed on the screen.
Digging
NOTE: When pushing the back key, return to the previous
screen.
Back Key
4. Push the determination key, and the basic screen displays.
Select Crusher 1
Work Mode Screen
T1V5-05-01-109
Back Key
Attachment Specification Screen
Determination
key
T1V5-05-01-028
1-20
OPERATOR'S STATION
Selecting an Attachment from Main Menu
1. When the basic screen displays, push the menu key and
display main menu.
2. Select work mode from main menu by using keys 1
and 2 . Push determination key. Then, the work mode
screen displays.
3. Push the key located under an attachment mark to be
used in order to select the attachment.
(In the right example, Crusher 1 is selected.)
Basic Screen
Menu Key
T1V1-05-01-123
NOTE: When selecting Digging, return to Main Menu.
4. On the attachment specification screen, confirm if specification of the installed attachment agrees with that
displayed on the screen.
NOTE: When pushing the back key, return to the basic screen.
5. Push the determination key, and the basic screen displays.
Back Key
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
T1V5-05-01-019
Digging
Back Key
Select Crusher 1
Work Mode Screen
T1V5-05-01-109
Back Key
Attachment Specification Screen
1-21
Determination
key
T1V5-05-01-028
OPERATOR'S STATION
Attachment Specification Screen
Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
Breaker 1
Maximum Engine Speed
Accumulator Control Solenoid Valve: OFF
Secondary Relief Selector Control Solenoid
Valve: ON
Three way Valve Control Solenoid Valve: ON
The three way valve is connected to the
hydraulic oil tank.
Auxiliary Flow Combining Solenoid Valve:
OFF
T1V5-05-01-001
Breaker 2
Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
Maximum Engine Speed
Accumulator Control Solenoid Valve: ON
Secondary Relief Selector Control Solenoid
Valve: OFF
Three way Valve Control Solenoid Valve: ON
The three way valve is connected to the
hydraulic oil tank.
Auxiliary Flow Combining Solenoid Valve:
OFF
T1V5-05-01-006
1-22
OPERATOR'S STATION
Pulverizer 1
Maximum Pump 1 and 2 Flow Rate
Maximum Engine Speed
Accumulator Control Solenoid Valve: OFF
Secondary Relief Selector Control Solenoid
Valve: OFF
Three way Valve Control Solenoid Valve: OFF
The three way valve is connected to the
control valve.
Auxiliary Flow Combining Solenoid Valve: ON
T1V5-05-01-011
Crusher 1
Maximum Pump 1 and 2 Flow Rate
Maximum Engine Speed
Accumulator Control Solenoid Valve: OFF
Secondary Relief Selector Control Solenoid
Valve: OFF
Three way Valve Control Solenoid Valve: OFF
The three way valve is connected to the
control valve.
Auxiliary Flow Combining Solenoid Valve: ON
T1V5-05-01-028
1-23
OPERATOR'S STATION
PUMP 2 FLOW RATE ADJUSTMENT
(Only Machines Equipped with Optional Parts)
IMPORTANT: This operation is effective when attachments
are used.
1. When the basic screen displays, push the menu key and
display main menu.
2. Select attachment adjustment from main menu by using
keys 1
and 2 . Push determination key. Then, the
attachment adjustment screen for currently installed attachment displays.
3. Adjust flow rate of Pump 2 by using keys 1
and 2
Basic Screen
Key 1
Key 2
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
Menu Key
T1V1-05-01-123
T1V5-05-01-019
.
When using breaker 1 or breaker 2, pushing key 1 will
decrease flow rate of pump 2 and pushing key 2 will
increase respectively.
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-111
When using the pulverizer or crusher, pushing key 1
will increase flow rate of boom raise, arm roll-out, swing
or travel circuit.
Pushing key 2
side.
will increase flow rate of attachment
NOTE: When pushing the back key, return to the previous
screen.
4. Push key 6
, and the basic screen displays.
Key 1
1-24
Key 6
Key 2
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-024
OPERATOR'S STATION
DISPLAYING OPERATING CONDITIONS
1. When the basic screen displayed, push the menu key and
display main menu.
2. Select operating conditions from main menu by using
keys 1 and 2. Push the determination key. Then, the operating conditions screen displays.
3. Push the reset key, and display the data reset confirm
screen.
When reset the data, push the determination key.
Basic Screen
NOTE: When pushing the back key, return to the previous
screen.
Menu Key
T1V1-05-01-123
IMPORTANT: Total fuel consumption and fuel consumption rate depend on the operating environment and the operation method of machine.
The values shown on the screen are just for
reference.
There could arise ± 20% of differences between actual fuel consumption and fuel consumption which is displayed by the monitor
unit.
4. Push key 6
, and the basic screen displays.
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
Reset Key
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-019
T1V5-05-01-025
Back Key
Key 6
1-25
Determination Key
T1V5-05-01-026
OPERATOR'S STATION
FUEL RATE DISPLAY/NO DISPLAY
Fuel Rate Display
1. When the basic screen displays, push the menu key and
display main menu.
Menu Key
Basic Screen
T1V1-05-01-123
2. Select fuel rate display/No display from main menu by
using keys 1 and 2. Push the determination key. Then, the
fuel rate display/No display screen displays.
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-118
Determination Key
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-164
3. Push the determination key, and fuel rate display will be
set to ON.
NOTE: When pushing the back key, return to the previous
screen.
Back Key
1-26
T1V5-05-01-119
OPERATOR'S STATION
4. Push key 6
, and the fuel rate display will be added to
basic screen.
Key 6
T1V5-05-01-119
Fuel Rate
1-27
T1V1-05-01-007
OPERATOR'S STATION
Fuel Rate No Display
1. When the basic screen displays, push the menu key and
display main menu.
Fuel Rate
Basic Screen
Menu Key
T1V1-05-01-007
2. Select fuel rate display/No display from main menu by
using keys 1
and 2 . Push the determination key.
Then, the fuel rate display/No display screen displays.
Back Key
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
T1V5-05-01-118
3. Push the determination key, and fuel rate display will be
set to OFF.
NOTE: When pushing the back key, return to the previous
screen.
Back Key
Determination Key
T1V5-05-01-119
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-164
1-28
OPERATOR'S STATION
4. Push key 6
, and return to the basic screen.
Key 6
T1V5-05-01-164
Basic Screen
1-29
T1V1-05-01-123
OPERATOR'S STATION
• Overload Alarm
(Only machines equipped with optional parts)
IMPORTANT: When using overload alarm, consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.
When the overload alarm switch is turned ON, the system
measures load of the suspended load from bottom pressure of
the boom cylinder. An alarm message is displayed and buzzer
is rung, if overload is detected.
Basic Screen
T1V1-05-01-128
Overload Alarm Switch
T1V1-05-02-004
1-30
OPERATOR'S STATION
Password Change (Optional)
1. After the basic screen is displayed, push the menu key in
order to display the main menu.
Menu Key
Basic Screen
T1V1-05-01-123
2. Select password change from main menu by using keys
1 and 2. Push the determination key. Then, the password
change screen displays.
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
T1V5-05-01-129
T1V5-05-01-041
3. Input the registered password and push the determination key.
Registered Password
4. If inputting the password again, the entered characters
can be erased by pushing the delete key.
Determination Key
1-31
Delete Key
T1V5-05-01-042
OPERATOR'S STATION
NOTE: If inputting an incorrect password after pushing the
determination key, the message “Password is incorrect.”
displays.
Push the back key and go back to the previous screen,
input the password again.
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-044
5. The message “Enter password to be registered.” displays.
Then, input a new password with three or four digits and
push the determination key.
6. If inputting the password again, push the delete key.
T1V5-05-01-130
A New Password
Determination Key
1-32
Delete Key
T1V5-05-01-131
OPERATOR'S STATION
7. The message “Re-enter password.” displays. Then, input a
new password again and push the determination key.
8. If inputting the password again, push the delete key in
order to delete the entered characters.
T1V5-05-01-132
Determination Key
Delete Key
T1V5-05-01-133
9. The message “New password has been registered.” displays. This completes the password change process.
Key 6
10. Push key 6
T1V5-05-01-043
and the basic screen displays.
Basic Screen
1-33
T1V1-05-01-123
OPERATOR'S STATION
BACK MONITOR SETTINGS
IMPORTANT: The image displayed on the back monitor is
to be used as an assist view. Drive the machine while paying thorough attention to
the surroundings.
Auto-Control: ON
Image on the monitor unit when traveling is automatically
switched to that of the back monitor.
Menu Key
Basic Screen
T1V1-05-01-123
1. When the basic screen displays, push the menu key and
display main menu.
2. Select back monitor settings from main menu by using
keys 1
and 2 . Push the determination key. Then,
the back monitor settings screen displays.
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-114
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-173
3. Push the determination key. Then, auto-control is set to
ON.
NOTE: When pushing the back key, return to the basic screen.
4. Push key 6
, and return to the basic screen.
5. If travel operation is done, backward image is displayed
on the screen of monitor unit.
Key 6
1-34
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-174
OPERATOR'S STATION
Auto-Control: OFF
Set automatic switching function of images between monitor unit and back monitor when traveling to OFF.
1. When the basic screen displays, push the menu key and
display main menu.
Menu Key
Basic Screen
T1V1-05-01-123
2. Select back monitor settings from main menu by using
keys 1 and 2. Push the determination key. Then, the back
monitor settings screen displays.
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-118
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-174
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-173
3. Push the determination key. Then, auto-control is set to
OFF.
NOTE: When pushing the back key, return to the previous
screen.
4. Push key 6
, and return to the basic screen.
Key 6
1-35
OPERATOR'S STATION
MAINTENANCE SETTINGS
1. When the basic screen displays, push the menu key and
display main menu.
Menu Key
Basic Screen
T1V1-05-01-123
2. Select maintenance settings from main menu by using
keys 1
and 2 . Push the determination key. Then,
the maintenance settings screen displays.
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
T1V5-05-01-019
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
T1V5-05-01-049
3. Select an item to be set from among the list of maintenance settings screen by using keys 1
and 2 . Push
the determination key. Then, the Interval ON/OFF settings screen displays.
(In the right example, Engine Oil is selected.)
Maintenance Information Display ON/OFF
1. Select ON or OFF for maintenance information display by
using keys 1
and 2 . Push the determination key.
ON: When time comes to change, a information message is displayed on the screen.
OFF: No information message is displayed.
2. In order to complete setting, push key 6
basic screen displays.
. Then, the
Key 1
Key 2
Key 6
1-36
Determination Key
Interval ON/OFF Settings Screen
T1V5-05-01-052
OPERATOR'S STATION
Change Interval Settings
IMPORTANT: Change interval can only be set when maintenance information display is set to ON.
1. Select change interval by using keys 1
and 2
.
2. Set time for change interval by using keys 3 and 4 .
and 2 , and
3. Select remaining hours by using keys 1
push determination key.
Key 1
Key 2
4. The message “Adjust remaining hours to new change
interval. OK?” displays. Then, push the determination key.
5. Push key 6
Interval ON/OFF Settings Screen
, and the basic screen displays.
T1V5-05-01-052
Key 1
Key 2
Key 3
Key 6
Key 4
Determination Key
Determination Key
Basic Screen
1-37
T1V5-05-01-138
T1V5-05-01-139
Menu Key
T1V1-05-01-123
OPERATOR'S STATION
Resetting Data
If data is reset, push key 5 on the Interval ON/OFF settings screen.
The message “Reset Data. OK?” displays. Then, push the
determination key.
The value of remaining hours is reset to that of change
interval. Previous change date/hour is updated with current
date and time.
Key 5
Interval ON/OFF Settings Screen
Determination Key
1-38
T1V5-05-01-052
T1V5-05-01-140
OPERATOR'S STATION
Screen Display when Maintenance Information Display
is ON
• When only one item displays
1. If turning the key switch to the ON position, the starting
screen displays. Then, the scheduled maintenance screen
for the item whose change interval has expired displays
for three to ten seconds. Finally the basic screen displays.
(In the right example, Hydraulic Oil applies.)
NOTE: For a machine which the basic screen is displayed according to a password on , the scheduled maintenance
screen for the item whose change interval has expired
displays for three to ten seconds, after the password is
input successfully and the determination key is pushed.
And then the basic screen displays.
Starting Screen
T1V1-05-01-115
2. If data is reset, push the reset key while the scheduled
maintenance screen is displayed.
The message “Reset Data. OK?” displays. Then, push the
determination key.
The value of remaining hours is reset to that of change
Interval. Previous change date/hour is updated with current date and time.
NOTE: When pushing the back key while the maintenance
information display screen is displayed, return to the
basic screen.
Back Key
Reset Key
Maintenance Information Display Screen
T1V5-05-01-170
NOTE: When pushing the back key while reset screen is displayed, return to the maintenance information display
screen.
Back Key
Reset Screen
Basic Screen
1-39
Determination
Key
T1V5-05-01-171
T1V1-05-01-123
OPERATOR'S STATION
• When more than two items apply
1. If turning the key switch to the ON position, the starting
screen displays. Then, the scheduled maintenance screen
for the items whose change interval has expired displays
for three to ten seconds. Finally the basic screen displays.
NOTE: For a machine which the basic screen is displayed according to a password on, the scheduled maintenance
screen for the items whose change interval has expired
displays for three to ten seconds, after the password is
input successfully and the determination key is pushed.
And then the basic screen displays.
Starting Screen
T1V1-05-01-115
2. If data is reset, while the scheduled maintenance screen
is displayed, select desired item by using keys 1
and 2
. Push the determination key. Then, the maintenance
information display screen for the selected item displays.
(In the right example, Hydraulic Oil is selected.)
NOTE: When pushing the back key while the scheduled maintenance screen is displayed, the basic screen displays.
3. Push the reset key while the maintenance information
display screen is displayed.
The message “Reset Data. OK?” displays. Then, push the
determination key.
The value of remaining hours is reset to that of change
interval. Previous change date/hour is updated with current date and time.
Key 1
Back Key
Key 2
Scheduled Maintenance Screen
Determination
Key
T1V5-05-01-169
NOTE: When pushing the back key while the maintenance
information display screen is displayed, return to the
scheduled maintenance screen.
Back Key
NOTE: When pushing the back key while the reset screen is displayed, return to the maintenance information display
screen.
Reset Key
Maintenance Information Display Screen
T1V5-05-01-170
Back Key
Reset Screen
1-40
T1V5-05-01-171
OPERATOR'S STATION
Mail
(Optional)
IMPORTANT: This function is available only to a machine
equipped with a satellite terminal.
When using the mail function, consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.
1. When the basic screen displays, push mail selection key
F3 and display mail screen.
2. If pushing a relevant request key, mail information is sent
to ICF.
Key F3
Basic Screen
1 - General Request
T1V1-05-01-123
2 - Fuel Replenishment Request
3 - Service Maintenance Request
4 - Forwarding Request
3. While mail information is sent to ICF, the message “Mail is
being delivered.” is displayed on the screen.
4. When ICF completes receives mail information, the message “Mail delivery successful.” is displayed on the screen.
When pushing the back key, return to the mail screen.
5. Then, a mail is sent from the satellite terminal to the central server via the satellite.
4
1
2
3
Mailing Screen
T1V5-05-01-037
NOTE: Depending on machine’s operating environment or
position of the satellite on its orbit, the mail may not be
sent.
T1V5-05-01-038
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-039
1-41
OPERATOR'S STATION
NOTE: When satellite terminal could not receive the mail,
the message “Mail delivery failed.” is displayed on the
screen.
T1V5-05-01-040
1-42
OPERATOR'S STATION
LANGUAGE SETTINGS
1. When the basic screen displayed, push the menu key and
display main menu.
2. Select language from main menu by using keys 1
and
2 . Push the determination key. Then, the language
settings screen displays.
3. Select a desired language by using keys 1
Push the determination key.
and 2
.
NOTE: Languages to be displayed on the screen of monitor
unit have been selected from twelve languages, namely
display languages 1 or 2, at the time of shipping from
the factory.
(Refer to the next section)
Menu Key
Basic Screen
T1V1-05-01-123
NOTE: When pushing the back key, return to the previous
screen.
4. Push key 6
, and the basic screen displays.
Key 1
Key 2
Determination Key
Back Key
Determination Key
Back Key
T1V5-05-01-114
Key 1
Key 6
1-43
Key 2
T1V1-05-01-137
OPERATOR'S STATION
Lists of Display Language
Display Languages 1
Language
Screen Display
Japanese
T1V1-05-01-141
English
T1V1-05-01-142
Chinese (Simplified)
T1V1-05-01-143
Chinese (Traditional)
T1V1-05-01-144
Korean
T1V1-05-01-145
Indonesian
T1V1-05-01-146
Thai
T1V1-05-01-147
Vietnamese
T1V1-05-01-148
Myanmarese
T1V1-05-01-149
Arabic
T1V1-05-01-150
Persian
T1V1-05-01-151
Turkish
T1V1-05-01-152
Display Languages 2
Language
Screen Display
English
T1V1-05-01-142
Spanish
T1V1-05-01-153
Italian
T1V1-05-01-154
French
T1V1-05-01-155
German
T1V1-05-01-156
Dutch
T1V1-05-01-157
Russian
T1V1-05-01-158
Portuguese
T1V1-05-01-159
Finnish
T1V1-05-01-160
Swedish
T1V1-05-01-161
Norwegian
T1V1-05-01-162
Danish
T1V1-05-01-163
1-44
OPERATOR'S STATION
SWITCH PANEL
1- Engine Control Dial
1
2- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Power Mode Switch
4- Travel Mode Switch
2
5- Work Light Switch
6- Wiper/Washer Switch
6
5
3
4
Std. Model
1-45
M1U1-01-015
OPERATOR'S STATION
ENGINE CONTROL DIAL
Fast Idle
Use engine control dial (1) to adjust engine speed.
Turn it clockwise to increase engine speed or counterclockwise
to decrease engine speed.
1
Slow Idle
• The fully clockwise position
: Fast idle
• The fully counterclockwise position : Slow idle
M1U1-01-033
AUTO-IDLE SWITCH
2
Auto-idle switch (2) sets the engine speed control mode to
Auto-Idle.
A/I
OFF
• Auto-Idle Mode
When auto-idle switch (2) is turned to the A/I ON position,
the engine speed is reduced to slow idle speed 4 seconds
after releasing all control levers (neutral), reducing the fuel
consumption. When the auto-idle mode is selected, autoidle indicator (3) on the monitor panel lights.
A/I
ON
M1U1-01-017
3
M1U1-01-004
1-46
OPERATOR'S STATION
POWER MODE SWITCH
Three engine speed modes, E, P, and H/P modes, are selected
by operating the power mode switch.
• E (Economy) Mode
Although production is slightly reduced more than in the P
mode, the fuel consumption and noise levels are reduced,
allowing the machine to operate efficiently.
M178-01-013
• P (Power) Mode
Use the P mode when general digging work is needed.
• H/P (High Power) Mode
Use the H/P mode when extra horsepower is needed, i.e.
when rolling in the arm in excavation work, etc.
TRAVEL MODE SWITCH
Two travel modes, FAST and SLOW, are selected by turning the
travel mode switch to either position.
Mark (Fast Speed Mode)
Mark (Slow Speed Mode)
M178-01-096
1-47
OPERATOR'S STATION
WORK LIGHT SWITCH
Work light switch has the following positions:
• 1 Position
Work light (1) on the base machine will light. Also, the
instrument panel illumination will light.
• 2 Position
Work light (2) will light in addition.
• OFF Position
Work lights (1) and (2) and the instrument panel illumination will turn off.
M178-01-015
2
1
M157-01-146
1-48
OPERATOR'S STATION
WIPER/WASHER SWITCH
The wiper and the window washer are operated using the
wiper/washer switch.
Fast
• Wiper
Turn the wiper/washer switch to the specified position to
operate the wiper.
Mid
Slow
OFF Position: The wiper stops and is retracted.
INT Position: The wiper operates intermittently at the
interval selected by the switch position as
described below.
INT (Slow): The wiper operates at 8-second interval.
INT (Mid):
The wiper operates at 6-second interval.
INT (Fast):
The wiper operates at 3-second interval.
ON Position: The wiper operates continuously.
NOTE: • When the front window (upper) is opened, the wiper
and washer will not operate. Even if the front window
(upper) is closed, the wiper and washer will not operate until the lock pin on the right side is placed in the
lock position. If the front window is opened while
during operating the wiper, the wiper will be retracted
and the washer function is deactivated.
• In case either the wiper or washer is operated with
the front window (upper) opened, or if front window
(upper) is opened while operating either the wiper or
washer, the front window opening alarm buzzer will
sound intermittently at one-second intervals. Close the
front window (upper).
M178-01-016
Wiper
• Washer (Std. Model)
Press and hold the wiper/washer switch to squirt washer
fluid onto the front window. When the wiper/washer switch
is pressed for more than 2 seconds, the wiper operates until
the switch is released. When the wiper/washer switch is
released, the wiper automatically retracts. While operating
the wiper in the INT mode, when the wiper/washer switch is
pressed, the wiper operation mode is changed to the continuous operation mode.
IMPORTANT: Washer motor may be damaged if wiper/
washer switch is held for more than 20 seconds, or continually operated with no fluid
in the washer tank.
1-49
M1U1-01-018
OPERATOR'S STATION
• Washer (Overhead Window)
As long as wiper washer switch (1) is held down, washer
fluid will be squirted from the nozzles on the front window
and overhead window. Continue holding wiper washer
switch (1) for more than 2 seconds to automatically operate
the front window wiper. Release wiper washer switch (1)
to stop fluid from being squirted from the nozzles and to
automatically stop and retract the wipers. While the wiper is
operating in the INT position, when wiper washer switch (1)
is pushed, the wiper will change to operate continuously.
1
M1U1-01-007
IMPORTANT: The washer motor in the washer fluid tank
may be damaged if washer fluid is kept
squirted for more than 20 seconds or the
motor is continuously operated with the
washer fluid tank empty. Monitor the washer fluid squirting time and the fluid level in
the washer reservoir.
2
Wiper Switch (2) (Overhead Window: Optional)
Wiper switch (2) has two positions as follows:
M1U1-01-008
ON Position............Overhead window wiper (3) operates.
OFF Position...........Overhead window wiper (3) stops.
3
M157-01-081
1-50
OPERATOR'S STATION
SWITCH PANEL (Optional)
Armrest
NOTE: • The optional switch locations differ depending on
the kinds of optional devices are equipped. Before using the switches on the switch panel, make sure what
kind of optional devices are equipped. All available
optional devices are shown below.
• Raise the armrest when operating the optional
switch.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Travel Alarm Deactivation
Swing Alarm
Rear Light
Overload Alarm Device Switch
Seat Heat Switch
Rotating Lamp
Electric Type Control Lever
Optional Switch
T1V1-05-02-004
Travel Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional)
The travel alarm buzzer sounds during travel operation.
When push travel alarm deactivation switch (1) to the off
position ( ), the travel alarm buzzer function is deactivated.
1
M1U1-01-035
Swing Alarm Switch (Optional)
The swing alarm system sounds the buzzer and turns the
beacon light ON during swing operation. When push swing
alarm switch (2) to the off position ( ), the swing alarm
buzzer function is deactivated.
2
M1U1-01-036
Rear Light Switch (Optional)
When rear light switch (3) is turned ON. The rear light at the
rear of the cab roof comes ON.
3
M1U1-01-009
1-51
OPERATOR'S STATION
Overload Alarm Switch (Optional)
During lifting load work with overload alarm switch (4) ON,
if overloading is detected, the buzzer sounds and overload
alarm indicator (8) on the multi-monitor comes ON. Turn
overload alarm switch (4) OFF to deactivate the overload
alarm system function.
4
M1U1-01-010
8
T1V1-05-01-094
Seat Heater Switch
When seat heater switch (5) is turned ON, the seat surface
is heated so that the seat section becomes warm. When the
temperature of the seat section is raised to the specified
temperature, heating is automatically stopped.
5
M1U1-01-011
6
Revolving Light Switch (Optional)
When revolving light switch (6) is turned ON, the revolving
light provided at the rear on the cab roof comes ON.
M1U1-01-012
7
Electrical Control Main Switch (Optional)
When the ( ) mark side of electrical control main switch (7)
is pressed, the electrical control (grip switch) system becomes operable. When there is no need to use the electrical
control (grip switch) system, press the ( ) mark side of main
switch (7) to avoid misoperation.
M1U1-01-013
1-52
OPERATOR'S STATION
KEY SWITCH
1
2
3
4
1- OFF (Engine Off )
2- ACC (Horn, Radio etc.)
3- ON (Engine On)
4- START (Engine Start)
M178-01-049
POWER BOOST SWITCH
(ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)
Power boost switch (5) is used to gain maximum digging
power, and is located on the top of the right control lever.
5
M1J1-01-024
HORN SWITCH
Horn switch (6) is provided on the top of the left control lever.
The horn continuously sounds as long as switch (6) is pressed.
6
M1J1-01-025
1-53
OPERATOR'S STATION
CIGAR LIGHTER
Operation
IMPORTANT: In case cigar lighter (2) does not pop out automatically 30 seconds after pushing cigar
lighter (2) in, pull out cigar lighter (2) manually. Then, consult the your nearest Hitachi
dealer.
1
1. Turn key switch (1) to the ACC or ON position.
2. Press and release cigar lighter (2) knob.
3. Cigar lighter (2) knob will return to the original position
when cigar lighter (2) becomes usable. Pull cigar lighter
(2) out to use.
M178-01-049
4. After using cigar lighter (2), insert cigar lighter (2) into the
panel until the knob is seated in the original position.
Using Cigar Lighter (2) Port as External Power Source
Use cigar lighter (2) port to supply power to lighting equipment for servicing the machine.
IMPORTANT: Only 24 V electric power is available from
cigar lighter (2) port on this machine. Never
connect accessories that use power other
than 24 V. Damage to the batteries and accessories may result.
Do not supply power to accessories for a
long time without running the engine. Failure to do so may discharge the batteries.
1. Pull cigar lighter (2) knob out.
2. Correctly insert the accessory socket into cigar lighter (2)
port.
3. Turn key switch (1) to the ACC or ON position. Power is
supplied to the connected accessory.
4. After using the accessory, disconnect the accessory
socket and insert cigar lighter (2) into the port.
1-54
2
Left Control
Lever
M1U1-01-021
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB LIGHT
1
Turn the cab light ON or OFF by using switch (1).
M1U1-01-022
INSTALLING FIRE EXTINGUISHER (Optional)
A fire extinguisher (2) can be installed at the left rear corner
inside the cab. Consult your nearest HITACHI dealer to install a
fire extinguisher (2).
2
1-55
M1U1-01-023
OPERATOR'S STATION
PILOT CONTROL SHUT-OFF LEVER
1
Pilot control shut-off lever (1) functions to prevent the machine
from being mistakenly operated when the operator is getting
on or off the machine.
WARNING:
• Pilot control will not be shut-off unless pilot control shut-off lever (1) is completely pulled-up to the
LOCK position.
• Before leaving the operator's seat, always stop the
engine and pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) up
to the LOCK position.
• Also, pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) up to the
LOCK position when transporting the machine or
when the day's work is complete.
• Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is in the
LOCK position before starting the engine.
LOCK Position
M1U1-01-025
1
UNLOCK Position
M1U1-01-024
ENGINE STOP SWITCH
In case the engine does not stop even if the key switch is
turned OFF due to failure of the machine, move engine stop
switch (2) located at the front-left side of the seat stand downward to stop the engine. After operating switch (2), be sure to
return switch (2) back to the upward position.
2
1-56
M1U1-01-029
OPERATOR'S STATION
FUSE BOX
10-
CONTROLLER
5A
20-
OPTION3
5A
9-
BACKUP
10A
19-
SW. BOX
5A
8-
ECM
30A
18-
POWER ON
5A
7-
LUBRICATOR
10A
17-
AIRCON.
5A
6-
OPTION2
10A
16-
GLOW RELAY
5A
5-
OPTION1
5A
15-
AUXILIARY
10A
4-
SOLENOID
10A
14-
FUEL PUMP
5A
3-
HEATER
20A
13-
LIGHTER
10A
2-
WIPER
10A
12-
ROOM LAMP/RADIO
5A
1-
LAMP
20A
11-
HORN
10A
M1U1-01-026
10
9
8
7
20
19
18
17
6
16
5
15
4
3
2
1
14
13
12
11
M1GR-01-003
1-57
OPERATOR'S STATION
AUTO AIR CONDITIONER
1
Distinctive Feature
• Temperature Control:
Automatically controls the cab temperature to maintain
the temperature set by the temperature control switch
regardless of outside air temperature and insolation.
• Max. Cooling and Heating:
Maximum cooling or heating can be obtained by moving the temperature control switch to the full right or left
respectively.
• Preheating:
During preheating the cab in winter with the foot vent
selected, the air volume is reduced to Low until the coolant temperature rises to prevent cool air from entering
the cab.
1- Front Vent
3
2
M1U1-01-025
2- Foot Vent
3- Defroster Vent
4
4- Rear Vent
5- Control Panel
6- Blower Switch
7- Liquid-Crystal Display (LCD)
8- Air Conditioner Switch
9- AUTO Switch
10- OFF Switch
11- Temperature Control Switch
M1U1-01-027
12- Circulation Mode Switch
13- Fresh Air Mode Switch
14- Mode Switch
5
6
7
8
9
NOTE: Except for foot vent (2), all vents are provided with
louvers to adjust the air flow direction. In addition, the
louvers on front vent (1) and defroster vent (3) can be
completely opened and closed by hand.
14
13
12
11
10
M178-01-073
1-58
OPERATOR'S STATION
Control Panel Designation and Function
• Mode Switch (14):
Selects the air vent. The selected air vent is indicated on
LCD (7).
Air flows out of front vent and the defroster
vents.
Air flows out of the front and rear vents and
the defroster vents.
Air flows out of the front and foot vents and
the defroster vents.
7
9
14
M178-01-074
Display when AUTO switch (9) is pressed:
Air flows out of the foot vent.
Each time mode switch (14) is pressed, the vent location can
be changed in four stages as illustrated below.
AUTO →
→
→
→
• When AUTO switch (9) is selected the AUTO, the air vent
location is automatically selected.
7
11
• Temperature Control Switch (11):
Sets temperature in the cab from 18.0 to 32.0 °C or 63 to 91
°F by 0.5 °C or 1 °F step. The set-temperature is displayed on
LCD (7).
• FC (Full-Cool)
M178-01-075
Push the
button after setting air temperature to 18 °C
or 63 °F. Air flow temperature is set to the lowest and the
“FC” symbol is displayed on LCD (7).
• FH (Full-Heat)
Push the
button after setting air temperature to 32 °C
or 91 °F. Air flow temperature is set to the highest and the
“FH” symbol is displayed on LCD (7).
• When the AUTO indicator is ON, air temperature at the
vents is automatically set together with the blower speed
and vent locations.
• When the AUTO indicator is OFF, only air temperature at
the vents is automatically set.
• When the “FC” symbol is displayed on LCD (7), air temperature at the vent, air vent (front and rear vents) locations, recirculation air suction port, and blower speed are
maintained at the lowest cooling conditions. However, in
case the circulation indicator is ON before the “FC” symbol
is displayed, circulation operation is maintained.
1-59
Display when the
button is pressed
after displaying 25.0 °C (77 °F):
7
AUTO Indicator
M178-01-076
Display when the LCD displays “FC” symbol:
OPERATOR'S STATION
• When the “FH” symbol is displayed on LCD (7), air flowin temperature at the vent, air vent (front and rear vents)
locations, fresh air suction port, and blower speed are
maintained at the highest heating conditions. However, in
case the circulation indicator is ON before the “FH” symbol
is displayed, circulation operation is maintained.
Selecting Display Between Celsius And Fahrenheit
1. While depressing both A/C (8) and mode (14) switches,
turn the key switch “ON”.
6
7
8
M178-01-077
14
13
Display when the LCD displays “FH” symbol:
2. LCD (7) will display “Sd” for approx. 5 seconds.
3. After display “Sd” is deleted, all LED (7) will come ON.
4. After all LED (7) come ON, repeat to press blower switch
(6) four times.
5. Sequentially, press A/C (8) and blower (6) switches at the
same time.
6. Then, the selection mode between celsius and fahrenheit
starts.
Each time fresh air mode switch (13) is pressed, the display is shifted between celsius and fahrenheit.
When celsius is displayed, LED (7) displays “C.”
When fahrenheit is displayed, LED (7) displays “F.”
Select either one to be preferred.
7. After selection is complete, end by turning the key switch
“OFF”.
LED (7) will display in the selected mode when the machine is operated next time.
Celsius (°C)
Fahrenheit (°F)
Display on LCD
18.0 to 32.0
63 to 91
• Blower Switch (6):
• When the AUTO indicator is ON, the blower speed is automatically controlled.
6
7
AUTO Indicator
• When the AUTO indicator is OFF, the blower speed is
controlled in 4 steps. When the
button is pressed
with the blower OFF, the blower starts running in the HI
mode. Then, each time the
button is pressed, the
blower speed is reduced by one step. LCD (7) indicates
the blower fan speed. When the
button is pressed
with the blower OFF, the blower starts running in the LO
mode. Then, each time the
button is pressed, the
blower speed is increased by one step. LCD (7) indicates
the corresponding blower fan speed.
1-60
M178-01-075
OPERATOR'S STATION
• Circulation Mode Switch (12):
9
• Fresh Air Mode Switch (13):
Changes the air circulation mode and automatically selects
the air vent. When fresh air mode switch (13) is pressed, the
indicator comes ON and the fresh air circulation mode is
selected, allowing fresh air to flow in. When fresh air mode
switch (13) is pressed again, the indicator goes OFF and
the fresh air suction port is closed. When circulation mode
switch (12) is pressed, the indicator comes ON and the circulation mode is selected. When circulation mode switch (12)
is pressed again, the indicator goes OFF and the fresh air
suction port is opened.
M178-01-078
13
12
Display when fresh air vent switch (13) is pressed:
NOTE: Operating the above switches controls the fresh air suction port manually or automatically. Therefore, even if
AUTO switch (9) is turned ON, the fresh air suction port
status will not be change
8
• Air Conditioner (A/C) Switch (8):
A/C Indicator
Press A/C switch (8) to turn the air conditioner and the A/C
indicator ON. However, unless the blower is running (the fan
display of blower switch (6) is lit), the air conditioner will not
be turned ON.
• OFF Switch (10):
Press OFF switch (10) to turn the blower and the air conditioner OFF.
6
M178-01-075
10
Display when Air Conditioner Switch (8) is pressed:
• AUTO Switch (9):
Press AUTO switch (9) to turn the AUTO and the A/C indicators ON so that the air flow-in temperature at the vent,
blower speed, vent locations, and fresh air suction port are
automatically controlled.
9
AUTO Indicator
Display when AUTO Switch (9) is pressed:
1-61
M178-01-075
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB HEATER OPERATION
7
1. Operate AUTO switch (9).
8
9
According to signals sent from various sensors, the air
conditioner amplifier automatically selects the air flow-in
vents, air suction ports, and air flow-in temperature at the
vent, and controls the blower speed.
2. Operate Temperature Control Switch (11).
Set temperature control switch (11) so that “25.0” is
indicated on LCD (7). Control air temperature inside cab
using this switch as necessary.
6
14
13
12
11
M178-01-079
3. As Necessary:
• Operate Mode switch (14) to manually select the air vent.
• Operate blower switch (6) to manually control the blower
speed.
• Operate fresh air mode switch (13) to maintain the air
vent in the fresh air circulation mode.
• Operate circulation mode switch (12) to maintain the air
suction port in the circulation mode.
When the A/C indicator is ON, the air conditioner functions as
a dehumidifier. Press A/C switch (8) to turn OFF the dehumidifier function.
COOLING OPERATION
7
1. Press AUTO Switch (9)
8
9
The AUTO and the A/C indicators come ON. Then, the air
temperature at the vent, blower speed, vent locations,
and air suction ports are automatically controlled by the
air conditioner amplifier according to signals sent from
various sensors.
2. Operate Temperature Control Switch (11).
Set temperature control switch (11) so that “25.0” is indicated on LCD (7). Control air temperature inside the cab
using this switch (11) as necessary.
6
14
13
12
11
M178-01-075
3. As Necessary:
• Operate Mode switch (14) to manually select the air vent.
• Operate blower switch (6) to manually control the blower
speed.
• Operate fresh air mode switch (13) to maintain the air
vent in the fresh air circulation mode.
• Operate circulation mode switch (12) to maintain the air
suction port in the circulation mode.
In case the front window (lower) becomes clouded, manually
close defroster vent (3).
3
1-62
M1U1-01-025
OPERATOR'S STATION
DEFROSTER OPERATION
7
8
9
1. Press AUTO Switch (9). Temperature-controlled air blows
out. During cold weather season when starting the
engine, the engine coolant temperature and air temperature in the cab are low. Then, cool air is restricted not to
flow in the cab to the minimum (LO) by the Heater StartOperation Control System.
2. Set temperature control switch (11) so that “25.0” is indicated on LCD (7). Set fresh air vent switch (13) in the fresh
air circulation mode.
3. Select the front vents
14
13
11
M178-01-074
1
or the front and rear vents
using MODE switch (14).
Control air flow direction by adjusting the louvers at front vent
(1) and defroster vent (3).
Control air temperature in the cab by operating temperature
control switch (11). If the windowpanes become clouded in
rainy season or when dehumidifying, turn the indicator of A/C
switch (8) ON.
M1U1-01-025
3
Cool Head / Warm Feet Operation
Cool and warm air is simultaneously supplied to the head
vents and feet vents respectively.
6
8
1. Press blower switch (6) to adjust the blower speed.
2. Press MODE switch (14) to display the front and rear vent
mark on the liquid crystal panel. Then, turn A/C
switch (8) ON (indicator lights).
Control air temperature inside the cab by operating temperature control switch (11).
1-63
14
11
M178-01-080
OPERATOR'S STATION
TIPS FOR OPTIMAL AIR CONDITIONER USAGE
For Rapid Cooling
Temperature in the cab may rise over 80 °C (176 °F) when
the machine is exposed to sun light in the summer.
In this case, ventilate air in the cab first by opening the
windows for rapid cooling. After starting the engine, press
AUTO switch (9). Set temperature to “18.0” on LCD (7) using temperature control switch (11). Turn circulation mode
switch (12) ON.
When Windows Become Clouded
If the insides of the windows become clouded during rainy
weather or on humid days, operate the air conditioner to
aid in keeping the windows clear. When the atmosphere is
very damp, and if the air conditioner has run excessively, the
outside of the windows may become clouded. If this happens, turn off the air conditioner to adjust the temperature
in the cab.
Off-Season Air Conditioner Maintenance
To protect each part of the compressor from a lack of lubricant, operate the air conditioner at least once a month for
several minutes with the engine running at a slow speed
during off-season. When the cab temperature is lower than
15 °C (59 °F), the air conditioner may not operate. If this happens, warm the cab using the heater first.
IMPORTANT: • Do not suddenly increase the engine
speed.
• Refer to the item “Check Air Conditioner
Filter” in the Maintenance Section for
maintenance of the air conditioner filters.
• Always clean the auto air conditioner
sensor for effective air conditioner performance. Avoid placing any obstructions
around the sensor.
1-64
7
9
12
11
M178-01-081
Air Conditioner Sensor
M1J1-01-028
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB HEATER (Optional)
1
Part Name and Location
1- Front Vent
2- Foot Vent
3- Defroster Vent
4- Rear Vents
5- Control Panel
6- Mode Switch
7- Fresh Air Vent Switch
8- Temperature Control Switch
9- Blower Switch
3
10- OFF Switch
NOTE: Air flow direction can be changed by controlling the
louvers at all air vents except for foot vent (2). The louvers at front (1) and defroster (3) vents can be manually
opened or closed.
M1U1-01-025
2
4
Control Panel Designation and Function
• Mode Switch (6)
Selects the air vent.
Air flows out of front vent (1) and defroster vent (3).
Air flows out of front (1), rear (4) vents and the
defroster vent (3).
M1U1-01-027
Air flows out of foot vent (2).
5
6
7
• Temperature Control Switch (8)
One of 8 indicators is lit. The air flow temperature at the
vent is lower or higher as the indicator closer to the left or
right end is lit respectively. Both warmed and cooled air
flow out of the same air vent.
10
1-65
9
8
M178-01-072
OPERATOR'S STATION
• Blower Switch (9)
The blower speed is controlled from Lo to Hi in 4 steps.
When the
button is pressed first, the blower starts
running in the HI mode. Then, each time the
button is pressed, the blower speed is reduced by one step.
The blower speed indicator corresponding to the blower
speed is lit. When the
button is pressed first, the
blower starts running in the LO mode. Then, each time the
10
M178-01-072
9
button is pressed, the blower speed is increased by
one step. Press blower OFF switch (10) to stop the blower
operation.
7
• Fresh Air Vent Switch (7)
Changes the air circulation mode. When fresh air vent
switch (7) is pressed, the indicator comes ON and the
fresh air circulation mode is selected, allowing fresh air to
flow in. When fresh air vent switch (7) is pressed again, the
indicator goes OFF and the circulation mode is selected.
M178-01-072
CAB HEATER OPERATION
6
When any mode switches (6) are pressed (
,
,
),
warm air will flow out from the corresponding vent. However,
the foot vent mode
is commonly used for cab heating.
Press foot mode
switch (6). Set temperature control switch
(8) to the right end position.
Press blower switch (9) to blow warm air out of the foot vent.
Adjust the air temperature in the cab by operating temperature control switch (8) and blower switch (9). When required
to quickly increase air temperature in the cab, select the air
recirculation mode. However, if air recirculation mode is used
for a long time, the windowpanes will become clouded due to
a difference in temperature between outside and inside the
cab. Occasionally ventilate the cab. (When the fresh air circulation mode is selected, the windowpanes will be prevented
from becoming clouded.)
9
8
M178-01-072
M1U1-01-024
1-66
OPERATOR'S STATION
DEFROSTER OPERATION
6
7
Press mode switch (6) (either the front
or front/rear vent
mode
switch). Set temperature control switch (8) to the
heat operation position. Press fresh air vent switch (7).
Press blower switch (9). Warm air will blow out from the front
or front/ rear vents.
Adjust air flow direction from front vent (1) and defroster vent
(3) by controlling the louver direction.
9
Use temperature control switch (8) and blower switch (9) to
adjust air temperature in the cab.
M178-01-072
1
3
1-67
8
M1U1-01-025
OPERATOR'S STATION
AM/FM RADIO OPERATION
Controls on the Radio
1- Power Switch/Volume Control Knob
4
7
2
2- Tone Adjustment Ring
3- AM/FM Switch
4- Station Presets
5- Tuning Switches
6- Display Mode Change Switch
7- Digital Display
3
8- Time Set Switches
6
8
5
1
M1G6-01-026
Tuning Procedure
• Manual Tuning Procedure
Repeatedly tap one of tuning switches (5) until the desired station is reached.
Each time the tuning switch is pressed, the frequency
changes at an interval.
Tap the tuning switch [UP] (
quency.
Tap the tuning switch [DOWN] (
frequency.
) to increase the fre) to decrease the
• Automatic Search Function
Press and hold one tuning switch (5) for more than half a
second, then release. The frequency display will move up
to the next higher frequency station.
To go up to the next higher frequency station, press and
hold the tuning switch [UP] (
).
To go down to the next lower frequency station, press
and hold the tuning switch [DOWN] (
).
In order to deactivate the automatic search function while
it is operating (while searching the next available frequency
station), simply tap tuning switch (5) again.
If the receiving radio waves are weak, i. e. such as when the
machine is located between high rising buildings, etc., use
the manual tuning procedure to select the desired station.
1-68
5
M1G6-01-026
OPERATOR'S STATION
Station Presetting Procedure
1. Select the desired station using tuning switches (5). (Refer
to the “Tuning Procedure” section.)
4
7
2. Press and hold one station preset (4) for more than 1 second until an electronic tone is heard. Now, the selected
station is preset for selected station preset (4). The frequency of the preset station will be indicated on digital
display (7).
Once the presetting is complete for a station preset (4), the
radio will be tuned to the preset station when station preset
(4) is pressed (for less than 1 second).
5
M1G6-01-026
DIGITAL CLOCK SETTING PROCEDURE
NOTE: In order to set the clock, digital display (7) must be in
the time display mode.
7
1
1. Press display mode button (6) to indicate the hour display on digital display (7).
2. Press and hold time set button (RST) (8) for longer than 1
second. The hour display will start flashing and the time
set mode will be selected.
3. Press time set button (H or M) (8) to set the clock. Each
time time set button (H or M) (8) is pressed, the time
display will increase by one. If time set button (H or M) (8)
is pressed and held, the time display will change continuously.
• When setting the hour, press time set button (H) (8).
• When setting the minute, press time set button (M) (8).
The time is displayed in 12 hour standard.
If either of the switches (H) or (M) is pressed and held, the
hour or minute display will change continuously until the
switch is released.
4. When the hour display is “12,” if time set button (H) (8) is
pressed, the hour display will be reset to “1.” When the
minute display is “59,” if time set button (M) (8) is pressed,
the minute display will be reset to “00.” However, the hour
display remains unchanged in this case.
5. After the clock setting is complete, press and hold time
set button (RST) (8) again for longer than 1 second, or
turn power switch (1) OFF to end the clock time setting
procedure. Digital display (7) stops flashing and changes
to stay ON.
1-69
6
8
M1G6-01-026
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB DOOR RELEASE LEVER
1
CAUTION:
• Open the cab door all the way until it securely locks
in the latch on the side of the cab.
• Do not keep the cab window open when the machine is parked on a slope, or while the wind is
blowing hard. The cab window may close accidentally, possibly resulting in personal injury.
• When opening or closing the cab window, take
extra care not to catch fingers between the base
machine and the cab window.
M1J1-07-051
To unlock the door from this position, push down on lever (1).
OPENING UPPER FRONT WINDOW
WARNING: Open or close the upper-front cab window
only after pulling up the pilot control shut-off lever
to the LOCK position. Failure to do so may allow the
machine to move unexpectedly if a control lever is
touched with a part of the body by mistake, possibly
resulting in personal injury or death.
2
3
M1U1-01-028
1. Press lock release lever (2) at the upper center to release
the upper front window lock.
NOTE: Use caution when releasing the lock. The upper section
of the upper front window will move approx. 10 cm
inward.
2. Holding the upper and lower handles (one each) on the
upper front window, pull the upper front window up and
back until it securely catches into auto locks (4).
CAUTION: Always secure lock pin (3) in the lock position after the upper front window is opened.
3. After confirming that the window securely catches into
auto locks (4), slide lock pin (3) into the left bracket boss
hole to lock the window in position.
M1CC-01-020
NOTE: When the upper front window is opened, the wiper and
washer are inoperable.
4
M1CC-01-031
1-70
OPERATOR'S STATION
CLOSING UPPER FRONT WINDOW
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury while closing window.
Upper front window comes down very forcefully.
Close window only when sitting in the operator's seat.
Guide window down slowly.
2
1. Pull out lock pin (3) to unlock window.
3
2. Slightly move the window forward while pushing lock
release lever (2) to release auto locks (4).
3. Pull window down slowly until it securely catches into
auto locks (4).
M1U1-01-028
NOTE: The wiper and washer will not operate until the upper
front window is completely closed.
4
M1CC-01-031
1-71
OPERATOR'S STATION
REMOVING AND STORING LOWER FRONT
WINDOW
CAUTION: Take care not to pinch yours fingers when
handling the lower front window.
1. Open the upper front window beforehand when removing the lower front window.
2. While pulling the lower front widow inward, raise it to
remove.
3. Store the removed windowpane in the storing position.
After inserting the windowpane into rubbers (2 and 3),
slide it sideways securely into rubber (1). Then, push fastener (4) to lock.
M1CC-01-022
1
4
3
2
M1U1-01-056
OPENING SIDE WINDOWS
Opening Cab Door Window
Slide rear pane to the front.
Cab Door Window
1-72
M178-01-061
OPERATOR'S STATION
OPENING/CLOSING OVERHEAD WINDOW
1
(Std. Model)
Opening
1. Move locks (1) toward center of window.
2. Hold handle (2) and lift window until it rises upright. With
the window positioned upright, it will be secured in position by dampers (3).
Closing
1. Hold handle (2) and pull window down until “click” sound
is heard from locks (1).
2
Note that the overhead window can be used as an emergency exit.
M1U4-01-011
3
M1U1-01-054
OPENING/CLOSING OVERHEAD WINDOW
(Clear Hatch: If Equipped)
Opening
1. Move locks (1) toward center of window.
1
2. Hold handle (2) and lift window until it rises upright. With
the window positioned upright, it will be secured in position by dampers (3).
Closing
1. Hold handle (2) and pull window down until “click” sound
is heard from locks (1).
Note that the overhead window can be used as an emergency exit.
2
M1U4-01-011
IMPORTANT:
• Replace the clear hatch with a new one every 5
years even if undamaged. In case it was remarkably
damaged or has received severe shock loads, replace it even if it has been not in use for 5 years.
• When cleaning the clear hatch, use a neutral detergent. If acidic or alkaline detergent is used, the clear
hatch may become discolored or crack.
• Keep organic solvent away from the clear hatch.
Failure to do so may cause the clear hatch to become discolored or crack.
1-73
3
M1U1-01-054
OPERATOR'S STATION
EMERGENCY EXIT
1
Escape from the cab in emergency in the following methods:
CAUTION: The danger of downfall is always present
when escaping from the cab in emergency, possibly
resulting in serious personal injury. Escape from the
cab as safely as possible, depending on the posture of
machine and the outside situation.
1. Open the cab door. Escape through the door.
2. If the cab door should be difficult to open or use, open
the upper front window. Escape through the window.
M1U1-01-022
NOTE: • Emergency exit decals (2) are affixed to the front and
rear windows.
• See page “OPENING UPPER FRONT WINDOW” for the
opening method of the upper front window.
CAUTION:
• If decal (3) is affixed to the front window glass, the
glass can be broken. However if decal (3) is not affixed to the front window glass, the glass cannot
be broken.
• Take care not to be injured with pieces of broken
glass.
3
2
3. If upper front window should be difficult to open, check
decal (3) affixed to the window glass.
If decal (3) is affixed to the front window glass, break the
front window glass using emergency evacuation tool
(1) installed the cab left side. Then escape through the
broken window.
M1U4-01-012
3
2
4. If decal (3) is not affixed to the front window glass, or if
the front window is not available for escaping, break the
rear window glass using emergency evacuation tool (1).
Then escape through the broken window.
5. If neither of front and rear windows are available for
emergency exit, open the overhead window to escape
from the cab.
M1U1-01-115
1-74
OPERATOR'S STATION
ADJUSTING THE SEAT
Seat Height and Angle Adjustment
Seat height adjustment range is 60 mm (2.4 in) with steps
every 15 mm (0.6 in) (5 positions in total). Moreover, the
height of the front part and the rear part of the seat are
adjusted independently, thus allowing the angle of the seat
to be adjusted.
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury while operating
lever (1). When pushing down lever (1), do not grab
it. Fingers may be pinched between lever (1) and the
seat stand. Be sure to push on the upper face of lever
(1).
Use lever (1) to adjust the seat height and/or seat angle as
follows:
• To adjust the front part of the seat:
Push down lever (1) while sitting on the seat, and apply or
remove body weight to obtain the desired height. When
the desired height is obtained, release lever (1).
• To adjust the rear part of the seat:
Pull up lever (1) while sitting on the seat, and apply or
remove body weight to obtain the desired height. When
the desired height is obtained, release lever (1).
Console and Seat Fore-aft Adjustment
Pull lever (2) to the right to adjust the seat and both right
and left consoles to desired distance from the travel pedals
and levers. Release lever (2) to lock seat and consoles into
position.
NOTE: Seat and console fore-aft adjustment range is 120 mm
(4.7 in) with steps every 20 mm (0.8 in).
Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment
Pull lever (3) to unlock the seat from both consoles. With
lever (3), slide the seat to the desired distance from pilot
control levers. Release lever (3).
NOTE: Seat fore-aft adjustment range is 160 mm (6.3 in) with
steps every 16 mm (0.6 in).
Suspension Adjustment
Turn knob (4) clockwise to increase suspension stiffness.
Turn knob (4) counterclockwise to decrease suspension stiffness.
Backrest Adjustment
Pull up lever (5) to release backrest lock. Move backrest to
the desired position and release lever (5).
1-75
Push down with
the palm.
Caution: Possibility
of pinched fingers
SS-955
1
5
2
4
3
M178-01-065
OPERATOR'S STATION
Armrest Adjustment
Armrest (6) can be pulled upright by hand to get on and off
the machine easily.
The angle of armrest (6) can be adjusted to the desired position by turning adjusting dial (7) located on the bottom of
armrest (6).
6
7
M1G6-01-017
SEAT WITH A BUILT-IN HEATER
8
The heater installed inside the seat activates by operating seat
heater switch (8) on the optional equipment control switch
panel.
NOTE: Depending on what kinds of optional equipments are
installed, the switch button function may differ. Use the
switch only after confirming the kinds of the installed
optional equipment.
1-76
M1U1-01-011
OPERATOR'S STATION
ADJUSTING THE AIR-SUSPENSION SEAT
(Optional)
Seat Height and Angle Adjustment
Seat height adjustment range is 60 mm (2.4 in) with steps
every 15 mm (0.6 in) (5 positions in total). Moreover, the
height of the front part and the rear part of the seat are
adjusted independently, thus allowing the angle of the seat
to be adjusted.
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury while operating
lever (1). When pushing down lever (1), do not grab
it. Fingers may be pinched between lever (1) and the
seat stand. Be sure to push on the upper face of lever
(1).
Use lever (1) to adjust the seat height and/or seat angle as
follows:
• To adjust the front part of the seat:
Push down lever (1) while sitting on the seat, and apply or
remove body weight to obtain the desired height. When
the desired height is obtained, release lever (1).
• To adjust the rear part of the seat:
Pull up lever (1) while sitting on the seat, and apply or
remove body weight to obtain the desired height. When
the desired height is obtained, release lever (1).
Console and Seat Fore-aft Adjustment
Pull lever (2) to the right to adjust the seat and both right
and left consoles to desired distance from the travel pedals
and levers. Release lever (2) to lock seat and consoles into
position.
NOTE: Seat and console fore-aft adjustment range is 120 mm
(4.7 in) with steps every 20 mm (0.8 in).
Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment
Pull lever (3) to unlock the seat from both consoles. With
lever (3), slide the seat to the desired distance from pilot
control levers. Release lever (3).
NOTE: Seat fore-aft adjustment range is 160 mm (6.3 in) with
steps every 16 mm (0.6 in).
Suspension Adjustment
Push knob (4) to increase suspension stiffness.
Pull knob (4) to decrease suspension stiffness.
Backrest Adjustment
Pull up lever (5) to release backrest lock. Move backrest to
the desired position and release lever (5).
1-77
Push down with
the palm.
Caution: Possibility
of pinched fingers
SS-955
1
5
2
4
3
M1U1-01-014
OPERATOR'S STATION
Armrest Adjustment
Armrest (6) can be pulled upright by hand to get on and off
the machine easily.
The angle of armrest (6) can be adjusted to the desired position by turning adjusting dial (7) located on the bottom of
armrest (6).
6
7
M1G6-01-017
SEAT WITH A BUILT-IN HEATER
8
The heater installed inside the seat activates by operating seat
heater switch (8) on the optional equipment control switch
panel.
NOTE: Depending on what kinds of optional equipments are
installed, the switch button function may differ. Use the
switch only after confirming the kinds of the installed
optional equipment.
1-78
M1U1-01-011
OPERATOR'S STATION
ADJUSTING CONSOLE HEIGHT
1
Adjust the console height to the operator’s comfort and/or
work conditions. Adjusting console height can be achieved using three positions provided vertically at 20 mm (0.8 in) intervals.
CAUTION: Before loosening the console, support the
console. Otherwise, the console may suddenly drop,
possibly causing personal injury.
Adjusting Procedures
1. Lower the bucket to the ground. Stop the engine.
2. Move the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
3. Remove left and right console holding bolts (1). Loosen
bolts (2) to adjust the console height.
4. After adjusting, tighten bolts (1) and (2).
Tightening Torque: 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)
1-79
2
M1U1-01-030
OPERATOR'S STATION
SEAT BELT
WARNING: Be sure to use seat belt (1) when operating
the machine.
Before operating the machine, be sure to examine
seat belt (1), buckle (2), and attaching hardware. Replace seat belt (1), buckle (2), or attaching hardware if
they are damaged, or worn.
Replace seat belt (1) every three years, regardless of
appearance.
Seat Belt
1. Confirm that seat belt (1) is not twisted. Securely insert
the end of seat belt (1) into buckle (2).
Lightly pull on the belt to confirm that buckle (2) latches
securely.
2. Push button (3) on buckle (2) to unfasten seat belt (1).
2
1
M1U1-01-031
1
2
3
1-80
M1U1-01-032
BREAK-IN
OBSERVE ENGINE OPERATION CLOSELY
IMPORTANT: Be extra cautious during the first 50 hours,
until you become thoroughly familiar with
the sound and feel of your new machine.
1. Operate the machine only in economy (E) mode and limit
the engine horsepower up to about 80 % of full load.
2. Avoid excess engine idling.
3. Check indicator lights and gauges frequently during
operation.
EVERY 8 HOURS OR DAILY
1. Perform 8-hour or daily service. (See Maintenance guide
-- 8 hours.)
2. Watch for fluid leaks.
3. Lubricate working tool pivots every 8 hours for the first
50 hours, and every 8 hours when working in mud and
water.
AFTER THE FIRST 50 HOURS
1. Perform 50-hour service. (See Maintenance guide -- 50
hours.)
2. Check accessible hardware torque. (See Hardware Torque
Specifications in Maintenance chapter.)
AFTER THE FIRST 100 HOURS
Perform 50-hour and 100-hour service. (See Maintenance
Guide -- 50 hours and 100 hours.)
2-
BREAK-IN
MEMO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-
OPERATING THE ENGINE
INSPECT MACHINE DAILY BEFORE STARTING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Check for worn or frayed wires and loose connections.
BOOM, BUCKET, SHEET METAL, TRACKS
Check for bent, broken or missing parts.
HARDWARE
Check for loose or missing parts.
FUEL SYSTEM
Drain water and sediments from fuel tank.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Check for leaks, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses that rub
against each other or other parts.
LUBRICATION
Check lubrication points on the Periodic Service Chart.
PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Check guards, fenders.
SAFETY
Walk around machine to clear all bystanders/obstacles from
machine area.
3-
OPERATING THE ENGINE
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE
1
1. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is in the LOCK
position.
2. Confirm that all control levers are placed in neutral.
3. Adjust the seat to allow full pedal and control levers
stroke with operator’s back against the backrest. Fasten
the seat belt.
NOTE: Use a wet cloth when wiping dust off monitor or switch
panels to prevent damaging the panel face.
Rubber is used on the switch parts. Take care not to tear
the rubber-made parts with sharp-edged tool, such as
a screwdriver.
LOCK Position
M1U1-01-025
T1V1-05-01-117
CAUTION: If the security lock screen is displayed
when turn the key switch to ON position, return key
switch to OFF. Wait for more than 30 seconds (the
buzzer stopped), then try again. If the security lock
screen is displayed again, contact your nearest HITACHI dealer.
Security Lock Screen
3-
T1V5-05-01-005
OPERATING THE ENGINE
STARTING THE ENGINE IN ORDINARY TEMPERATURE
1
1. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) up to the LOCK position.
2. Turn engine control dial (3) to the slow idle position.
3. Sound horn to alert bystanders.
4. Insert key switch (2). Turn it ON position.
5. “Wait-screen (nothing is displayed)” is displayed on the
monitor for 2 seconds. Regardless of pilot control shut-off
lever (1) position, the engine can not be cranked during
this duration.
6. When the password input screen is displayed on the
monitor, input the password. Unless the TEN-key function (ignition block system) is activated, this screen is not
displayed.
LOCK Position
M1U1-01-025
2
IMPORTANT: When required to activate the TEN-key function (ignition block system), consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.
Slow Idle
M178-01-049
3
Password Input Screen
3-
M1U1-01-033
T1V5-05-01-002
OPERATING THE ENGINE
NOTE: When the maintenance information display is ON with
the maintenance setting, the scheduled maintenance
screen for the item whose change interval has expired
displays for three to ten seconds. Then, the basic screen
displays.
7. The basic screen will be displayed on the monitor. Check
that preheat indicator (4) is OFF at this time.
8. Turn key switch (2) to start the engine.
IMPORTANT: Prevent the starter damage.
Never operate the starter motor for more
than 10 seconds at a time. If the engine fails
to start, return the key switch to OFF. Wait
for more than 30 seconds, then try again.
After a false start, do not turn the key switch
until the engine stops or the starter may be
damaged.
T1V5-05-01-170
4
9. Release key switch (2) immediately after the engine has
started. It will return to ON position.
NOTE: For a while after the engine starts, the automatic heating system operates so that even though the engine
control dial is set in the slow idle position, the engine
speed will temporarily increase.
Basic Screen
3-
M1U1-03-001
OPERATING THE ENGINE
STARTING IN COLD WEATHER
1
Preheating
1. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) up to the LOCK position.
2. Turn engine control dial (3) to around the middle between the L and H positions.
3. Sound horn to alert bystanders.
4. Insert key switch (2). Turn it ON position.
5. “Wait-screen (nothing is displayed)” is displayed on the
monitor for 2 seconds. Regardless of pilot control shut-off
lever (1) position, the engine can not be cranked during
this duration.
6. When the password input screen is displayed on the
monitor, input the password. Unless the TEN-key function (ignition block system) is activated, this screen is not
displayed.
LOCK Position
M1U1-01-025
2
IMPORTANT: When required to activate the TEN-key function (ignition block system), consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.
Slow Idle
M178-01-049
3
Password Input Screen
3-
M1U1-01-033
T1V5-05-01-002
OPERATING THE ENGINE
NOTE: When the maintenance information display is ON with
the maintenance setting, the scheduled maintenance
screen for the item whose change interval has expired
displays for three to ten seconds. Then, the basic screen
displays.
7. The basic screen will be displayed on the monitor. The
machine will automatically check if preheating is required
or not. When preheating is required, preheat indicator (4)
is lit for automatically.
NOTE: In case, preheat indicator (4) does not come ON, preheating is not required.
T1V5-05-01-170
8. As soon as preheat indicator (4) goes OFF, turn the key
switch to the START position to rotate the starter.
4
IMPORTANT: Prevent the starter damage.
Never operate the starter motor for more
than 10 seconds at a time. If the engine fails
to start, return the key switch to OFF. Wait
for more than 30 seconds, then try again.
After a false start, do not turn the key switch
until the engine stops or the starter may be
damaged.
9. Release the key switch immediately after the engine has
started. It will return to ON position.
Basic Screen
NOTE: For a while after the engine starts, the automatic heating system operates so that the engine control dial is
set in the slow idle position, the engine speed will not
become slow idle immediately.
3-
M1U1-03-001
OPERATING THE ENGINE
CHECK INSTRUMENTS AFTER STARTING
Checking instruments through monitor functions.
After starting the engine, check the following points through
the monitor functions.
Check that
1. Alternator indicator (1) is off.
1
2
2. Engine oil pressure indicator (2) is off.
3. Engine noise and exhaust gas are normal.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to engine. If indicator lights do not go out after starting
engine, IMMEDIATELY STOP THE ENGINE and
correct the cause.
Operate machine at less-than-normal loads
and speeds until the engine is at normal
operating temperature.
3-
M1U1-03-002
OPERATING THE ENGINE
USING BOOSTER BATTERIES
WARNING:
• An explosive gas is produced while batteries are in
use or being charged. Keep flames or sparks away
from the battery area. Charge the batteries in a
well ventilated area.
Do not continue to use or charge the battery when
electrolyte level is lower than specified. Explosion
of the battery may result.
Park the machine on a dry, firm or concrete surface, not on steel plates, if the machine is parked
on steel plates, dangerous sparks may be unexpectedly created on the machine.
Never connect a positive terminal to a negative
terminal, as a dangerous short circuit will occur.
• The operator must be in the operator’s seat so that
the machine will be under control when the engine
starts. Jump starting is a two-person operation.
SA-032
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a 24 volt
negative (–) ground. Use only 24 volt booster batteries.
When the machine batteries are exhausted, start the engine
using booster batteries as shown below.
Connecting the booster batteries
1. Stop the engine of the machine on which booster batteries are mounted.
1
(Red)
2. Connect one end of red cable (1) to the positive (+) terminal of the machine batteries, and the other end to the
positive (+) terminal of the booster batteries.
3. Connect one end of black cable (2) to the negative (–)
terminal of the booster batteries, and then make ground
connection to the frame of the machine to be started
with the other end of black (–) cable (2). In the last connection to frame, be sure to connect the cable end as far
away from the machine batteries as possible.
4. Start the engine of the machine on which booster batteries are mounted.
5. Start the engine of the troubling machine.
6. After the engine starts, disconnect cables (2) and (1), following the procedure below.
3-
Booster Batteries
2
Machine Batteries
(Black)
To Upperstructure of the Machine
Connecting the Booster Batteries
M104-03-002
OPERATING THE ENGINE
Disconnecting the booster batteries
1. Disconnect black negative (–) cable (2) from the machine
frame first.
1
(Red)
2. Disconnect the other end of black negative (–) cable (2)
from the booster batteries.
3. Disconnect red positive (+) cable (1) from the booster
batteries.
4. Disconnect red positive (+) cable (1) from the machine
batteries.
Booster Batteries
2
3-
Machine Batteries
(Black)
To Upperstructure of the Machine
Disconnecting the Booster Batteries
M104-03-002
OPERATING THE ENGINE
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Engine stop procedure
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn engine control dial (1) to the slow idle position and
run the engine for 5 minutes to cool the engine.
SA-390
3
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if the engine
is not properly shut down.
4. Turn key switch (2) OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch.
5. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (3) to the LOCK position.
If the engine does not stop with key switch (2) turned in
the OFF position
In case the engine does not stop even if key switch (2) is
turned OFF due to failure of the machine, move engine stop
switch (4) downward to stop the engine.
CAUTION: Do not use engine stop switch (4), except
when unavoidable.
Moreover, Do not operate the machine until repair is
completed when stopping the engine with the failure
of the machine.
M1U1-01-025
1
Slow Idle
M1U1-01-033
2
M178-01-049
4
3-10
M1U1-01-029
DRIVING THE MACHINE
DRIVE THE MACHINE CAREFULLY
IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, park machine on a
hard surface to prevent tracks from freezing
to the ground. Clean debris from tracks and
track frame.
If tracks are frozen to the ground, raise
tracks using boom, move machine carefully
to prevent damage to drive train and tracks.
Select a route that is as flat as possible. Steer machine as
straight as possible making small, gradual changes in direction.
When driving over rough terrain, reduce the engine speed to
lessen possibility of undercarriage damage.
NOTE: An arrow-mark seal is stuck on the inside surface of the
side frame to indicate the machine front direction.
Arrow-mark
M178-03-001
4-
DRIVING THE MACHINE
STEERING THE MACHINE USING PEDALS
WARNING: In the standard travel position, the front
idlers are positioned at the front of the machine and
the travel motors at the rear. If the travel motors are
positioned at the front of the machine, the control
actions of the travel pedals will be reversed. Be sure
to confirm the position of the travel motors before
traveling.
• FORWARD TRAVEL
Push down on front (A) of both pedals.
• REVERSE TRAVEL
Push down on rear (B) of both pedals.
• NEUTRAL POSITION (C)
When the travel pedals are placed in neutral, travel brakes
automatically will stop and/or hold the machine.
• RIGHT TURN
Push down on front of left pedal.
• LEFT TURN
Push down on front of right pedal.
• SHORT TURN (Spin turn)
Push down the front of one pedal and the rear of the
other.
NOTE: For long-term traveling, push down on pedal tabs (D)
and rest feet on the footrests.
Front Idler
Cab
Travel Motor
M104-01-038
A
A
D
C
B
D
C
B
Forward and Reverse
Pivot Turn
M104-04-009
M104-04-003
M104-04-010
M104-04-005
Spin Turn
4-
M104-04-011
M104-04-007
DRIVING THE MACHINE
STEERING THE MACHINE USING LEVERS
WARNING: In the standard travel position, the front
idlers are positioned at the front of the machine and
the travel motors at the rear. If the travel motors are
positioned at the front of the machine, the control
actions of the travel levers will be reversed. Be sure
to confirm the position of the travel motors before
traveling.
• FORWARD TRAVEL
Push both levers forward (A).
• REVERSE TRAVEL
Pull both levers rearward (B).
• NEUTRAL POSITION (C)
When the travel levers are placed in neutral, travel brakes
automatically will stop and/or hold the machine.
• RIGHT TURN
Push left lever forward.
• LEFT TURN
Push right lever forward.
• SHORT TURN (Spin turn)
Push one lever forward and pull the other rearward.
NOTE: For long-term traveling, push down on pedal tabs (D)
and rest feet on the footrests.
Front Idler
Cab
Travel Motor
M104-01-038
A
A
C
C
B
B
D
D
Forward and Reverse
Pivot Turn
M104-04-009
M104-04-003
M104-04-010
M104-04-005
Spin Turn
4-
M104-04-011
M104-04-007
DRIVING THE MACHINE
TRAVEL MODE SWITCH
WARNING: Tipping-over accidents can cause serious
personal injury. Do not change travel mode switch (1)
while traveling; especially, changing to fast mode (2)
when descending slopes will create a very dangerous
situation. Always stop the machine before changing
the travel speed mode.
Turn travel mode switch (1) on the switch panel to the specified position to select the travel mode (Fast/Slow).
• Fast Mode: Turn travel mode switch (1) to
position.
• Slow Mode: Turn travel mode switch (1) to
position.
1
2
3
mark (2)
mark (3)
Mark (Fast Speed Mode)
Mark (Slow Speed Mode)
M1U1-01-015
TRAVEL ALARM (Optional)
During travel operation, the travel alarm sounds the buzzer to
warn the people near the machine that the machine is traveling.
Deactivating Travel Alarm
More than 12 seconds after starting to travel the machine,
raise the armrest and push the travel alarm deactivation
switch to stop the travel alarm. (Within 12 seconds, the
travel alarm deactivation switch is inoperable.)
Once the machine stops traveling and when restarting to
travel, the travel alarm will sound again. If desired to stop
the alarm, operate the deactivation switch once more.
NOTE: The optional switch locations differ depending on what
kinds of optional devices are equipped. Before using
the switches, make sure what kinds of optional devices
are equipped.
4-
Optional Switch
T1V1-05-02-004
DRIVING THE MACHINE
OPERATING ON SOFT GROUND
• Avoid traveling on very soft ground that does not have
sufficient strength to firmly support the machine.
• If the machine is operated on very soft ground or becomes stuck, it may be necessary to clean the track frame
area.
• Swing the upperstructure 90 ° and lower the bucket to
raise one track off the ground. Make sure to keep the
angle between the boom and arm 90 to 110 ° and position the bucket’s round side on the ground.
• Rotate the raised track back and forth to remove mud and
dirt.
• After lowering the track to the ground, select slow travel
speed. Carefully move the machine to firm ground.
• Utilize the boom and arm functions to pull the machine
toward firm ground.
• Tow the machine if the machine becomes stuck but only
if the engine is still operating. Be sure to attach a tow
line correctly. (Refer to the “TOWING MACHINE A SHORT
DISTANCE” section on the next page.)
M104-05-012
RAISE ONE TRACK USING BOOM AND ARM
WARNING: Keep the angle between boom and arm 90
to 110 ° and position the bucket’s round side on the
ground.
90 to 110 ˚
Swing the upperstructure 90 ° and lower the bucket to raise
track off ground. Do not dig bucket teeth into the ground
when using the hoe bucket reversed.
Place blocks under machine frame to support the machine.
IMPORTANT: When the machine is modified as a face
shovel by installing the hoe bucket in reverse, avoid raising the machine above the
ground using the front attachment with the
bucket cylinder fully extended. Excessive
loads will be applied to the pins around the
bucket and the bucket cylinder, resulting in
breakage of the pins.
90 to 110 ˚
M104-05-013
WRONG
SA-817
4-
DRIVING THE MACHINE
TOWING MACHINE A SHORT DISTANCE
RIGHT
Soft Protector
CAUTION: Cables, straps, or ropes can break causing
serious injury. Do not tow machine with damaged
chains, frayed cables, slings, straps, or wire ropes.
Always wear gloves when handling cable, straps or
wire ropes.
When your machine becomes struck but the engine is still
operational, attach wire ropes to the machine as illustrated
at right, and slowly tow your machine to firm ground using
another machine.
Be sure to attach the wire ropes around the track frames of
both machines as illustrated.
To prevent the wire ropes from being damaged, place some
protective material between the track frame and the wire
ropes.
IMPORTANT: Do not use the shackle holes on the track
frame for towing the machine.
A center shackle hole on the track frame is
provided to pull only lightweight objects.
The shackle holes on the bottom of the track
frame are used to secure the machine for
transportation. Refer to the instructions on
page 5-32 for using the center shackle hole
appropriately.
Wire Rope
M104-05-010
Shackle hole
for towing
lightweight
objects.
WRONG
Wire Rope
Shackle
M104-05-011
Tie down
brackets for
transporting.
WRONG
Wire Rope
Shackle
M1U1-05-001
4-
DRIVING THE MACHINE
OPERATING IN WATER OR MUD
The machine can be operated in water up to the upper edge of
the upper rollers only if worksite footing has sufficient strength
to prevent the machine from sinking past the upper edge of
the upper roller, and only if the water is flowing slowly.
When operating in such conditions, check the machine’s position often. Reposition the machine if necessary.
Avoid submerging the swing bearing, swing gears and center
joint.
If the swing bearing, swing gears and center joint are submerged, remove the drain plug to drain mud and water. Clean
swing area. Install plug. Lubricate swing internal gear and
swing bearing.
Swing Internal Gear Capacity
ZX120-3 Class:
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3 Class:
ZX330-3 Class:
9 L (2.4 US gal)
17 L (4.5 US gal)
19 L (5.0 US gal)
Lubricate swing bearing. (See Maintenance Guide, 500 hours)
4-
A
M104-05-009
Model
ZX120-3 Class
(Except ZX110M-3)
ZX110M-3
ZX180-3 Class
ZX200-3 Class
ZX270-3 Class
(Except ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
ZX330-3 Class
A
660 mm (26 in)
770 mm (30 in)
860 mm (34 in)
DRIVING THE MACHINE
PARKING THE MACHINE ON SLOPES
WARNING: Avoid parking machine on slopes. The
machine may tip over, possibly resulting in personal
injury.
If parking the machine on a slope is unavoidable:
• Thrust the bucket teeth into the ground.
• Return the control levers to neutral and pull pilot control
shut-off lever (2) to the LOCK position.
• Block both tracks.
M104-05-014
PARKING THE MACHINE
1
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
Slow Idle
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if the engine
is not properly shut down.
4. Turn engine control dial (1) counterclockwise to the stop
(the slow idle position). Run the engine approximately 5
minutes to cool the engine.
M1U1-01-033
5. Turn the key switch to OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch.
2
6. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (2) to the LOCK position.
IMPORTANT: Protect cab electrical components from bad
weather. Always close windows, roof vent
and cab door when parking the machine.
7. Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.
8. Lock all access doors and compartments.
Lock Position
4-
M1U1-01-025
OPERATING THE MACHINE
CONTROL LEVER (ISO PATTERN)
WARNING: Never place any part of body beyond window frame. It could be crushed by the boom if boom
control lever is accidentally bumped or otherwise
engaged. If window is missing or broken, replace immediately.
Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine
movement.
Make sure you know the location and function of
each control before operating.
1
5
3
4
8
7
2
6
The machine is equipped with a label showing the control patterns of the levers and pedals.
IMPORTANT: When digging, avoid hitting tracks with
boom cylinders.
When digging over the end of the tracks,
travel motors should be at the rear to maximize machine stability and lift capacity.
When a lever is released, it will automatically return to neutral,
and that machine function will stop.
M1J1-01-022
3
1- Arm Roll-Out
1
2- Arm Roll-In
4
3- Swing Right
4- Swing Left
2
5- Boom Lower
6- Boom Raise
7- Bucket Roll-In
M104-05-001
8- Bucket Roll-Out
6
8
7
5
M104-05-002
5-
OPERATING THE MACHINE
ATTACHMENT PEDAL (HYDRAULIC BREAKER)
(OPTIONAL)
1
The breaker can be operated using attachment pedal (1) located on the right front of the seat, as illustrated.
CAUTION: Be sure to lock attachment pedal (1) with
pedal lock (2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.
1. Select the hydraulic breaker icon on monitor work mode
selection screen (4). Refer to the descriptions about the
work mode on page 5-9 for work mode selecting procedures.
2. Move pedal lock (2) forward to unlock attachment pedal
(1).
M1U1-05-008
4
3. Push down on attachment pedal (1) to operate the breaker.
Loosen the stopper bolt (3) until stopper bolt (3) comes
in contact with the bracket in attachment pedal (1) neutral to prevent attachment pedal (1) from being stepped
backward.
4. Remove foot from attachment pedal (1) to stop the
breaker.
5. Always keep attachment pedal (1) locked with pedal lock
(2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.
T1V5-05-01-109
IMPORTANT: When operating a hydraulic breaker, do
not step on attachment pedal (1) rearward.
Damage to the hydraulic breaker may result.
1
2
Locked Attachment Pedal
M1J1-13-002
1
2
3
Unlocked Attachment Pedal
5-
M1J1-13-003
OPERATING THE MACHINE
ATTACHMENT PEDAL (HYDRAULIC CRUSHER)
(OPTIONAL)
1
Machine stability, applicable hydraulic oil pressure and oil
quantity for crusher, etc. must be examined when selecting a
crusher.
Be sure to consult your authorized dealer when selecting a
crusher.
For operational instructions, refer to the crusher instruction
manual.
Operation
The crusher can be operated using attachment pedal (1)
located on the right front of the seat, as illustrated.
M1U1-05-008
3
CAUTION: Be sure to lock attachment pedal (1) with
pedal lock (2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.
1. Select the hydraulic crusher icon on monitor work mode
selection screen (3). Refer to the descriptions about the
work mode on page 5-9 for work mode selecting procedures.
2. Move pedal lock (2) forward to unlock attachment pedal
(1).
3. Push down on attachment pedal (1) either forward or
backward to open or close the crusher.
T1V5-05-01-109
1
4. Remove foot from attachment pedal (1) to stop the
crusher.
5. Always keep attachment pedal (1) locked with pedal lock
(2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.
2
Locked Attachment Pedal
M1J1-13-012
1
2
Fully Tighten the
Stopper Bolt
5-
Unlocked Attachment Pedal
M1J1-13-006
OPERATING THE MACHINE
PILOT CONTROL SHUT-OFF LEVER
Pilot control shut-off lever (1) functions to prevent misoperation of the machine from occurring if the control levers are
accidentally moved when leaving the operator's seat or when
entering the cab.
WARNING:
• Always pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) into the
full LOCK position. The pilot control shut-off function will not be activated otherwise.
• When leaving the machine:
• Stop the engine.
• Then, pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) up to
the LOCK position.
• Always check to be sure that pilot control shut-off
lever (1) is pulled up to the LOCK position before:
• Transporting the machine.
• Leaving the machine at the end of the shift.
1
Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever Operation
Before Leaving the Machine:
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface. Lower the
bucket to the ground. Return all control levers to neutral.
Properly shut down the engine.
2. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) up into the full LOCK
position.
Before Starting Operation:
1. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is pulled up to
the LOCK position.
LOCK Position
M1U1-01-025
UNLOCK Position
M1U1-01-024
After starting the engine:
1. Confirm that all control levers and pedals are in neutral
and that no part of the machine is in motion.
2. Lower pilot control shut-off lever (1) to the UNLOCK position.
If any part of the machine (any actuator) moves when pilot
control shut-off lever (1) is lowered to the UNLOCK position
despite the fact that all controls are placed in neutral, the
machine is malfunctioning. Immediately pull pilot control
shut-off lever (1) back to the LOCK position, and stop the
engine. Then, see your authorized dealer.
5-
1
OPERATING THE MACHINE
Warming-up Operation
In cold weather, warm up the machine until coolant and hydraulic oil temperature increases to the appropriate operating temperature.
1
Slow Idle
IMPORTANT: The appropriate hydraulic oil operating temperature on this machine is 50 to 80 °C.
Hydraulic components may be seriously
damaged if the machine is operated with
low temperature hydraulic oil.
In case warming up the machine by relieving
the hydraulic system, continuously relieve
the relief valve for 10 to 15 seconds while
taking a pause for 5 to 10 seconds.
M1U1-01-033
1. Run the engine with engine control dial (1) turned to the
slow idle position.
Do not operate the machine until the needle of coolant
temperature gauge (2) starts swinging.
2. After the needle of coolant temperature gauge (2) starts
swinging, turn engine control dial (1) to approx. medium
position.
2
3. Operate the boom, arm and bucket cylinders slowly to
each stroke end several times.
4. Operate the travel and swing functions slowly to allow
hydraulic oil to circulate through the systems.
M1U1-01-004
5. Warming up operation ends after the above operation is
completed.
NOTE: During cold weather season, the warm-up operation
system automatically operates so that the engine
speed increases for a moment even though engine
control dial (1) is in the slow idle position.
M1U1-03-006
5-
OPERATING THE MACHINE
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
1
Increase and decrease the engine speed using engine control
dial (1) located on the right console, as illustrated.
• Turn engine control dial (1) clockwise to increase the engine speed. Turn engine control dial (1) counterclockwise
to decrease the engine speed.
• Note that the auto-idle function will be deactivated if
engine control dial (1) is operated while the engine is running at the auto-idle setting.
• Before stopping the engine, always turn engine control
dial (1) counterclockwise to the stop (to the slow idle
setting). Run the engine five minutes to cool the engine.
Then, turn key switch to OFF position to stop the engine.
M1V1-01-001
High Idle
1
Slow Idle
M1U1-01-033
5-
OPERATING THE MACHINE
AUTO-IDLE
1
With auto-idle switch (3) turned to the A/I ON position, approximately 4 seconds after all control levers are returned to
neutral, the engine speed decreases to the auto-idle setting
to save fuel consumption. The engine speed will immediately
increase to the speed set by engine control dial (2) when any
control lever is operated.
IMPORTANT: • Always check if auto-idle indicator (1) is
turned on or off before starting operation.
If the indicator is on, the auto-idle function
will be activated.
• Always be aware of engine control dial (2)
setting when auto-idle switch (3) turned to
the A/I ON position. If the engine speed is
set high with engine control dial (2), and
if the operator is not aware of the high engine speed setting, the engine speed will
unexpectedly increase when any control
lever is operated, causing unexpected machine movement, thus possibly resulting
in serious personal injury.
WARNING: Prevent the machine from unexpected
movement. Be sure to turn off auto-idle switch (3)
when unexpected machine movement is undesirable,
especially when loading/unloading the machine for
transportation.
M1U1-01-004
2
3
Note that auto-idle function can be turned on or off only when
the key switch is in ON position. Always check if the auto-idle
function is turned on or off with auto-idle indicator (1).
Auto-Idle Function ON :
Auto-Idle Function OFF :
Auto-Idle Indicator (1) ON
Auto-Idle Indicator (1) OFF
• When auto-idle switch (3) is turned OFF with auto-idle
indicator (1) ON, indicator (1) will go OFF and the autoidle system is deactivated.
• Even if the engine is stopped by turning the key switch
with auto-idle switch (3) in the A/I ON position [indicator
(1) ON], the auto-idle system is not deactivated. When the
engine is restarted, the auto-idle system remains activated, allowing auto-idle indicator (1) to flash for 5 seconds
and stay ON later.
5-
M1V1-01-001
OPERATING THE MACHINE
WORK MODE
1
Five work modes can be selected for most appropriate hydraulic circuit and pump flow rate for the front attachment.
2
When the engine is started, the digging mode is automatically
set. Each time work mode switch is pressed, the five following
modes are selected alternately.
•
•
•
•
•
Digging Mode
Breaker 1
Breaker 2
Pulverizer 1
Crusher 1
M1U1-01-004
The selected work mode is indicated by attachment mode
indicator (2) of basic screen (1). Select the work mode corresponding to the work in which the machine is engaged while
referring to the table below.
Work Mode
Description
Digging Mode
Select this mode when using bucket or fork grapple.
Breaker 1 Mode
Select this mode when using breakers other than NPK breaker.
Breaker 2 Mode
Select this mode when using NPK breaker.
Pulverizer 1 Mode
Select this mode when using pulverizer.
Crusher 1 Mode
Select this mode when using crusher.
NOTE: Five work modes shown above are designated as the
standard specifications. Up to five attachment modes
other than the digging mode can be designated. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer for adding or changing
the designation of the attachment modes.
5-
OPERATING THE MACHINE
WORK MODE SELECT
1
Press menu key (3) on basic screen (1) to display main menu
screen (4). Select work mode (5) by operating
key on
menu screen (4). Then, press determination key (6). Select the
work mode matching the work to be done by pressing bottom
key (8) on work mode selection screen (7). Then, press determination key (6).
3
Selecting Work Mode By Pressing Key F1
Press Key F1 (9) on basic screen (1). Then, work mode selection screen (7) is displayed. Set the work mode by following
procedure mentioned above.
9
T1V1-05-01-008
4
5
6
T1V5-05-01-121
7
6
8
5-
T1V5-05-01-109
OPERATING THE MACHINE
POWER BOOST
(ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)
Power boost switch (4) is used to gain maximum digging
power, and is located on the top of the right control lever.
When power boost switch (4) is pushed, increased front attachment power will be supplied for about 8 seconds.
4
M1J1-01-024
5-10
OPERATING THE MACHINE
POWER MODE
One of three engine speed modes, E, P or H/P mode, can be
selected using power mode switch (1).
• E (Economy) Mode
Even if the engine speed is reduced in the E mode, digging
force remains unchanged from that in the P mode. Although
production is reduced slightly more than in the P mode, the
fuel consumption and noise levels are reduced, allowing the
machine to operate most efficiently.
1
• P (Power) Mode
Operate the machine in this mode when performing normal
work.
• H/P (High Power) Mode
WARNING: In the H/P mode, the engine speed will
change quickly. To ensure safety, be sure to turn
power mode switch (1) to the P or E mode position before starting such works as loading the machine on or
off a trailer or lifting a load with the front attachment,
which may result in personal accidents if the engine
speed is suddenly changed.
When rolling in the arm while digging deep trenches for
example, more power may be required. In such cases, use
the H/P mode. The maximum power of the machine can be
utilized in this mode, increasing work efficiency when more
power is required than in the P mode.
The H/P mode is activated and the engine speed is increased when the boom raise or the arm rolled-in operation
is made with the engine fast idle speed set at faster than
approx. 1650 min-1. In case of ZX180-3 class, it is faster than
approx. 1850 min-1.
NOTE: In the H/P mode, the engine speed changes depending
on load applied to the machine.
5-11
M1U1-01-015
OPERATING THE MACHINE
OPERATING BACKHOE
1. Place the bucket teeth on the ground with the bottom of
the bucket at a 45 degree angle to the ground.
2. Pull the bucket toward the machine using the arm as the
main digging force.
3. When soil sticks to the bucket, remove it by moving the
arm and/or bucket rapidly back and forth.
4. When trenching a straight line, position the tracks parallel to the trench. After digging to the desired depth,
move the machine as required to continue the trench.
M107-05-037
IMPORTANT: When lowering the boom, avoid sudden
stops that may cause shock load damage to
the machine.
When operating the arm, avoid bottoming
the cylinder to prevent cylinder damage.
When digging at an angle, avoid striking the
tracks with the bucket teeth.
When digging a deep excavation, avoid
striking the boom or bucket cylinder hoses
against the ground.
GRADING OPERATION
IMPORTANT: Do not pull or push dirt with the bucket
when traveling.
Select grading mode when finishing work is required.
Position the arm slightly forward of the vertical position with
bucket rolled back, as shown.
Operate arm roll-in function while slowly raising the boom.
Once the arm moves past, the vertical position slowly lower
the boom to allow the bucket to maintain a smooth surface.
Grading operation can be more precisely done by operating
the boom, arm and bucket simultaneously.
5-12
M104-05-017
OPERATING THE MACHINE
FACE SHOVEL OPERATION
WRONG
WARNING: Take care not to hit the cab when rolling in
the arm with the reversed-installed bucket.
• For face shovel operation, dig the ground using the arm
cylinder in a scraping motion.
• When underground water is expected, make a slope angle
of 2 to 3° to drain this water as shown.
Watch out!
(Take care not to hit
the cab with bucket)
M107-05-045
2 to 3°
M104-05-020
AVOID ABUSIVE OPERATION
Do not use travel as an additional digging force. Severe machine damage may result.
WRONG
Do not raise rear of machine to use the machine’s weight as
additional digging force. Severe machine damage may result.
WRONG
WRONG
M104-05-018
5-13
OPERATING THE MACHINE
OPERATING TIPS
WRONG
Do not hit the track with the bucket when digging.
Whenever possible, position your machine on a level surface.
Do not use the bucket as a hammer or pile driver. Do not attempt to shift rocks and break walls using swing motion.
IMPORTANT: To avoid damaging cylinders, do not strike
the ground with the bucket nor use the
bucket for tamping with the bucket cylinder
fully extended (the bucket completely curled
under).
Adjust the length and depth of each cut to produce a full
bucket with every pass.
Full loads on every pass is more productive than a faster cycle
with a partially filled bucket.
Full load should be the first objective, followed by speed, to
increase productivity.
M104-05-019
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to break ledge rock by extending the arm to maximum reach and
dropping the front of the bucket on the
bucket teeth for penetration. Serious damage to the machine can result.
M161-05-006
Once the trench is open, ledge rock can be broken by pulling
the bucket up under the layers. The top layers are pulled out
first, with one or two layers being lifted at a time.
Do not side load the bucket. For example, do not swing the
bucket to level material or do not strike objects from the side
with the bucket.
SELECT CORRECT TRACK SHOES
IMPORTANT: Using wide track shoes on rough ground
may result in shoe bending and/or loosening, and may damage other undercarriage
components.
Never use wide track shoes on rough ground such as rocks,
sand or gravel. Wide track shoes are designed for soft ground.
Track shoe bolts should be checked periodically for tightness.
5-14
OPERATING THE MACHINE
HYDRAULIC BREAKER AND HYDRAULIC CRUSHER
Select a breaker or crusher that is the correct size and weight
for your machine. See your authorized dealer for correct breaker information.
Carefully study the operation manuals of the machine, breaker
and crusher, and perform the required checks and/or inspection before connecting the breaker or the crusher to the arm.
IMPORTANT: Precautions for connecting breaker or crusher piping.
• Do not allow impurities to enter into the system when
switching the breaker or the crusher with the bucket.
When
the breaker or crusher is not used, apply the
•
cover to the pipe opening on the arm top and install
the plug into the hose end of the breaker or the crusher to prevent impurities from entering the system.
Be sure to provide spare covers and plugs in the tool
box so that they will be available when needed.
• After connecting, check the connecting seal fitting for
oil leakage, and pipe clamp bolts for looseness.
5-15
OPERATING THE MACHINE
PIPINGS FOR BREAKER AND CRUSHER
(OPTIONAL)
ZX120-3 Class
Operational procedures for stop valves and selector valve.
Close
A Stop
Valves
Open
A
A
M1U1-05-007
Stop Valves A
Close : When not using attachment or is detached.
Open : When using attachment
MAIN BODY
BOOM
ARM
ATTACHMENT
2nd RELIEF VALVE
2nd RELIEF
STOP VALVE
STOP VALVE A
ATTACHMENT
PEDAL
PUMP
SELECTOR
VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
MULTI MONITOR
MAIN
CONTROLLER
M1U1-05-012
5-16
OPERATING THE MACHINE
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
Operational procedures for stop valves and selector valve.
Close
A Stop
Valves
Open
A
A
M1U1-05-007
Stop Valves A
Close : When not using attachment or is detached.
Open : When using attachment
MAIN BODY
ARM
BOOM
ATTACHMENT
2nd RELIEF VALVE
2nd RELIEF
STOP VALVE
STOP VALVE A
ATTACHMENT
PEDAL
PUMP
ACCUMULATOR
STOP VALVE
SELECTOR
VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
MULTI MONITOR
MAIN
CONTROLLER
M1U1-05-005
5-17
OPERATING THE MACHINE
SECONDARY RELIEF PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
When attaching the breaker other than the NPK, it is necessary
to install the secondary relief valve in line. For this purpose,
the boom piping for the attachment is provided with a part to
which the secondary relief valve is connected.
Pressure is set to A when shipped from HITACHI.
Model
Set Pressure A
ZX120-3, 180-3, 200-3 class
17.6 MPa (180 kgf/cm2)
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
19.6 MPa (200 kgf/cm2)
ZX330-3 class
After completing piping, reset this pressure to the specified
level of each breaker.
Adjust the pressure as follows :
1. Attach the pressure gauge to the pressure gauge port.
2. Loosen the lock nut, then gradually turn the pressureadjust screw clockwise to increase the pressure, or counterclockwise to reduce the pressure.
One turn of the screw changes about 4.9 MPa (50 kgf/
cm2) in pressure.
3. After adjusting the pressure, make sure to tighten the
lock nut.
5-18
OPERATING THE MACHINE
Pressure Measurement
There are three points to measure the pressure; at the relief
valve, at the arm tip attachment hose and by Dr.ZX.
Measurement at the relief valve:
1. Install a pressure gauge to the pressure gauge connection port shown below.
2. Close the stop valve located at the arm tip. Increase the
hydraulic oil pressure in the hydraulic line by operating
the attachment pedal. Refer to the separate table described in the “ATTACHMENT” group for the set-pressure
value.
PRESSURE DECREASE
PRESSURE INCREASE
PRESSURE-ADJUST
SCREW
(Width across flats: 14)
LOCK NUT
(Width across flats: 14)
PRESSURE GAUGE
CONNECTION PORT
(PT 1/4)
Measurement at the arm tip attachment hose:
1. Disconnect the attachment connection hose and connect a pressure gauge.
2. Refer to the separate table described in the “ATTACHMENT” group for the set-pressure value.
Measurement by Dr.ZX:
(Consult with your nearest Hitachi dealer.)
Set the pressure value equivalent to the higher set-pressure
value shown in the separate table described in the “ATTACHMENT” group by 1 to 1.5 MPa (10 to 15 kgf/cm2).
5-19
M107-05-005
OPERATING THE MACHINE
PRECAUTIONS FOR BREAKER OPERATION
WARNING: Machine stability is reduced as the breaker
is much heavier than the bucket.
When using a breaker, the machine is more apt to tip
over. Also, flying objects may hit the cab or other part
of the machine. Observe the following precautions
and take any other precautions necessary to prevent
accidents and machine damage from occurring.
WRONG
• Avoid hitting objects with breaker.
The breaker is heavier than the bucket, causing the breaker to lower faster.
Take care not to hit any objects with breaker. Doing so
will result in damage to the breaker, the front attachment, and/or the upperstructure. Always move (lower)
the breaker slowly to position the tip of the chisel on the
object to be broken before starting breaker operation.
M104-05-055
• Do not use the breaker and/or the swing function to
move objects. Damage to the boom, arm, and/or breaker
may result.
WRONG
M104-05-056
WRONG
• To prevent cylinder/machine damage, do not operate the
breaker with the hydraulic cylinder rod fully retracted or
fully extended.
M104-05-057
• Stop operation if breaker hydraulic hoses jump abnormally. Change in breaker accumulator pressure or a damaged
accumulator will cause abnormal hose jumping and may
cause breaker and/or machine damage.
Immediately contact your authorized dealer if this happens.
Hose jumping abnormally
Accumulator
Hose jumping
abnormally
M104-05-058
5-20
OPERATING THE MACHINE
• Do not operate the breaker in water. Doing so will cause
rust and seal damage, resulting in damage to the hydraulic system components.
WRONG
Rod
M104-05-059
• Do not use breaker for lifting operation. The machine tipping over and/or breaker damage may result.
WRONG
M104-05-060
• Do not operate the breaker to the side of the machine.
The machine may become unstable and undercarriage
component life may shorten as a result from operating
the breaker to the side of the machine.
WRONG
RIGHT
RIGHT
WRONG
M104-05-061
• Operate the hydraulic excavator carefully to avoid hitting
the boom.
WRONG
Watch Out!
Take care not to hit the
boom with the breaker
M104-05-062
5-21
OPERATING THE MACHINE
• Do not operate breaker with the arm positioned vertically.
Excessive vibration to the arm cylinder will occur, causing
oil leakage.
WRONG
M147-05-013
• Press the breaker so that the chisel (the axis) is positioned
and thrust perpendicular to the object.
RIGHT
WRONG
M147-05-014
• Do not operate the breaker continuously longer than one
minute. Excessive chisel wear will result. If an object could
not be broken within one minute, apply the chisel to
other locations, less than one minute for each location.
If an object could not be broken
within one minute, apply the
chisel to other locations, less than
one minute for each location.
M147-05-015
• Raising the front part of the undercarriage by pressing
down the breaker may cause damage to the front attachment. Although raising the front edge of the undercarriage up to 150 mm (6 in) is tolerable, do not practice this
method more than necessary. Never raise the front edge
of the undercarriage higher than 150 mm (6 in) by pressing the breaker down.
Pressing
Down
Raising 100 to
150 mm
M147-05-016
5-22
OPERATING THE MACHINE
BREAKER MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil and Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter
Hydraulic breaker operation subjects the hydraulic system to
become contaminated faster and to quickly deteriorate the hydraulic oil. For this reason, hydraulic oil must be changed and
the hydraulic oil tank filter must be replaced more often than
the machine equipped with a bucket. Failure to do so may
result in damage to the breaker, hydraulic oil pump, and other
related hydraulic system components. Recommended
changing intervals are shown below. For filter replacement and oil changing intervals are shown below. (For
filter replacement and oil changing procedures, refer to
the “Hydraulic System” in the “MAINTENANCE” Section.)
Changing intervals (Hours)
Attachment
Availability
*Hydraulic Oil Full Flow Filter Element
**Element Type
1500
Standard Filter Paper
Bucket
100%
2500
1000
High Performance Element
5000
600
100
Standard Filter Paper
Hydraulic Breaker
100%
1000
300
High Performance Element
* : Changing intervals differ depending on the brand of hydraulic oil used. Refer to the Hydraulic System in the MAINTENANCE section.
** : Use the high performance element (micro-glass) on excavators engaged in demolition and logging work.
Changing Intervals (Hours) of Hydraulic Oil and Full Flow Filter Element
Hours to Replace
Element
Hours to Change
Hydraulic Oil
100
: When using high performance element (micro-glass)
: When using filter-paper element
Changing Interval when using
1500-hour life time hydraulic oil
80
Average
Breaker
Operating
Availability
(%)
60
Changing Interval when using
2500-hour life time hydraulic oil
Changing Interval when using
5000-hour life time hydraulic oil
40
20
0
0
1000
2000
3000
Excavator Operating Hours
IMPORTANT: Use a high performance element (microglass) on excavators engaged in demolition
and logging work. In case using a filter-paper element is unavoidable, change hydraulic oil and the filter element at the intervals
as illustrated with dotted lines.
5-23
4000
5000
M1U1-05-006
NOTE: Full-flow filter restriction indicator is optional.
If a filter-paper element is used, this indicator
does not operate. (Refer to the Hydraulic System
in the Maintenance section.)
OPERATING THE MACHINE
PRECAUTIONS FOR CRUSHER OPERATION
Prevent machine tipping over and damage to the front attachment. Observe the following precautions for crusher operation.
WARNING: Machine stability is reduced as crusher is
much heavier than bucket.
When operating with a crusher, the machine is more
apt to tip over. Also, falling or flying objects may hit
the cab or other part of the machine. Observe the
following precautions and take any other precautions
necessary to prevent accidents and machine damage
from occurring.
• Do not allow the machine’s weight to be supported by the
crusher or bucket cylinder with the bucket cylinder fully
extended or retracted. Doing so may damage the front
attachment. In particular, avoid doing so with the bucket
cylinder fully extended, as the front attachment will be
easily damaged.
Take care to prevent this from happening when dismantling foundation structures using the crusher.
• Using the front attachment, do not raise the base machine off the ground with the arm cylinder fully extended.
Failure to do so may result in damage to the arm cylinder.
• When a heavyweight attachment such as a crusher is
installed, avoid quickly starting or stopping the front
attachment. Failure to do so may result in damage to the
front attachment.
• Do not attempt to perform crushing on either side of the
machine. Always perform crushing operations to the fore
or rear, parallel with the tracks. Otherwise, tipping over
may occur.
WRONG
M107-05-046
WRONG
M107-05-047
• Operate the hydraulic excavator carefully to avoid hitting
the boom, and cab.
WRONG
Watch Out!
Take care not to hit the
boom with the crusher
M1G6-05-009
5-24
OPERATING THE MACHINE
• When operating the crusher up high with the boom fully
raised, be careful of falling objects.
WRONG
M107-05-048
• When operating the crusher on a floor in a building, first
confirm that the floor has sufficient strength to support
the load caused by crushing, in addition to the machine
weight.
• Always operate the crusher on a stable, level surface, not
on a slope or on crushed scraps.
• Do not use the crusher to haul or load crushed scraps.
• If a multiple number of attachments, such as crusher and
bucket, or crusher and breaker, are used, replacing them
with each other at intervals, impurities are more apt to enter the hydraulic system and the hydraulic oil deteriorates
quickly. For this reason, replace the hydraulic oil tank filter
and change the hydraulic oil at the intervals specified in
the breaker time sharing diagram in the previous section.
Read the breaker time sharing diagram supposing that
time sharing percentage of attachment (s) other than the
crusher is that of the breaker.
• Always remove the crusher from the excavator before
transporting the machine. Do not fully extend the bucket
cylinder when transporting, as this may damage the front
attachment, when vibrations arise during transportation.
5-25
WRONG
M107-05-049
OPERATING THE MACHINE
ATTACHMENT
Allowable Weight Limits of Installed Attachment
• When an attachment other than the standard bucket is
installed on the machine, the machine stability will be different. If a heavy attachment is used, not only will controllability be affected but also machine stability will be reduced,
possibly causing safety hazard.
• Before installing attachments such as hydraulic breaker,
crusher (concrete crusher), or pulverizer, take machine controllability into account when selecting the weight of the
attachment by referring to the table below.
Specification
Standard Type
Base Machine
Model
ZX110-3
ZX110M-3
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3
ZX160LC-3
ZX180LC-3
ZX180LCN-3
ZX210-3, 210LCN-3,
240N-3
ZX210LC-3
ZX250LCN-3
ZX250LC-3
ZX280LCN-3
ZX280LC-3
ZX350LCN-3
ZX350LC-3
Arm
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Breaker
Std. Weight
Max. Weight
1000 (2200)
1100 (2420)
1250 (2750)
1400 (3080)
1000 (2200)
1150 (2530)
1250 (2750)
1350 (2970)
1400 (3080)
1550 (3410)
1300 (2860)
1450 (3190)
Unit: kg (lb)
Crusher/Pulverizer
Std. Weight
Max. Weight
1200 (2640)
1400 (3080)
1500 (3300)
1750 (3850)
1250 (2750)
1450 (3190)
1500 (3300)
1750 (3850)
1700 (3740)
2000 (4400)
1600 (3520)
1850 (4070)
Std.
1550 (3410)
1750 (3850)
1900 (4180)
2200 (4840)
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
1750 (3850)
1950 (4290)
2150 (4730)
2350 (5170)
2400 (5280)
2600 (5720)
2650 (5830)
1950 (4290)
2150 (4730)
2400 (5280)
2600 (5720)
2650 (5830)
2850 (6270)
2900 (6380)
2100 (4620)
2350 (5170)
2600 (5720)
2850 (6270)
2900 (6380)
3100 (6820)
3150 (6930)
2450 (5390)
2700 (5940)
3050 (6710)
3300 (7260)
3400 (7480)
3600 (7920)
3700 (8140)
5-26
OPERATING THE MACHINE
• Breaker operation speed is faster than crusher operation so
that the recommended breaker max. weights are reduced
more than those of the crushers.
• The weight is not the only factor to be considered when
selecting a breaker. Select proper manufacturers’ breaker
models while referring to the table on the next page.
• Avoid installing an attachment with a long overall length.
Damage to the front attachment may result.
• When an attachment of the max. weight is installed, always
operate the attachment over the front or rear side of the
machine. In addition, avoid operating the attachment at the
maximum reach.
• Crushers are heavier than breakers. Slowly move the control
lever when operating a crusher.
5-27
OPERATING THE MACHINE
Attachments
Example commercial attachment models (breakers and crushers) for excavators are shown in the following table. Among
the crusher models, some models are heavier than the recommended weight on the previous page. Before installing them,
sufficiently coordinate with the attachment manufacture.
Always contact your nearest HITACHI dealer before installing
attachments shown with this mark *.
When the machine is operated with an attachment
other than bucket, generally heavier loads are applied
to the base machine comparing with bucket only operation. Therefore, unless the machine is properly operated, damage not only the attachment but to the base
machine may result. Thoroughly read and understand
the base machine operator’s manual and the attachment manual to prevent accidents.
Breaker (ZX120-3 Class)
Maker
Model
Weight kg (lb)
HITACHI
HSB29
820
(1810)
60~120
HSB29S
920
(2030)
60~120
NPK
Okada
Furukawa
H-7X
940
(2070)
90~140
OUB308
810
(1790)
90~120
HB10G
790
(1740)
70~90
Mitsubishi
MKB900
870
(1920)
65~110
Toukuu
Matsuda
TNB7E
910
(2010)
70~140
THBB801
740
(1630)
60~110
Flow Rate (L/min)
Operating Pressure 12.3~14.7 12.3~14.7 11.8~13.7 11.8~15.7 13.7~15.7 13.7~16.7 11.8~16.7 13.7~17.6
(125~150) (125~150) (120~140) (120~160) (140~160) (140~170) (120~170) (140~180)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Secondary Relief
21.6
21.6
17.6
20.6
17.6
17.6
19.6
Valve Set Pressure
−
(220)
(220)
(180)
(210)
(180)
(180)
(200)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
MONTABERT
BRH625
1000
(2200)
80~130
~113
(~115)
STK
Ranma
SIB215
900
(1980)
80~130
E-64
1000
(2200)
70~130
GERMANY
KRUPP
HM560CS
870
(1920)
50~110
13.7~15.7 13.2~14.2 11.8~16.7
(140~160) (135~145) (120~170)
11.8
(120)
17.6
(180)
15.7
(160)
16.7
(170)
Breaker (ZX200-3 Class)
Maker
Model
Weight kg (lb)
GERMANY
MONSTK
Ranma
KRUPP
TABERT
MKB1500V TNB-14E THBB-1401 BRH501
HM960CS
HSB66
HSB66S H-10XB OUB312B
F22
SIB312
E-66
1510
1520
1450
1500
1550
1530
1550
1350
1350
1300
1500
1310
(3300)
(3350)
(3200)
(3310)
(3420)
(3370)
(3420)
(3000)
(2980)
(2870)
(3310)
110~160 110~160 160~200 140~180 145~180 130~175 130~170 130~200 110~140 140~180 100~160 130~170
HITACHI
NPK
Okada
Furukawa
Mitsubishi
Toukuu
Matsuda
Flow Rate (L/min)
Operating Pressure 13.2~14.2 13.2~14.2 11.7~13.7 13.7~16.7 15.7~17.7 14.7~17.7 12.7~16.7 15.7~17.7
(135~145) (135~145) (120~140) (140~170) (160~180) (150~180) (130~170) (160~180)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Secondary Relief
21.6
21.6
17.6
17.6
17.6
17.6
17.6
Valve Set Pressure
−
(220)
(220)
(180)
(180)
(180)
(180)
(180)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
7.8~10.8
(80~110)
10.8
(110)
14.7~16.7 13.2~14.2 11.8~13.7
(150~170) (135~145) (120~140)
17.6
(180)
14.2
(145)
13.7
(140)
Breaker (ZX270-3 Class)
Maker
Model
Weight kg (lb)
GERMANY
MONSTK
Ranma
KRUPP
TABERT
HSB68
HSB68S
E-216
OUB316
F27
MKB1800V TNB-160 THBB1650 BRH100
SIB316
E-68
HM960CS
1930
1940
1960
1900
1845
1800
1707
1950
1840
1800
1700
−
(4250)
(4280)
(4320)
(4190)
(4070)
(3970)
(3760)
(4300)
(4060)
(3970)
(3750)
−
120~200 120~200 170~220 145~185 155~190 135~180 150~200 120~170 110~180 145~185 120~200 130~170
HITACHI
NPK
Okada
Furukawa Mitsubishi Toukuu
Matsuda
Flow Rate (L/min)
Operating Pressure 13.2~14.2 13.2~14.2 14.7~16.7 13.7~16.7 15.7~17.7 14.7~17.7 12.7~16.7 9.8~12.7
(135~145) (135~145) (150~170) (140~170) (160~180) (150~180) (130~170) (100~130)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Secondary Relief
21.6
21.6
17.6
17.6
17.6
17.6
12.7
Valve Set Pressure
−
(220)
(220)
(180)
(180)
(180)
(180)
(130)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
~13.7
(~140)
13.7
(140)
13.7~16.7 13.2~14.2 11.7~13.7
(140~170) (135~145) (120~140)
17.6
(180)
14.2
(145)
13.7
(140)
Breaker (ZX330-3 Class)
Maker
Model
Weight kg (lb)
STK
Ranma
OUB318
2400
(5290)
160~210
MONTABERT
F35
MKB2500V TNB-220 THBB-2000 BRV43
2345
2400
2403
2330
2480
(5170)
(5290)
(5300)
(5140)
(5470)
175~220 140~210 180~220 150~180 180~250
SIB318
2100
(4630)
160~210
S-83
2200
(4850)
160~230
GERMANY
KRUPP
HM150CS
2100
(4630)
120~180
14.7~16.7
(150~170)
13.7~16.7
(140~170)
15.7~17.7
(160~180)
14.7~17.7
(150~180)
12.7~16.7
(130~170)
14.7~17.7
(150~180)
15.2
(155)
13.7~16.7
(140~170)
13.7~
(140~)
15.7~17.6
(160~180)
−
17.6
(180)
17.6
(180)
17.6
(180)
17.6
(180)
17.6
(180)
15.2
(155)
17.6
(180)
14.2
(145)
17.6
(180)
HITACHI
NPK
Okada
HSB80S
2430
(5360)
160~230
E-220
2500
(5510)
200~250
Flow Rate (L/min)
Operating Pressure 13.7~14.7
(140~150)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Secondary Relief
21.6
Valve Set Pressure
(220)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Furukawa Mitsubishi
5-28
Toukuu
Matsuda
OPERATING THE MACHINE
Crusher (ZX120-3 Class)
Maker
Model
Weight kg (lb)
Overall Length mm (ft·in)
Rated Pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Maximum Opening Width
mm (ft·in)
Swing Method
SANGO JYUKI
TS700RCD
1200 (2650)
1980
(6’6”)
24.5
(250)
700
(2’4”)
Free
NPK*
S-15X
1410 (3110)
2230
(7’4”)
20.6
(210)
750
(2’6”)
Free
Sakato*
SPAC70R-3
1300 (2870)
1620
(5’4”)
27.4
(280)
750
(2’6”)
Oosumi*
MR800
1400 (3090)
1900
(6’3”)
~31.4
(~320)
800
(2’8”)
Free
STK*
CX750
1250 (2760)
2000
(6’7”)
27.4
(280)
750
(2’6”)
Free
Crusher (ZX200-3 Class)
Maker
Model
Weight kg (lb)
Overall Length mm (ft·in)
Rated Pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Maximum Opening Width
mm (ft·in)
Swing Method
Jaw Tip Crushing
kN
Force
(tf·f )
Jaw Center Crushing kN
Force
(tf·f )
HITACHI
HSC100
HSC160
2430
2300
(5360)
(5070)
2340
2600
(7’8”)
(8’6”)
27.9
27.9
(285)
(285)
900
850
(2’11”)
(2’9”)
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
640
(65)
980
1570
(100)
(160)
SANGO JYUKI
TS850RCD
2000
(4410)
2400
(7’11”)
27.5
(280)
850
(2’9”)
Free
980
(100)
1570
(160)
NPK*
S-22XA
2010
(4430)
2326
(7’8”)
24.5
(250)
850
(2’9”)
Free
970
(99)
1470
(150)
Sakato*
SDS250 RC
2390
(5270)
2425
(7’11”)
31.4
(320)
1050
(3’5”)
Free
834
(85)
Oosumi*
MR1000L
MR1100
1900
2350
(4190)
(5180)
2200
2250
(7’3”)
(7’5”)
27.5
(280)
1060
1060
(3’6”)
(3’6”)
Free
Free
1240
(126)
Crusher (ZX270-3 Class)
Maker
Model
Weight kg (lb)
Overall Length mm (ft·in)
Rated Pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Maximum Opening Width
mm (ft·in)
Swing Method
Jaw Tip Crushing
kN
Force
(tf·f )
Jaw Center Crushing kN
Force
(tf·f )
HITACHI
HSC100
HSC160
2430
2300
(5360)
(5070)
2340
2600
(7’8”)
(8’6”)
27.9
27.9
(285)
(285)
900
850
(2’11”)
(2’9”)
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
640
(65)
980
1570
(100)
(160)
NPK*
S-26X
2520
(5560)
2602
(8’6”)
24.5
(250)
1000
(3’3”)
Free
1080
(110)
1660
(169)
Oosumi*
MR1300
3070
(6770)
2800
(9’3”)
27.5
(280)
1300
(4’4”)
Free
Sakato*
SDS350 RC
3550
(7830)
3285
(10’9”)
31.4
(320)
1300
(4’3”)
Free
981
(100)
Oosumi*
MR1500
4200
(9260)
2950
(9’7”)
31.4
(320)
1500
(5’0”)
Free
STK
CX-1100
2650
(5840)
2450
(8’0”)
27.5
(280)
1100
(3’7”)
Free
1540
(157)
Crusher (ZX330-3 Class)
Maker
Model
Weight kg (lb)
Overall Length mm (ft·in)
Rated Pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Maximum Opening Width
mm (ft·in)
Swing Method
Jaw Tip Crushing
kN
Force
(tf·f )
Jaw Center Crushing kN
Force
(tf·f )
SANGO JYUKI
1100RCD
2940
(6480)
2700
(8’8”)
27.5
(280)
1500
(4’11”)
Free
1180
(120)
1780
(180)
NPK*
S-35X
3500
(7720)
2824
(9’3”)
27.5
(280)
1100
(3’7”)
Free
1230
(125)
1770
(180)
2080
(211)
5-29
STK*
DX-1500
3400
(7500)
2550
(8’4”)
1300
(4’3”)
Free
1540
(157)
STK*
DX-900
2100
(4630)
2380
(7’10”)
900
(2’11”)
Free
OPERATING THE MACHINE
ATTACHMENT CONNECTION PARTS
The attachment hydraulic line and connection parts are located as illustrated below. When the attachment is disconnected,
be sure to install caps or plugs to the ends of both the arm and
attachment side hydraulic lines to prevent dust from entering
or from sticking.
Adapter tightening torque:
PF1
210 N•m (21 kgf•m)
PF1-1/4 340 N•m (34 kgf•m)
(ZX200-3, 270-3 class only right side piping*)
(ZX330-3 class only right side piping)
Plug Thread Size : JIS B2351 O-Type PF1
: JIS B2351 O-Type PF1-1/4
(ZX200-3, 270-3 class only right side piping*)
(ZX330-3 class only right side piping)
Adapter
Plug
Hose
Cap
When the attachment is disconnected:
Part No. List (Fill attachment manufacturer’s part Nos. in the blank spaces.)
Maker
Adapter Size
Adapter
Form / Size
ZX120-3 Class
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3 Class
ZX330-3 Class left side piping
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class only right side piping*
ZX330-3 Class only right side piping
Form / Size
ZX120-3 Class
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3 Class
ZX330-3 Class left side piping
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class only right side piping*
ZX330-3 Class only right side piping
Plug
4222711
4222264
4222712
4222265
9718916
4222047
9718917
4168177
4222715
4222044
4222716
4222045
Male-Type
PF-UNF
ZX120-3 Class
PF1-1-1/16UN
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3 Class
PF1X1-5/16UN
ZX330-3 Class left side piping
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class only right side piping* PF1-1/4X1-5/16UN
ZX330-3 Class only right side piping
Form / Size
Cap
4456399
4214444
4314094
Female-Type
PF-PF30°
PF1-PF3/4
4129457
PF1XPF1
4042034
PF1-1/4XPF1
4317614
Male-Type
PF-PF30°
PF1-PF3/4
4456120
PF1XPF1
4456118
PF1-1/4XPF1
4653961
* If equipped
5-30
M175-05-005
Hose
OPERATING THE MACHINE
PRECAUTION FOR ARM ROLL-IN/BUCKET ROLL-IN
COMBINED OPERATION
--- If Headguard-Integrated Cab or Rainguard is
Equipped
WARNING: The bucket teeth will hit the headguard or
rainguard if the bucket is rolled in with the arm fully
rolled in, as illustrated. When performing combined
operation of long arm roll-in/bucket roll-in or when
rolling in the bucket with the arm fully retracted, be
careful not to hit the headguard or rainguard with the
bucket teeth.
M107-05-072
WHEN INSTALLING AN ATTACHMENT LONGER
THAN STANDARD BUCKET
WARNING: When an attachment (such as a hydraulic
breaker or crusher), the overall length of which is
longer than that of the bucket, is installed, the attachment may come in contact with the cab and/or the
boom. Operate the machine with care not to allow the
tip of the front attachment to hit the cab and/or the
boom while rolling in the front attachment.
Watch Out!
Take care not to hit the boom
with the front attachment
5-31
M1G6-05-009
OPERATING THE MACHINE
SHACKLE HOLE USAGE
Shackle hole for towing light
weight objects.
A shackle hole is provided on the track frame to tow light
weight objects as specified below.
Track Frame
IMPORTANT: Be sure to conform to the restrictions and
precautions stated below when towing a
light weight object using the shackle hole
provided on the track frame. The track frame
and/or the shackle hole may be damaged
otherwise.
Wire Rope
Shackle
• The maximum drawbar pull.
Model
ZX110-3
ZX110M-3
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3
ZX180-3 Class
ZX200-3 Class
ZX270-3 Class
(Except 280LC-3, 280LCN-3)
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
ZX330-3 Class
Maximum Drawbar Pull
39200 N (4.0 tf )
53900 N (5.5 tf )
44100 N (4.5 tf )
53900 N (5.5 tf )
73600 N (7.5 tf )
M104-05-011
83400 N (8.5 tf )
98000 N (10.0 tf )
108000 N (11.0 tf )
• Be sure to use a shackle.
• Keep the tow line horizontal, straight, and parallel to the
tracks.
• Select the slow travel mode. Slowly drive the machine
when towing.
OVERNIGHT STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS
1. After finishing the day’s operation, drive the machine to
a firm, level ground where no possibility of falling stones,
ground collapse, or floods.
Park the machine referring to the “PARKING THE MACHINE” in the “DRIVING THE MACHINE” section.
2. Fill the fuel tank with fuel.
3. Clean the machine.
4. If anti-freeze or long life coolant is not used in cold
weather, be sure to drain coolant from the radiator and
the engine jacket. Also, be sure to put a tag in a visible
place if the coolant has been drained.
M1U1-05-003
5-32
OPERATING THE MACHINE
EMERGENCY BOOM LOWERING PROCEDURE
(Without hose-rupture safety valve)
WARNING: Prevent personal injury. Confirm that no
one is under the front attachment before starting the
procedure below.
Base Machine Rear Side
Boom 1
ZX120-3 class
If the engine abnormally stalls and cannot be restarted,
lower the boom to the ground by following the emergency
procedures described below.
1
1. Remove rubber caps (1) and (2) from the boom 1 section
on the 4 spool control valve.
2
2. Turn lock nut (8) (with hexagonal width across flats: 17
mm) counterclockwise to remove with an offset box
wrench or a spanner.
3. Turn screw (7) (with hexagonal hole width across flats: 4
mm) clockwise with a hexagon wrench until it comes to
stop.
4. Turn lock nut (5) (with hexagonal width across flats: 17
mm) counterclockwise to slightly loosen with an offset
wrench or a spanner.
Control Valve
5. While turning screw (6) (with hexagonal hole width
across flats: 4 mm) clockwise with a hexagon wrench to
adjust the boom lowering speed, lower the boom. Do not
remove snap ring (3) and washer (4) at this time. In addition, do not turn screw (6) to such extend as washer (4) is
deformed.
IMPORTANT: Unless lock nuts (5) and (8) are sufficiently
tightened, oil leakage may increase. Be sure
to completely tighten the lock nuts (5) and
(8) to the torque specified below.
6. After the boom is lowered to the ground, allow screws
(6) and (7) to be fully loosened by turning them counterclockwise. Then, turn screw (7) one eighth of a turn
clockwise and tighten lock nuts (5) and (8).
M175-05-001
6
3
4
1
5
7
2
8
Tightening torque: 20 N•m (2 kgf•m)
7. Take care to correctly install rubber caps (1) and (2) in
their respective original position.
NOTE: Conduct the work of screw (7) and screw (6) in order.
M154-05-001
5-33
OPERATING THE MACHINE
EMERGENCY BOOM LOWERING PROCEDURE
(Without hose-rupture safety valve)
2
WARNING: Prevent personal injury. Confirm that no
one is under the front attachment before starting the
procedure below.
1
Front-attachment
Side
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 class
If the engine stalls and cannot be restarted, lower the boom
to lower the bucket to the ground referring to the emergency boom lowering procedure stated below.
IMPORTANT: Never loosen screw (2) more than 2 turns.
Screw (2) may come off.
1. Loosen lock nut (1). Loosen screw (2) one half of a turn.
The boom will start to lower. The boom lowering speed
can be somewhat adjusted by loosening screw (2) more.
T1V1-03-03-073
2. After the bucket is lowered to the ground, retighten
screw (2), then lock nut (1) to the specifications below.
Lock Nut (1)
Tool
: 13 mm
Torque : 13 N•m (1.3 kgf•m, 9.4 lbf•ft)
Screw (2)
Tool
: 4 mm (Hexagonal wrench)
Torque : 7 N•m (0.7 kgf•m, 5.0 lbf•ft)
Emergency valve
1
IMPORTANT: Excessive leakage may result if screw (2) and
lock nut (1) are tightened insufficiently. Be
sure to retighten screw (2) and lock nut (1) to
specifications.
2
T1V1-03-03-038
5-34
OPERATING THE MACHINE
OBJECT HANDLING --- IF EQUIPPED
WARNING: When using machine for object handling
operation, be sure to comply with EN 474-5, which
prescribes that the machine must be equipped with
the rated lifting-load table, lifting hook, overload
alarm device, and hoserupture safety valve when applied to object handling.
Lifting hook, cables, straps, or ropes can break, causing serious injury. Do not use damaged chains, lifting
hook, frayed cables, slings, straps, or ropes to crane.
Never move the load suddenly. Never move load over
a person’s head. Do not allow any persons near load.
Keep all persons away from raised load until blocks
are supporting it or load is sitting on the ground.
Position upperstructure so that the travel motors are
at the rear.
Rated lifting load table
SA-014
Do not attach sling/chain to the bucket teeth.
Be sure that the maximum lifting load does not exceed the rated load as shown in the lifting load table
plate or operator’s manual.
The overload alarm device warns the operator with a
buzzer sound when the lifting load exceeds the lifting
capacity. If the buzzer sounds, immediately move the
load into the safety range, or lower the load on the
ground.
Be sure to turn the overload alarm device switch ON
while the machine is used for object handling.
M1U1-05-004
When the machine specifications are modified from
the original specifications of the machine delivered,
for example, changing the front attachment or track
shoes, changing or new installing the overload alarm
device may be require. Be sure to consult your authorized Hitachi dealer.
Check that the specifications of the front and machine
to be used meet the specifications shown on the rated
lifting load table. If any discrepancies between them
are found, replace the rated lifting load table so that
no discrepancy is found.
5-35
T1V1-05-02-004
M1U1-01-010
OPERATING THE MACHINE
1. Secure sling/chain tightly to the load being lifted. Wear
gloves when securing sling/chain.
2. Fasten sling/chain to bucket loop, with the bucket curled
and arm retracted.
3. Coordinate hand signals with your signal man before
starting.
4. Be aware of the location of all persons in the working
area.
5. Attach a hand line to load and make sure person holding
it is well away from load.
6. Before lifting, test your load.
• Park your machine close to load.
• Attach load to the machine.
• Raise load 50 mm above the ground.
• Swing the load all the way to one side.
• While keeping load close to the ground, move it away
from machine.
• If there is any indication of reduced stability of your machine, lower load to the ground.
7. Lift load only as high as necessary.
5-36
TRANSPORTING
TRANSPORTING BY ROAD
When transporting the machine on public roads, be
sure to first understand and follow all local regulations.
• When transporting using a trailer, check the width, height,
length and weight of the trailer with the machine loaded.
Note that transporting the weight and dimensions may
vary depending on the type of shoe or front attachments
installed.
• Investigate beforehand the conditions of the route to be
traveled, such as dimensional limits, weight limits, and
traffic regulations.
In some cases, disassemble the machine to bring it within
dimensional limits or weight limits of local regulations.
LOADING/UNLOADING ON A TRAILER
Always load and unload the machine on a firm, level surface.
WARNING: Be sure to use a loading dock or a ramp for
loading/unloading. Never load or unload the machine
onto or off a truck or trailer using the front attachment functions when driving up or down the ramp.
Ramp/Loading Dock:
1. Before loading, thoroughly clean the ramp and flatbed.
Dirty ramps or flatbeds with oil, mud, or ice on them are
slippery and dangerous.
2. Place blocks against the truck and trailer wheels while
using a ramp or loading dock.
3. Ramps must be sufficient in width, length, and strength.
Be sure that the incline of the ramp is less than 15 degrees.
4. Loading docks must be sufficient in width and strength
to support the machine and have an incline of less than
15 degrees.
6-
M1V1-06-001
TRANSPORTING
Loading/Unloading
WARNING:
• Always turn the auto-idle switch OFF and the power mode switch E or P when loading or unloading
the machine, to avoid unexpected speed increase
due to unintentional operation of a control lever.
• Always select the slow speed mode with the travel
mode switch. In the fast speed mode, travel speed
may automatically increase.
• NEVER steer while driving up or down a ramp as
it is extremely dangerous. If repositioning is necessary, first move back to the ground or flatbed,
modify traveling direction, and begin to drive
again.
• The top end of the ramp where it meets the flatbed
is a sudden bump. Take care when traveling over it.
• Prevent possible injury from machine tipping
while the upperstructure is rotating. Keep the arm
tucked under and rotate the upperstructure slowly
for best stability.
M1G6-06-002
Loading
1. The machine direction should be as follows:
With the front attachment: Travel forward with the front
attachment at the front.
Without the front attachment: Travel in reverse, as illustrated.
2. The centerline of the machine should be over the centerline of the trailer.
3. Drive the machine onto the ramp slowly.
With the front attachment:
• Position the bucket with its flat surface resting on the
trailer. Angle of the arm to boom should be 90 to 110 °.
• Rest the bucket on the trailer just before the machine begins to tip forward onto the trailer. Slowly travel forward
until the tracks are firmly on the trailer.
• Slightly raise the bucket. Keeping the arm tucked under,
slowly rotate the upperstructure 180 °.
• Lower the bucket onto blocks.
M107-06-021
Less than 15˚
M107-06-018
M107-06-013
6-
TRANSPORTING
4. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
5. Move the control levers several times until hydraulic pressure in the cylinders is released.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.
7. Close cab windows, roof vent and door, and cover the
exhaust opening, to prevent entry of wind and water.
CAUTION: In cold weather, be sure to warm up the
machine before loading or unloading it.
6-
TRANSPORTING
Transporting
WARNING: Fasten chains or cables to the machine
frame. Do not place chains or cables over or against
the hydraulic lines or hoses.
1. Place blocks in front of and behind the tracks.
2. Fasten each corner of the machine and front attachment
to the trailer with a chain or cable.
M1V1-06-001
Unloading
WARNING: The rear end of the flatbed where it meets
the ramp is a sudden bump. Take care when traveling
over it.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to the front attachment. Always position the arm at 90 to 110
° to the boom when unloading the machine.
Unloading the machine with the arm tucked
in may cause machine damage.
M107-06-023
1. To move the machine over end of the trailer onto the
ramp, rest the flat surface of the bucket on the ground.
Angle of the arm to the boom should be 90 to 110°.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to the hydraulic
cylinders. Do not allow the machine to hit
the ground hard with the bucket.
2. The bucket must be on the ground before the machine
begins to tip forward.
3. As the machine moves forward, raise the boom and
extend the arm until the machine is completely off the
ramp.
6-
M107-06-015
TRANSPORTING
MACHINE LIFTING PROCEDURE
WARNING:
• Lifting wire ropes and other lifting tools can break,
possibly causing serious personal injury. Do not
use damaged or deteriorated wire ropes or lifting
tools.
• Be sure to contact your authorized dealer for correct lifting procedure, and size and kinds of lifting
wire ropes and lifting tools.
• Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK
position so that the machine does not accidentally
move while being lifted.
• Incorrect lifting procedure and/or incorrect wire
rope attachment will cause the machine to move
(shift) while being lifted, resulting in machine damage and/or personal injury.
• Do not lift the machine quickly. Excessive load will
be applied to the lifting wire ropes and/or lifting
tools, possibly causing them to break.
• Do not allow anyone to come close to or under the
lifted machine.
The
indicated gravity center is for the standard
•
specification machine. The gravity center will vary
depending on the kinds of attachments and/or optional equipment to be installed or their position
to be taken. Therefore, take care not to lose the
balance of the machine while lifting.
1. Fully extend the arm and bucket cylinders. Lower the
boom until the bucket comes in contact with the ground.
Support
Bar
2. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
Center of
Gravity
3. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
4. Use wire ropes and support bar of sufficient length so
that they do not come in contact with the machine while
lifting.
Wrap some protectors around wire ropes and/or support
bar as required to prevent the machine from being damaged.
5. Drive a crane to an appropriate position for lifting.
6. Thread the wire rope through and under both sides of
the track frames as illustrated. Attach the wire ropes to
the crane.
6-
Std. Model
M1G6-06-001
TRANSPORTING
MEMO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-
MAINTENANCE
CORRECT MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
PROCEDURES
Learn how to service your machine correctly. Follow the correct maintenance and inspection procedures shown in this
manual.
Inspect machine daily before starting.
• Check controls and instruments.
• Check coolant, fuel and oil levels.
• Check for leaks, kinked, frayed or damaged hoses and
lines.
• Walk around machine checking general appearance,
noise, heat, etc.
• Check for loose or missing parts.
SA-005
If there is any problem with your machine, repair it before operating or contact your authorized dealer.
IMPORTANT: • Use only recommended fuel and lubricants.
• Be sure to use only genuine Hitachi parts.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury
or death and/or machine breakdown.
• Use only genuine HITACHI parts.
• Failure to use recommended fuel, lubricants, and genuine Hitachi parts will result
in loss of Hitachi product warranty.
• Never adjust engine governor or hydraulic
system relief valve.
• Protect electrical parts from water and
steam.
• Never disassemble electrical components
such as main controller, sensors, etc.
7-
MAINTENANCE
Hitachi machine models are classified into 5 classes and 1
model as shown in the table below. When referring to the texts
and/or illustrations indicated with the applicable machine
class names in this manual, check that the machine models
concerned are included using this table.
Class
ZX120-3 Class
ZX180-3 Class
ZX200-3 Class
ZX270-3 Class
ZX330-3 Class
Model
Std. Model
ZX110-3, 110M-3, 130-3, 130LCN-3
ZX160LC-3, 180LC-3, 180LCN-3
ZX210-3, 210LC-3, 210LCN-3, 240N-3
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3, 280LC-3, 280LCN-3
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3
ZX110-3, 110M-3, 130-3, 130LCN-3, 160LC-3, 180LC-3, 180LCN-3, 210-3, 210LC-3, 210LCN-3,
240N-3, 250LC-3, 250LCN-3, 280LC-3, 280LCN-3, 350LC-3, 350LCN-3
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual
are based on the latest product information available at the
time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at
any time without notice.
CHECK THE HOUR METER REGULARLY
• Intervals on the periodic maintenance chart are for operating in normal conditions. If you operate your machine
in more adverse conditions, you should service it at
SHORTER INTERVALS.
• Lubricate, make service checks and adjustments at intervals shown on periodic maintenance guide table (see
page 7-4 and 7-5).
USE CORRECT FUELS AND LUBRICANTS
IMPORTANT: Always use recommended fuels and lubricants.
Failure to do so will result in machine damage and loss of Hitachi product warranty.
7-
MAINTENANCE
LAYOUT
Arm Cylinder
Boom
Arm
Center Joint
Tool Box
Bucket Cylinder
Swing Bearing
Swing Device
Work Light
Link B
Fuel Tank
Boom Cylinder
Control Valve
Link A
Hydraulic Oil Tank
Cab
Bucket
Side Cutter
Muffler
Fuel Filter
Pilot Oil Filter
Tooth
Engine Oil Filter
Control Lever
Pump
Engine
Counterweight
Air Cleaner
Inter Cooler, Radiator, Oil Cooler
Air Condenser
Fuel Cooler
Front Idler
Track Adjuster
Battery
Track Frame
Coolant Reservoir
Track Link
Upper Roller
Track
Track Shoe
Lower Roller
Travel Device
Washer Tank
M1U1-01-005
7-
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE GUIDE TABLE
The maintenance guide table is affixed to the reverse side of
the tool box cover. Lubricate and/or service the parts at the
intervals as instructed in the table so that all necessary maintenance can be performed regularly.
• Symbol Marks
The following marks are used in the maintenance guide
table.
Grease
(Front Joint Pin, Swing Bearing, Swing
Gear)
Gear Oil
(Travel Reduction Device, Swing Reduction
Device)
Hydraulic Oil Filter
(Pilot Oil Filter, Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter,
Suction Filter)
Air Cleaner Element
Engine Oil
Coolant
(Long-Life Coolant)
Engine Oil Filter
Fuel Filter
(Fuel Main Filter, Pre-Filter)
Hydraulic Oil
7-
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Guide Table
15
9
11
6
4
10
4
12
13
14
8
4
7
1
4
2
17
16
Lubrication Interval
Item
1 Engine Oil
2 Coolant (Long-Life Coolant)
3 Grease
4 Grease
5 Grease
6 Hydraulic Oil
7 Gear Oil (Travel Device)
8 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Suction)
9 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Main)
NOTE: ★1. ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 class
4
Page
7-20
7-55
7-18
7-16
7-19
7-30
7-25
7-31
7-34
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
7-
5
3
Item
Hydraulic Oil Filter (Pilot)
Hydraulic Oil Filter (Air Breather)
Engine Oil Filter
Gear Oil (Pump Transmission) ★1
Fuel Filter (Main/Pre)
Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer
Gear Oil (Swing Device)
Air Cleaner Element
M1U1-07-007
Page
7-35
7-36
7-21
7-23
7-49
7-51
7-24
7-53
MAINTENANCE
PREPARE MACHINE FOR MAINTENANCE
Before performing the maintenance procedures given in the
following chapters, park the machine as described below, unless otherwise specified.
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
M104-07-021
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
1
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch. (If maintenance must be performed with engine
running, do not leave machine unattended.)
6. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) to the LOCK position.
7. Before performing any work on the machine, attach a tag
(2) on the right control lever.
2
M1V1-07-001
2
SS2045102
7-
MAINTENANCE
HOOD AND ACCESS COVERS
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
WARNING:
• Do not keep the hood and access covers open when
the machine is parked on a slope, or while the wind
is blowing hard. The hood or access covers may
close accidentally, possibly resulting in personal
injury.
• When opening or closing the hood and access covers, take extra care not to catch fingers between
the base machine and the hood or access covers.
1
• Remove locks (2 used) to open the engine access cover.
Holding the handle on the access cover, raise the cover
until the cover is secured with catch (1).
• After opening the right and/or left access covers, be sure
to insert rods (2) into cover lock holes (3) to hold the covers.
M1U1-07-099
Engine Cover ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-090
Right Cover ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-098
Left Cover ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-092
1
3
3
2
2
Right Cover ZX120-3 Class
Engine Cover ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-100
3
2
3
2
Left Cover ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-101
7-
MAINTENANCE
HOOD AND ACCESS COVERS
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
WARNING:
• Do not keep the hood and access covers open
when the machine is parked on a slope, or while
the wind is blowing hard. The hood or access covers may close accidentally, possibly resulting in
personal injury.
• When opening or closing the hood and access covers, take extra care not to catch fingers between
the base machine and the hood or access covers.
1
• Remove locks (2 used) to open the engine access cover.
Holding the handle on the access cover, raise the cover
until the cover is secured with catch (1).
• After opening the right and/or left access covers, be sure
to insert rods (2) into cover lock holes (3) to hold the covers.
• When opening the rear left cover, open the front left cover
first. Then, pull to open the rear left cover as illustrated.
Engine Cover
M1U1-07-030
Right Cover
M1U1-07-032
Front Left Cover
M1U1-07-031
3
2
3
2
Rear Left Cover
M1U1-07-033
7-
MAINTENANCE
PERIODIC REPLACEMENT OF PARTS
To ensure safe operation, be sure to conduct periodic inspection of the machine. In addition, the parts listed below, if defective, may pose serious safety/fire hazards. It is very difficult to
gauge the extent of deterioration, fatigue, or weakening of the
parts listed below simply by visual inspection alone. For this
reason, replace these parts at the intervals shown in the table
below. However, if any of these parts are found to be defective,
replace before starting operation, regardless of the interval.
Also, when replacing hoses, check the clamps for deformation,
cracks, or other deterioration, and replace as necessary.
Be sure to perform periodic inspection of all hoses, as shown
below, and replace or retighten any defective parts found, as
necessary.
Consult your authorized dealer for correct replacement.
Replacement
Intervals
Periodic Replacement Parts
Fuel hose (Fuel tank to Supply pump)
Every 2 years
Oil filter hose (Engine to oil filter)
Every 2 years
Heater hose (Heater to engine)
Every 2 years
Pump suction hose
Every 2 years
Pump delivery hose
Every 2 years
Swing hose
Every 2 years
Travel high pressure hose
Every 2 years
Boom cylinder line hose
Every 2 years
Arm cylinder line hose
Every 2 years
Bucket cylinder line hose
Every 2 years
Seat belt
Every 3 years
Clear hatch (If equipped)
Every 5 years
Engine
Base Machine
Hydraulic
System
Front
Attachment
NOTE: Be sure to replace seals, such as O-rings and
gaskets, when replacing hoses.
IMPORTANT:
• Replace the clear hatch with a new one every 5
years even if undamaged. In case it was remarkably
damaged or has received severe shock loads, replace it even if it has been not in use for 5 years.
• When cleaning the clear hatch, use a neutral detergent. If acidic or alkaline detergent is used, the clear
hatch may become discolored or crack.
• Keep organic solvent away from the clear hatch.
Failure to do so may cause the clear hatch to become discolored or crack.
7-
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE GUIDE
A. GREASING (See Page 7-16)
Parts
Quantity
Bucket and Link Pins
Others
1. Front Joint Pins
2. Swing Bearing
3. Swing Internal Gear
9
11
2
1
8
★
★
50
Interval (hours)
100
250
500
★★
★★
1000
2000
★★★
NOTE: ★
Maintenance required when operating in water or mud and under extremely severe condition.
Maintenance required only during first time check.
★★
★★★ Check and add grease.
IMPORTANT: Grease bucket and link pivots every day until break-in operation (50 hours) is complete. When the
bucket joint boss end faces are not finished with WC thermal spraying, grease the bucket two joint
pin sections at an interval of every 250 hours.
B. ENGINE (See Page 7-20)
Parts
1. Engine Oil
2. Engine Oil
Quantity
Oil Level Check
ZX120-3, 180-3
Class
ZX200-3, 270-3
Change
Class
ZX330-3 Class
3. Engine Oil Filter Replacement
NOTE: ★
1
17.0 L
(4.5 US gal)
23.0 L
(6.1 US gal)
41.0 L
(10.8 US gal)
1
8
50
Interval (hours)
100
250
500
★
★
★
★
Change 250 operating hours, if the content of sulfur of fuel is 2000 ppm or more.
Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer for the details.
7-10
1000
2000
MAINTENANCE
C. TRANSMISSION (See Page 7-23)
Parts
1. Pump
Transmission
Quantity
Oil Level Check
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3
Class
Change
ZX330-3 Class
Oil Level Check
ZX120-3 Class
2. Swing
Reduction
Gear
ZX180-3, 200-3 Class
Change
ZX270-3 Class (Except
280LC-3, 280LCN-3)
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
ZX330-3 Class
Oil Level Check
ZX120-3 Class
3. Travel
Reduction
Gear
Change
ZX180-3, 200-3 Class
ZX270-3 Class (Except
280LC-3, 280LCN-3)
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3,
330-3 Class
1
1.0 L
(1.1 US qt)
1.4 L
(1.5 US qt)
1
3.2 L
(3.4 US qt)
6.2 L
(1.6 US gal)
9.1 L
(2.4 US gal)
11.7 L
(3.1 US gal)
17.0 L
(4.5 US gal)
2
4.0 L ×2
(4.2 US qt)
6.8 L ×2
(1.8 US gal)
7.8 L ×2
(2.1 US gal)
9.2 L ×2
(2.4 US gal)
8
Interval (hours)
100
250
500
50
1000
2000
D. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (See Page 7-27)
Parts
1. Check Hydraulic Oil Level
Quantity
8
50
100
250
Interval (hours)
300 500 1000 1500 2500 5000
1
130 L
ZX120-3 Class
✸
✸
✸
✸
(34.3 US gal)
190 L
ZX180-3 Class
✸
✸
✸
✸
(50.2 US gal)
ZX210-3,
200 L
✸
✸
✸
✸
210LC-3
(52.8 US gal)
2. Change Hydraulic
Oil
ZX210LCN-3,
170 L
✸
✸
✸
✸
240N-3
(44.9 US gal)
243 L
ZX270-3 Class
✸
✸
✸
✸
(64.2 US gal)
298 L
ZX330-3 Class
­
(78.7 US gal)
3. Suction Filter Cleaning
1
When changing hydraulic oil
4. Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter
1
✸✸
✸
✸
5. Replace Pilot Oil Filter
1
6. Replace Air Breather Element
1
–
7. Check Hoses and for leaks
Lines
for cracks, bend, etc.
–
NOTE: ✸ Changing interval differs according to the brand of hydraulic oil used, kind of filter element or average attachment
operating availability. Refer to the “changing intervals of hydraulic oil and full flow filter element” on page 7-29.
See recommended oil chart.
✸✸ While demolition and logging work.
7-11
MAINTENANCE
E. FUEL SYSTEM (See Page 7-42)
Parts
Quantity
1. Drain Fuel Tank Sump
2. Drain Fuel Filter
3. Replace Fuel Main Filter Element
4. Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element
5. Clean Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer
for leaks, cracks, etc.
6. Check Fuel
Hoses
for cracks, bend, etc.
1
1
1
1
1
–
–
8
Interval (hours)
100
250
500
50
1000
2000
F. AIR CLEANER (See Page 7-53)
Parts
1. Air Cleaner Outer
Element
2. Air Cleaner Inner
Element
Interval (hours)
8
50
100
250
500
1000
(Or when indicator lit)
After cleaning 6 times or 1 year
Quantity
Cleaning
Replacement
1
1
Replacement
1
2000
When outer element is replaced
G. COOLING SYSTEM (See Page 7-55)
Parts
Quantity
1. Check Coolant Level
2. Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension
ZX120-3 Class
ZX180-3 Class
3. Change Coolant
ZX200-3, 270-3
Class
ZX330-3 Class
4. Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler Outside
Core and Inter Cooler
Inside
5. Clean Oil Cooler, Radiator and Inter Cooler
Front Screen
6. Clean Air Conditioner Condenser
7. Clean Fuel Oil Cooler
8. Clean Air Conditioner Front Screen (Opt.)
8
1
1
16 L
(4.2 US gal)
18 L
(4.8 US gal)
26 L
(6.9 US gal)
32 L
(8.5 US gal)
1
1
50
100
Interval (hours)
250
500
1000
2000
HH
Twice a year ­X1
Twice a year ­X1
Twice a year ­X1
Twice a year ­X1
X2
Once a year
1
X2
1
1
1
X2
X2
­X2
NOTE: HH Maintenance required only during first time check.
X1 When genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant is used, change every two years or 4000 operating hours, whichever
comes first.
X2 Shorten the maintenance interval when the machine is operated in dusty areas.
IMPORTANT: Use fresh water or normal tap water as a coolant. Do not use strong acid or alkaline water.
Use the coolant with genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant (LLC) mixed by 30 to 50 %.
7-12
MAINTENANCE
H. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (See Page 7-62)
I. MISCELLANEOUS (See Page 7-68)
Parts
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Quantity
Check Bucket Teeth for Wear and Looseness
Change Bucket
Convert Bucket Connection Into Face Shovel
Adjust Bucket Linkage
Remove Travel Levers
Check and Replace Seat Belt
Check Windshield Fluid Level
Check Track Sag
10.
11.
12.
13.
Check Air Conditioner (Opt.)
Clean Cab Floor
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt
Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance
14.
15.
16.
17.
Measure Engine Compression Pressure
Check Starter and Alternator
Check and Replace EGR Device
Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts
—
—
—
—
Circulating Air
Filter
Fresh Air Filter
Cleaning
Replacement
Cleaning
Replacement
50
—
—
—
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
—
—
—
—
9. Check Air
Conditioner
Filter (Opt.)
8
100
Interval (hours)
250
500
1000
As required
As required
As required
As required
Every 3 years (Replace)
As required
After cleaning 6 times or so
After cleaning 6 times or so
As required
XAs required
­
X
X
X
XAs required
HH
NOTE: X Contact your authorized dealer for maintenance.
HH Maintenance required only during first time check.
7-13
2000
4000
MAINTENANCE
Brand Names of Recommended Grease
Where to be Bucket, Arm and Boom, Swing Gear,
applied Swing Bearing, etc.
Manufacturer
–20 to 40 °C (–4 to 104 °F)
X1
Nippon Koyu
SEP 2 ­
British Petroleum
BP Energrease
LS-EP2
Caltex Oil
Multifax
EP2
Esso
Beacon
EP2
Idemitsu Kosan
Daphne Coronex Grease EP2
Mobil Oil
Mobilux
EP2
Nippon Oil
Epinoc Grease
AP2
Shell Oil
Shell Alvania
EP2 ­X2
NOTE: The machine shipped from the factory is filled with
lubricants marked with
.
X1 Front Joint Pin and Swing Bearing
X2 Swing Gear
Recommended Engine Oil
IMPORTANT: Use only genuine Hitachi engine oil as shown
below or engine oil equivalent to DH-1 specified in JASO. Failure to do so may deteriorate the engine performance and/or shorten
the engine service life. Please be noted that
all engine failures caused by using engine
oil other than specified are excluded from
Hitachi Warranty Policy. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer for the unclear points.
Brand Names of Recommended Engine Oil
Kind of Oil
Engine Oil
Application
Engine Crank Case
Air Temp.
-20 to 30 ˚C
(-4 to 86 ˚F)
-15 to 40 ˚C
(5 to 104 ˚F)
Super wide
DH-1 10W-30
Super wide
DH-1 15W-40
Manufacturer
Hitachi
7-14
JASO
DH-1
MAINTENANCE
Application
Kind of Oil
Air Temp.
Manufacturer
British Petroleum
Caltex Oil
Esso
Idemitsu Kosan
Mobil Oil
Nippon Oil
Shell Oil
Remarks
Brand Names of Recommended Oil
Swing and Travel Reduction Gear
Pump Transmission
Gear oil
Engine Oil
–20 to 40 °C
–10 to 35 °C
25 to 40 °C
–20 to 40 °C (–4 to 104 °F)
(–4 to 104 °F) (14 to 95 °F)
(77 to 104 °F)
BP Vanellus C3
BP Gear oil
SAE80W-90
30
40
RPM DELO 300 Oil
Thuban
SAE 90
30
40
Essolube D-3
Esso Gear Oil
GP80W-90
30
40
Apolloil super wide
Apolloil diesel motive
Apollo Gear
HE90
15W-40
S-330
S-340
Mobil Delvac
Mobilube
GX80W-90
1330
1340
Hidiesel S3
–20 to 35 °C
Gear Lube SP90
X2
15W-40 ­X1
(–4 to 95 °F)
10W-30
Rymla D
Shell Spirax
EP90
30
40
API GL 4 Class
API CD Class
NOTE: The machine shipped from the factory is filled with oil marked .
­ X1 Engine oil for pump transmission
­ X2 Gear oil for swing and travel reduction device.
Brand Names of Recommended Hydraulic Oil
Kind of Lubricant
Hydraulic Oil
Where to be applied
Hydraulic System
5000 hours
2500 hours
Change Interval
1500 hours
Environmental
–20 to 40 °C –10 to 40 °C –20 to 40 °C –10 to 40 °C
–20 to 40 °C
–10 to 40 °C
Temp.
(–4 to 104 °F) (14 to 104 °F) (–4 to 104 °F) (14 to 104 °F) (–4 to 104 °F)
(14 to 104 °F)
Manufacturer
Super EX 46HN
Hitachi
Idemitsu Kosan
Super Hydro 46 WRHU
British Petroleum
Bartran HV46
Rando Oil
Caltex Oil
HD46
Rando Oil
Texaco INC.
HD46
Chevron U.S.A INC.
Chevron AW46
Esso
NUTO H46
Mobil Oil
DTE 25
Shell Oil
Tellus Oil S46
Tellus Oil 46
Remarks
Anti-wear type hydraulic oil
NOTE: Use proper hydraulic oil in accordance with the atmospheric temperature.
The machine shipped from the factory is filled with oil marked
.
When the atmospheric temperature is between -40 °C and +20 °C: Use the proper hydraulic oil having high and low
temperature characteristics by referring to the values shown below.
Low Temperature Viscosity: Less than 4000 cSt at -40 °C
High Temperature Viscosity: More than 6.5 cSt at +80 °C
The above values are approximately equivalent to ISO viscosity grade #22. However, low temperature viscosity will
differ depending on each product. Contact each hydraulic oil manufacture directly.
When the atmospheric temperature is below -40 °C: Contact your authorized dealer.
7-15
MAINTENANCE
A. GREASING
1
Front Joint Pins
Bucket --- every 250 hours
Link Pins --- every 500 hours
ZX120-3, 180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M178-07-007
Others --- every 500 hours
• Boom Cylinder Bottom
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
M104-07-002
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M157-07-156
• Boom Foot
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
M154-07-002
7-16
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M157-07-155
MAINTENANCE
• Boom and Arm Joint Pin, Arm Cylinder Rod Pin and Bucket
Cylinder Bottom Pin.
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M154-07-003
M157-07-157
• Boom Cylinder Rod Pins and Arm Cylinder Bottom Pin.
(Centralized greasing system)
7-17
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
M175-07-036
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M157-07-155
MAINTENANCE
2
Swing Bearing --- every 500 hours
CAUTION: Lubricating both the swing bearing and
gear and rotating the upperstructure must be done
by one person. Before you lubricate the swing bearing, clear the area of all persons.
Each time you leave the cab
• Lower the bucket to the ground.
• Stop the engine.
• Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK
position.
• Use handrails.
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
7. With the upperstructure stationary, apply grease via the
two grease fittings.
8. Start the engine. Raise the bucket several inches off the
ground and rotate the upperstructure 45° (1/8 turn).
9. Lower the bucket to the ground.
10. Repeat the procedure three times, beginning with step 3.
11. Apply grease to the swing bearing until grease can be
seen escaping from the swing bearing seals.
Model
ZX120-3 Class
ZX180-3, 200-3 Class
ZX270-3 Class
ZX330-3 Class
Capacity
0.25 L (0.26 US qt)
0.30 L (0.32 US qt)
0.35 L (0.37 US qt)
0.40 L (0.42 US qt)
12. Take care not to supply excessive grease.
7-18
M157-07-159
MAINTENANCE
3
Swing Internal Gear --- every 500 hours
CAUTION: Adding or changing swing internal gear
grease and rotating the upperstructure must be done
by one person. Before you start, clear the area of all
persons.
Each time you leave the cab
• Lower the bucket to the ground.
• Stop the engine.
• Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK
position.
• Use handrails.
ZX180-3 Class
1
M104-07-002
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
1
5. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
7. Open the tool box cover on the upperstructure and remove cover (1).
ZX120-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
8. Grease must be to the top of all internal gear teeth of the
swing bearing and be free of contamination.
Add approximately 0.5 kg of grease, if required. If the
grease is contaminated, remove grease and replace with
clean grease.
IMPORTANT: If water or mud is found in the swing gear
area, see Operating in Water or Mud in the
“Driving the Machine” section.
M178-07-008
2
9. Install cover (1).
10. If grease shows any sign of water or mud, replace all the
grease on the internal gear.
Remove cover (2) from the bottom of the swing gear
housing, located near the center joint.
11. Install cover (2)
Model
ZX120-3 Class
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3 Class
ZX330-3 Class
Capacity
9 L (2.4 US gal)
17 L (4.5 US gal)
19 L (5.0 US gal)
7-19
M157-07-161
MAINTENANCE
B. ENGINE
1
2
Engine Oil Level --- check daily
IMPORTANT: For most accurate readings, check the oil
level every day before starting the machine.
Be sure the machine is on a level surface.
1. Remove dipstick (1). Wipe oil off with a clean cloth. Reinsert dipstick (1).
2. Remove dipstick (1) again. Read level. Oil level must be
between the circle marks.
3. If necessary, add oil via oil filler cap (2).
Be sure to use only recommended oil (see Recommended
Engine Oil Chart).
1
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
M1U1-07-093
2
NOTE: Checking the oil level immediately after shut down will
result in inaccurate readings.
Be sure to allow the oil to settle for at least 10 minutes
before checking.
1
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-044
1
Max.
Min.
M178-07-011
7-20
MAINTENANCE
2
2
Change Engine Oil --- every 500 hours
IMPORTANT: Change 250 operating hours, if the content
of sulfur of fuel is 2000 ppm or more. Consult
your nearest Hitachi dealer for the details.
3
Replace Engine Oil Filter
--- every 500 hours
IMPORTANT: Change 250 operating hours, if the content
of sulfur of fuel is 2000 ppm or more. Consult
your nearest Hitachi dealer for the details.
ZX120-3,180-3 Class
M1U1-07-093
2
1. Run the engine to warm oil.
DO NOT run the engine until oil is hot.
2. Park the machine on a level surface.
3. Lower the bucket to the ground.
4. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
5. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
M1U1-07-044
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
3, 4
6. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch.
7. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
M1U1-07-045
CAUTION: Engine oil may be hot just after operation.
Take extra care to avoid burns.
IMPORTANT: Install drainer (5) to drain valve (3) slowly.
Oil may exhaust in large quantities when
suddenly tightened.
5
8. Remove oil filler cap (2).
9. Remove cap (4) from oil pan drain valve (3). Install drainer
(5) to drain valve. (3)
10. Screw drainer (5) into drain valve (3). Drain valve (3) will
be opened to drain oil.
M1U1-07-046
12. After all oil has been drained, inspect the cloth for any
debris such as small pieces of metal.
13. Remove drainer (5). Install cap (4) to drain valve (3).
Oil
Oil
11. Remove oil filler cap (2). Then, allow oil to drain through a
clean cloth into a 50-liter (13 US gal) container.
Oil Pan
Oil Pan
3
Clean Cloth
Container
Screw
5
M104-07-010
7-21
Oil
M1U1-07-002
MAINTENANCE
14. Open the right access cover and secure the cover with
rod.
15. Remove the filter cartridges of engine oil filter (6) by turning it counterclockwise with the filter wrench.
16. Clean the filter gasket contact area on the engine.
17. Apply a thin film of clean oil to the gasket of new filter (6).
18. Install new filter (6). Turn the filter cartridge clockwise by
hand until the gasket touches the contact area. Be sure
not to damage the gasket when installing filter (6).
6
19. Tighten engine oil filter (6) 3/4 to 1 turn more using the
filter wrench.
Be careful not to overtighten.
20. Remove the oil filler cap. Fill the engine with recommended oil. Check that oil level is between the circle
marks on the dipstick after 15 minutes.
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-098
21. Install the oil filler cap.
22. Start the engine. Run the engine at slow idle for 5 minutes.
23. Check that the engine oil pressure indicator on the monitor panel goes out immediately. If not, stop the engine
immediately and find the cause.
24. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
25. Check for any leakage at the drain plug.
26. Check oil level on the dipstick.
IMPORTANT: Do not re-use the cartridge element.
6
ZX120-3, 200-3, 270-3 Class
6
7-22
ZX330-3 Class
M1U1-07-070
M1U1-07-014
MAINTENANCE
C. TRANSMISSION
1
Pump Transmission
(ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)
2
1
Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3 Class
M178-07-085
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
7. Remove dipstick (1). Oil must be within the specified
range.
2
8. If necessary, remove filler plug (2) and add oil. (See gear
oil chart)
9. Recheck oil level.
Change Oil --- every 1000 hours
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
1
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
CAUTION: Oil may be hot just after operation. Wait
for oil to cool before starting work.
M110-07-015
ZX330-3 Class
Specified Range
1
7. Remove filler plug (2).
8. Remove drain plug (3). Allow oil to drain through a clean
cloth into a 2-liter (2.1 US qt) container.
9. After all oil has drained, inspect cloth for any debris such
as small pieces of metal.
10. Reinstall drain plug (3).
11. Add oil via filler plug (2) until it is within the specified
range on dipstick (1).
12. Reinstall filler plug (2).
7-23
M1G6-07-004
MAINTENANCE
2
Swing Reduction Gear
Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
7. Remove dipstick (1). Oil must be between marks.
2
1
M178-07-086
8. If necessary, remove oil filler cap (2) and add oil. (See
gear oil chart)
1
9. Recheck oil level.
Change Gear Oil --- every 1000 hours
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
Specified Range
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
CAUTION: Gear oil may be hot just after operation.
Wait for gear oil to cool before starting work.
7. Remove the drain plug mounted on the end of drain pipe
to drain oil.
8. Reinstall the drain plug.
9. Remove oil filler cap (2) and add oil until it is between the
marks on dipstick (1).
10. Reinstall oil filler cap (2).
7-24
M104-07-017
MAINTENANCE
3
Air Release Plug 1
(Oil Supply Plug)
Travel Reduction Gear
Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Rotate the travel motor until the imaginary line through
plug (1) and plug (3) is vertical.
Oil Level Check
Plug 2
Horizontal Oil Level
3. Lower the bucket to the ground.
4. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
5. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
Drain Plug 3
M104-07-019
6. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
7. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
WARNING: Keep body and face away from the air
release plug. Gear oil may be hot just after operation.
Wait for gear oil to cool and then gradually loosen the
air release plug to release pressure.
1
2
8. After gear oil has cooled, slowly loosen air release plug (1)
to release pressure.
9. Remove air release plug (1) and oil level check plug (2).
Oil must be up to the bottom of hole.
10. If necessary, add oil until oil flows out of oil level check
plug (2) hole. (See gear oil chart)
11. Wrap plugs (1) and (2) threads with sealing-type tape.
Install plugs (1) and (2).
Tighten plugs (1) and (2) to 50 N•m (5 kgf•m).
12. Check the gear oil level in the other travel reduction gear.
7-25
M157-07-170
MAINTENANCE
Change Gear Oil --- every 2000 hours
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
1
2. Rotate the travel motor until the imaginary line through
plug (1) and plug (3) is vertical.
3. Lower the bucket to the ground.
2
4. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
3
5. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
6. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
7. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
WARNING: Keep body and face away from the air
release plug. Gear oil may be hot just after operation.
Wait for gear oil to cool and then gradually loosen the
air release plug to release pressure.
8. After gear oil has cooled, slowly loosen air release plug (1)
to release pressure, and temporarily retighten plug (1).
9. Remove drain plug (3) and plug (1), in that order, to drain
oil.
10. Clean drain plug (3). Wrap the threads of drain plug (3)
with sealing-type tape. Install plug (3).
Tighten plug (3).
Tightening Torque: 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)
11. Remove oil level check plug (2).
12. Add oil until oil flows out of oil level check plug (2) hole.
(See gear oil chart)
13. Clean plugs (1) and (2). Wrap the threads of oil level check
plug (2) and air release plug (1) with sealing-type tape.
Reinstall plugs (1) and (2).
Tighten plugs (1) and (2).
Tightening Torque: 50 N•m (5 kgf•m)
14. Repeat steps 8. to 13. for the other travel reduction gear.
7-26
M157-07-170
MAINTENANCE
D. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF HYDRAULIC
EQUIPMENT
CAUTION: During operation, the parts of the hydraulic system become very hot.
Allow the machine to cool down before beginning
inspection or maintenance.
1. Be sure that the machine is parked on a level, firm surface
before servicing hydraulic equipment.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground and stop the engine.
3. Begin servicing hydraulic components only after components, hydraulic oil and lubricants are completely cooled,
and after releasing residual pressure.
3.1 Bleed air from the hydraulic oil tank to release internal
pressure.
3.2 Allow the machine to cool down.
Note that servicing heated and pressurized hydraulic
components may cause hot parts and/or oil to fly off or
escape suddenly, possibly resulting in personal injury.
3.3 Keep body parts and face away from plugs or screws
when removing them.
Hydraulic components may be pressurized even when
cooled.
3.4 Never attempt to service or inspect the travel and swing
motor circuits on slopes. They are highly pressurized
due to self-weight.
4. When connecting hydraulic hoses and pipes, take special care to keep seal surfaces free from dirt and to avoid
damaging them. Keep these precautions in mind:
4.1 Wash hoses, pipes, and the tank interior with a washing
liquid and thoroughly wipe it out before reconnecting
them.
4.2 Only use O-rings that are free of damage or defects. Be
careful not to damage them during reassembly.
4.3 Do not allow high pressure hoses to twist when connecting them. The life of twisted hoses will be shortened considerably.
4.4 Carefully tighten low pressure hose clamps.
Do not overtighten them.
7-27
MAINTENANCE
5. When adding hydraulic oil, always use the same brand of
oil; do not mix brands of oil. As the machine is filled with
Super EX 46 HN when it is shipped from the factory, use
it as a general rule. When selecting to use another brand
of oil listed in the table “Brand names of recommended
hydraulic oil”, be sure to completely change the oil in the
system.
6. Do not use hydraulic oils other than those listed in the
table “Brand names of recommended hydraulic oil”.
7. Never run the engine without oil in the hydraulic oil tank.
7-28
MAINTENANCE
BREAKER MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil and Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter
Hydraulic breaker operation subjects the hydraulic system to
become contaminated faster and to quickly deteriorate the hydraulic oil. For this reason, hydraulic oil must be changed and
the hydraulic oil tank filter must be replaced more often than
the machine equipped with a bucket. Failure to do so may
result in damage to the breaker, hydraulic oil pump, and other
related hydraulic system components. Recommended
changing intervals are shown below. For filter replacement and oil changing intervals are shown below. (For
filter replacement and oil changing procedures, refer to
the “Hydraulic System” in the “MAINTENANCE” Section.)
Changing intervals (Hours)
Attachment
Availability
*Hydraulic Oil Full Flow Filter Element
**Element Type
1500
Standard Filter Paper
Bucket
100%
2500
1000
High Performance Element
5000
600
100
Standard Filter Paper
Hydraulic Breaker
100%
1000
300
High Performance Element
* : Changing intervals differ depending on the brand of hydraulic oil used. Refer to the Hydraulic System in the MAINTENANCE section.
** : Use the high performance element (micro-glass) on excavators engaged in demolition and logging work.
Changing Intervals (Hours) of Hydraulic Oil and Full Flow Filter Element
Hours to Replace
Element
Hours to Change
Hydraulic Oil
100
: When using high performance element (micro-glass)
: When using filter-paper element
Changing Interval when using
1500-hour life time hydraulic oil
80
Average
Breaker
Operating
Availability
(%)
60
Changing Interval when using
2500-hour life time hydraulic oil
Changing Interval when using
5000-hour life time hydraulic oil
40
20
0
0
1000
2000
3000
Excavator Operating Hours
IMPORTANT: Use a high performance element (microglass) on excavators engaged in demolition
and logging work. In case using a filter-paper element is unavoidable, change hydraulic oil and the filter element at the intervals
as illustrated with dotted lines.
7-29
4000
5000
M1U1-05-006
NOTE: Full-flow filter restriction indicator is optional.
If a filter-paper element is used, this indicator
does not operate. (Refer to the Hydraulic System
in the Maintenance section.)
MAINTENANCE
1
Check Hydraulic Oil Level --- daily
IMPORTANT: Never run the engine without oil in hydraulic
oil tank.
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Position the machine with the arm cylinder fully retracted
and the bucket cylinder fully extended.
M104-07-021
3. Lower the bucket to the ground.
4. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
1
5. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
6. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch.
7. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
8. Open the access door in front of the main pump. Check
oil level with level gauge (1) on hydraulic oil tank. Oil
must be between marks on gauge (1). If necessary, add
oil.
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-102
CAUTION: The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized.
Push the pressure release button on the tank cap to
release pressure, and carefully remove the cap.
1
To add oil:
9. Push the pressure release button on the air breather to
release pressure. Remove the cover.
10. Add oil. Recheck oil level with level gauge (1).
11. Install the cover. Make sure the filter and rod assembly is
in correct position.
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-075
1
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
7-30
M1U1-07-048
MAINTENANCE
2
Change Hydraulic Oil
3
Suction Filter Cleaning
Std. Model --- every 5000 hours, 2500 hours or
1500 hours
K Model , L Model --- every 1000 hours
M104-07-117
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil may be hot just after operation. Wait for oil to cool before starting work.
IMPORTANT: Hydraulic oil changing intervals differ according to kind of hydraulic oils used. (See
Recommended Oil Chart in this group)
2
1
Level Gauge
1. Park the machine on a level surface with the upperstructure rotated 90° for easier access.
2. Position the machine with the arm cylinder fully retracted
and the bucket cylinder fully extended.
3. Lower the bucket to the ground.
4. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
M157-07-016
1
5. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
6. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
7. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
8. Clean the top of the hydraulic oil tank to keep dirt out of
the hydraulic system.
CAUTION: The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Push
pressure release button (1) on the air breather before
removing the air breather.
M1U1-07-042
9. Push pressure release button (1) on the air breather.
10. Remove cover (2).
11. Remove oil using a suction pump. The hydraulic oil tank
capacity, up to specified oil level, is approximately A.
Model
ZX120-3 Class
ZX180-3 Class
ZX210-3, 210LC-3
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3
ZX270-3 Class
ZX330-3 Class
2
A
130 L (34.3 US gal)
190 L (50.2 US gal)
200 L (52.8 US gal)
170 L (44.9 US gal)
243 L (64.2 US gal)
298 L (78.7 US gal)
7-31
MAINTENANCE
12. Remove drain plug (3). Allow oil to drain.
3
13. Remove suction filter and rod assembly (4).
14. Clean the filter and tank interior. If the filter is to be replaced, install new filter on the rod as shown. Tighten nut
to 15 to 20 N•m (1.5 to 2.0 kgf•m, 11.0 to 14.5 lbf•ft).
Model
ZX120-3 Class
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3
Class
A
732 mm (28.8 in)
869 mm (34.2 in)
15. Install filter and rod assembly (4). Make sure the filter is
positioned correctly on the outlet.
M1U1-07-047
16. Replace the hydraulic tank oil filter. (See “Maintenance
Every 500 Hours” Section)
17. Clean, install and tighten drain plug (3).
18. Add oil until it is between the marks on the oil level
gauge.
2
19. Install cover (2). Make sure filter and rod assembly (4) are
in correct positions. Tighten the bolts to 50 N•m (5 kgf•m,
36 lbf•ft).
20. Be sure to bleed air form the system following the procedures shown next page.
4
M157-07-062
A
20 mm (0.79 in)
4
M107-07-070
7-32
MAINTENANCE
Air Bleeding Procedures
IMPORTANT: If the hydraulic pump is not filled with oil, it
will be damaged when the engine is started.
5
The machine is equipped with two main pumps. Bleed air
from these pumps after changing hydraulic oil.
1. Remove air bleed plug (5) on each pump.
2. Fill the pump with oil through air bleed plug (5) port on
each pump until oil flows out of air bleed plug (5) hole.
3. Temporarily tighten air bleed plug (5) on each pump,
start the engine and run at slow idle. Loosen one of air
bleed plugs (5) slightly until oil flows from plug port to
release trapped air completely. Tighten air bleed plug (5).
Repeat this step for the rest of plugs (5).
4. Purge air from the hydraulic system by running the engine at slow idle and operating the control levers slowly
and smoothly for 15 minutes.
ZX120-3 Class
M175-07-005
5
5. Position the machine as illustrated in the oil level checking procedure.
6. Lower the bucket to the ground.
7. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
8. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
9. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position
10. Check the hydraulic oil tank gauge. Remove cover (2) to
add oil if necessary.
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
7-33
M1U1-07-035
MAINTENANCE
4
Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter
--- every 1000 hours
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
SA-039
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
CAUTION: The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Push
the pressure release button on the air breather before
removing the air breather.
1
2
3
7. Push the pressure release button on the hydraulic oil tank
to release pressure.
NOTE: There is spring (4) tension under cover (2). Hold
down cover (2) when removing last two bolts (1).
4
8. Hold down filter cover (2) against light spring (4) load
when removing last two bolts (1). Remove filter cover (2).
9. Remove spring (4), and element (5).
NOTE: Remove element (5) and inspect for metal particles
and debris in the bottom of the filter can. Excessive
amounts of brass and steel particles can indicate a
failed hydraulic pump, motor, valve or an impending failure. A rubber type of material can indicate
cylinder packing failure.
5
10. Discard element (5) and O-ring (3).
11. Install a new element (5) and spring (4).
12. Install filter cover (2) with a new O-ring (3).
13. Install and tighten bolts (1) to 50 N•m (5 kgf•m, 36 lbf•ft).
M178-07-069
7-34
MAINTENANCE
5
Replace Pilot Oil Filter
--- every 1000 hours
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
M104-07-021
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
Pilot Oil Filter
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
CAUTION: The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Push
the pressure release button on the air breather before
removing the air breather.
7. Remove the filter cartridges of pilot oil filter (2) by turning it counterclockwise with the filter wrench.
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-098
8. Clean the filter O-ring contact area on filter head (1).
9. Apply a thin film of clean oil to the gasket of new filter (2).
10. Install new filter (2). Turn the filter cartridge clockwise by
hand until the O-ring touches the contact area. Be sure
not to damage the O-ring when installing filter (2).
IMPORTANT: Do not re-use the filter cartridge.
Pilot Oil Filter
ZX120-3, 200-3, 270-3 Class
1
M1U1-07-070
2
Pilot Oil Filter
M1U1-07-050
7-35
ZX330-3 Class
M1U1-07-014
MAINTENANCE
6
Replace Air Breather Element
--- every 4000 hours
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil may be hot just after operation. Hot hydraulic oil may spout, possibly causing
severe burns. Be sure to wait for oil to cool before
starting work.
M104-07-021
Replacement Procedures
1. Park the machine on solid and level ground. Fully extend
the bucket cylinder, fully retract the arm cylinder, and
lower the bucket to the ground as illustrated to the right.
Stop the engine.
2. Before replacing element (3), be sure to bleed air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank by pressing the air bleed
valve on the hydraulic oil tank.
3. Turn cover (2) clockwise about 1/4 turn. Turn cap (1)
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. Turn cover (2) counterclockwise to remove it. Then, remove element (3).
5. Install new element (3). Tighten to install cover (2) until
cover (2) comes in contact with element (3). Then, further
tighten cover (2) 1/4 turn.
6. Securely tighten cap (1) clockwise by hand. While holding
cap (1) by hand so that cap (1) does not rotate, securely
tighten cover (2) by rotating counterclockwise 5 to 10° by
hand.
7. Take care never to allow water and/or contaminant to
stay between cover (2) and body (4) (air breathing port).
8. Replace element (3) periodically to keep hydraulic oil
clean and to extend hydraulic components service life.
M157-07-185
1
2
3
4
M1G6-07-001
7-36
MAINTENANCE
7
Check Hoses and Lines
--- daily
--- every 250 hours
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
To avoid this hazard, search for leaks with a piece of
cardboard.
Take care to protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with this
type of injury immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene may result.
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can lead
to fire that may result in serious injury.
To avoid this hazard :
• Park the machine on a firm, level surface.
Lower the bucket to the ground.
Stop the engine. Remove key from the key switch.
Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK
position.
• Check for missing or loose clamps, kinked hoses,
lines or hoses that rub against each other, damaged oil cooler, and loose oil cooler flange bolts,
for leaks.
Check hoses, lines and oil cooler at the check points
indicated below for leaks and other damage that
may result in future leaks.
If any abnormalities are found, replace or retighten
them, as shown in Tables 1-3.
• Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose or
damaged clamps, hoses, lines, oil cooler, and loose
oil cooler flange bolts.
Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines.
Never install bent or damaged hoses or lines.
7-37
SA-031
SA-292
SA-044
MAINTENANCE
Table 1. Hoses
Interval (hours)
Daily
Every 250
hours
Check Points
Abnormalities
Remedies
Hose covers
Hose ends
Fittings
Leak (1)
Leak (2)
Leak (3)
Replace
Replace
Retighten or replace
hose or O-ring
Hose covers
Hose ends
Crack (4)
Crack (5)
Replace
Replace
3
1
2
3
M137-07-008
3
Hose covers
Hose covers
Exposed reinforcement (6)
Blister (7)
2
2
1
Replace
Replace
2
3
M115-07-145
Hose
Bend (8)
Replace
4
5
M115-07-146
Hose
Hose ends and
fittings
Collapse (9)
Replace
(Use proper bend
radius)
Deformation or
corrosion (10)
7
6
Replace
NOTE: Refer to the illustrations in Fig.1 for each check point location or for a description of the
abnormality. Use genuine Hitachi parts.
M115-07-147
8
M115-07-148
9
10
M115-07-149
Fig. 1
7-38
MAINTENANCE
Table 2. Lines
Interval (hours)
Daily
Every 250 hours
Check Points
Abnormalities
Remedies
Contact surfaces of
flange joints
Leak (11)
Replace
O-ring
and/or
retighten bolts
Welded surfaces on
joints
Leak (12)
Joint neck
Welded surfaces
on joints
Clamps
Crack (13)
Crack (12)
Replace
Replace
Missing
Deformation
Loose
Replace
Replace
Retighten
13
12
11
M137-07-001
Replace
13
NOTE: Refer to the illustrations in Fig.2 for each check point location or for a description of the
abnormality. Use genuine Hitachi parts
12
M137-07-007
Fig. 2
Table 3. Oil cooler
Interval (hours)
Every 250 hours
Check Points
Abnormalities
Contact surfaces of
flange joints
Leak (14)
Oil cooler
Coupling and
rubber hose
Leak (15)
Leak (16)
15
Remedies
14
Replace
O-ring
and/or
retighten bolts
16
Replace
Retighten or
replace
NOTE: Refer to the illustrations in Fig.3 for each check point location.
M1U1-07-051
Fig. 3
7-39
MAINTENANCE
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HYDRAULIC
FITTINGS
2
6
1
4
5
Two hydraulic fitting designs are used on this machine.
Flat Face O-ring Seal Fitting (ORS Fitting)
An O-ring is used on the sealing surfaces to prevent oil leakage.
1. Inspect fitting sealing surfaces (6). They must be free of
dirt or defects.
2. Replace O-ring (1) with a new one when assembling fitting (2).
3. Lubricate O-ring (1) and install it into groove (3) using
petroleum jelly to hold it in place.
4. Tighten fitting (2) by hand, pressing the fitting joint
together to ensure O-ring (1) remains in place and is not
damaged.
5. Tighten fitting (2) or nut (4) to the torque values shown.
Do not allow hose (5) to twist when tightening fittings.
6. Check for leaks. If oil leaks from a loose connection, do
not tighten fitting (2). Open the connection, replace
O-ring (1) and check for correct O-ring position before
tightening the connection.
Torque specifications
Width across flats (mm)
N•m
Fastening torque
(kgf•m)
±10%
27
95
(9.5)
32
140
(14)
36
180
(18)
41,46
210
(21)
7-40
6
3
M104-07-033
MAINTENANCE
Metal Face Seal Fittings
Fittings are used on smaller hoses and consist of a metal
flare (10) and a metal flare seat (9).
7
9
8
10
5
1. Inspect flare (10) and flare seat (9). They must be free of
dirt or obvious defects.
IMPORTANT: Defects in the tube flare cannot be repaired.
Overtightening a defective flare fitting will
not stop a leak.
M202-07-051
2. Tighten fitting (7) by hand.
3. Tighten fitting (7) or nut (8) to the torque values shown.
Do not allow hose (5) to twist when tightening fittings.
Width across flats
(mm)
Fastening N•m
torque (kgf•m)
17
19
22
27
25
(2.5)
30
(3)
40
(4)
80
(8)
Pilot Piping Fittings (For shuttle valve)
Width across flats (mm)
N•m
Fastening torque
(kgf•m)
17, 19
35
(3.5)
Shuttle Valve
M1U1-07-043
7-41
MAINTENANCE
E. FUEL SYSTEM
Recommended Fuel
Use high quality DIESEL FUEL only (JIS K-2204) (ASTM 2-D).
Kerosene must NOT be used.
1
Refueling
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
T1V1-05-01-123
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Shut the engine off
before fueling. Do not smoke while you fill the fuel
tank or work on fuel system.
M178-07-087
7. Check fuel level gauge (3) or fuel gauge (1) of the monitor panel. Add fuel if necessary.
IMPORTANT: Keep all dirt, dust, water and other foreign
materials out of the fuel system.
3
Yellow
Mark
M157-07-060
7-42
MAINTENANCE
8. To avoid condensation, fill the tank at the end of each
day’s operation. Take care not to spill fuel on the machine
or ground.
Model
Tank Capacity
ZX120-3 Class
250 L (66 US gal)
ZX180-3 Class
320 L (85 US gal)
ZX210-3, 210LC-3
400 L (106 US gal)
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3
330 L (87 US gal)
ZX270-3 Class
500 L (132 US gal)
ZX330-3 Class
630 L (166 US gal)
3
Yellow
Mark
M157-07-060
Do not fill the tank more than specified. Stop filling when
a yellow mark on fuel level gauge (3) becomes visible. Be
sure to position the fuel service nozzle so that any part of
the nozzle does not obstruct rising of float-type fuel level
gauge (3).
2
9. Reinstall filler cap (2) on the filler tube. Be sure to lock
filler cap (2) with the key to prevent the cap from being
lost as well as to prevent vandalism.
NOTE: Take precautions for Fueling with Automatic Fueling Device (Optional).
Avoid overfilling. Never fail to remove filler cap (2)
when refueling with the automatic fueling device
and be sure to stop fueling when the yellow mark
on the float becomes visible.
M178-07-087
Automatic fueling device
ON-OFF
Switch
Refueling port
7-43
M1U1-07-114
MAINTENANCE
1
Drain Fuel Tank Sump --- daily
1. Park the machine on a level surface with the upperstructure rotated 90° for easier access.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
M104-07-117
1
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
5. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
7. Open drain cock (1) for several seconds to drain water
and sediment. Close drain cock (1).
M1U1-07-015
7-44
MAINTENANCE
2
Drain Fuel Filter --- daily
IMPORTANT: The engine may be damaged if you do not
drain fuel filter daily.
Fuel main filter and pre-filter separates that
may mixed with the fuel.
Fuel filter contains a float (4) which rises as water accumulates.
Be sure to drain daily the water accumulated in the filter
until float (4) goes to the bottom of case.
Draining Procedures (Main Filter)
1. Place 0.5 liters or larger capacity container under drain
hose (3) to collect the drained water.
2. Rotate drain plug (2) on the bottom of the filter about
4-turns counterclockwise. Drain the water accumulated
in the filter until float (4) goes to the bottom of case. If it
is difficult to drain, loosen plug (1) on the top of the main
filter.
Main Filter
Pre-Filter
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-103
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-098
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class
M1U1-07-071
ZX330-3 Class
M1U1-07-014
Pre-Filter
Main Filter
3. After draining water, securely tighten drain plug (2) and
plug (1).
4. Start the engine. Check drain plug (2) and plug (1) for fuel
leaks.
Wrench size: 10 mm
Pre-Filter
Main Filter
Main Filter
Main Filter
4
2
1
3
M1GR-07-010
M81U-07-030
7-45
Pre-Filter
MAINTENANCE
Draining Procedures (Pre-Filter)
1. Place 0.5 liters or larger capacity container under drain
hose (6) to collect the drained water.
2. Rotate drain plug (5) on the bottom of the filter counterclockwise. Drain the water accumulated in the filter
until float (8) goes to the bottom of case. If it is difficult to
drain, loosen plug (7) on the top of the fuel pre-filter.
3. After draining water, securely tighten drain plug (5) and
plug (7).
Main Filter
4. Start the engine. Check drain plug (5) and plug (7) for fuel
leaks.
Pre-Filter
IMPORTANT: After draining water mixed in fuel, bleed air
from the fuel supply system.
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-103
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-098
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class
M1U1-07-071
ZX330-3 Class
M1U1-07-014
Pre-Filter
Wrench size: 14 mm
Main Filter
Pre-Filter
Main Filter
Pre-Filter
7
8
Main Filter
5
6
M1U1-07-004
M81U-07-031
7-46
Pre-Filter
MAINTENANCE
Air Bleeding Procedures
IMPORTANT: Air in the fuel system may make the engine
hard to start or make it run irregularly. After
draining water and sediment from the fuel
filter, replacing the fuel filter, cleaning the
fuel solenoid pump strainer or running the
fuel tank dry, be sure to bleed the air from
the fuel system.
3
This machine is equipped with a fuel solenoid pump.
M1U1-07-015
CAUTION: Fuel leaks may lead to fires.
6
1. Check that fuel cock (3) on the bottom of the fuel tank is
opened.
2. Turn the key switch ON and hold it in that position for approx. 3 minutes. Thereby, the electrical fuel pump operates, starting to bleed air.
3. While holding the key switch in the ON position, reciprocate fuel main filter priming pump (6). After air is bled
from the main filter, return priming pump (6) to the original position.
4. After the main filter is filled with fuel, hold the key switch
in the ON position for 30 seconds.
5. Start the engine. Check the fuel supply system for fuel
leaks.
IMPORTANT: Even if air is not thoroughly bled, do not
hold the key switch in the ON position for
more than 5 minutes. In case air is not thoroughly bled, first return the key switch to
the OFF position. Then, after waiting for
more than 30 seconds, turn the key switch
ON again. Failure to do so may cause damage to the electrical pump and/or discharging the batteries.
7-47
M81U-07-030
MAINTENANCE
Air Bleeding by Priming Pump
In case air is not bled due to malfunction of the fuel solenoid pump, operating the priming pump only can bleed air.
3
1. Check that fuel cock (3) on the bottom of the fuel tank is
opened.
2. Loosen air bleed plug (1) on the fuel main filter.
3. Supply fuel by reciprocating priming pump (6). After no
air bubbles are spouted through air bleed plug (1), tighten air bleed plug (1).
M1U1-07-015
4. After tightening air bleed plug (1), reciprocate priming
pump (6) approx. 150 strokes.
Main Filter
5. Wipe off any spilled fuel.
6. Start the engine. Check that no fuel leaks are present. If
the engine does not start, repeat the above procedures
from step 1.
Wrench size: 10 mm
1
M1GR-07-010
Air Bleeding by Cranking
Bleed air from the fuel system after changing the common
rail.
Bleeding Procedures
1. Bleed air until the engine supply pump entrance enough
according to the above-mentioned procedures.
6
2. Operate starter motor for long cranking within 20 seconds. If engine falls to start, return key switch to OFF. Wait
more than about 60 seconds, then try again.
M81U-07-030
7-48
MAINTENANCE
3
Replace Fuel Main Filter Element
--- every 500 hours
IMPORTANT: Be sure to use only genuine Hitachi elements
for the main fuel filter element and the prefilter element. Failure to do so may deteriorate the engine performance and/or shorten
the engine service life. Please be noted that
all engine failures caused by using other
manufacturers’ elements are excluded from
Hitachi Warranty Policy.
Main Filter
Procedures:
1. Close cock (3) on the bottom of the fuel tank.
Pre-Filter
2. Place a 1-liter or larger capacity drain container under
drain hose (6).
Pre-Filter
3. Loosen air bleed plug (1) and drain plug (2). Drain fuel
until fuel does not flow out of the filter.
Main Filter
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-103
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-098
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class
M1U1-07-071
ZX330-3 Class
M1U1-07-014
4. Remove transparent filter case (7) using the exclusive
tool.
5. When transparent filter case (7) is removed, the element
is exposed. Remove the element by hand.
6. Install a new element. Tighten transparent filter case (7)
to 30 ± 2 N·m (3 ± 0.2 kgf·m) using the exclusive tool.
7. Tighten air bleed plug (1) and drain plug (2).
8. Open cock (3) on the bottom of the fuel tank.
9. Bleed air from the fuel supply system.
After replacing the fuel filter element, bleed air from the
fuel supply system. (Refer to the air bleed procedures
described on page 7-47.)
Wrench size: 10 mm
3
M1U1-07-015
Pre-Filter
Main Filter
Main Filter
7
Main Filter
1
M1GR-07-010
2
6
M81U-07-030
7-49
Pre-Filter
MAINTENANCE
4
Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element
--- every 500 hours
IMPORTANT: Be sure to use only genuine Hitachi elements
for the main fuel filter element and the prefilter element. Failure to do so may deteriorate the engine performance and/or shorten
the engine service life. Please be noted that
all engine failures caused by using other
manufacturers’ elements are excluded from
Hitachi Warranty Policy.
Main Filter
Procedures:
1. Close cock (3) on the bottom of the fuel tank.
Pre-Filter
2. Place a 1-liter or larger capacity container under drain
hose (9).
3. Loosen air bleed plug (4) and drain plug (5). Drain fuel
until fuel does not flow out of the filter.
4. Remove transparent filter case (8) using an exclusive tool.
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-103
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-098
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class
M1U1-07-071
ZX330-3 Class
M1U1-07-014
Pre-Filter
Main Filter
5. When transparent filter case (8) is removed, the element
is exposed. Remove the element by hand.
6. Install a new element. Tighten transparent filter case (8)
to 30 ± 2 N·m (3 ± 0.2 kgf·m) using the exclusive tool.
7. Tighten air bleed plug (4) and drain plug (5).
8. Open cock (3) on the bottom of the fuel tank.
9. Bleed air from the fuel supply system.
After replacing the fuel filter element, bleed air from the
fuel supply system. (Refer to the air bleed procedures
described on page 7-47.)
Wrench size: 14 mm
3
M1U1-07-015
Pre-Filter
Main Filter
Pre-Filter
4
8
Main Filter
5
9
M1U1-07-004
M81U-07-031
7-50
Pre-Filter
MAINTENANCE
5
Fuel Solenoid Pump
Clean Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer
--- every 500 hours
Cleaning
When strainer (3) is disassembled, be sure to replace gasket
(2) and (4). Install cover (1) and the magnet only after sufficiently cleaning them. After being assembled, closely check
the air-tightness of strainer (3).
Disassembling/Assembling
To remove cover (1), loosen with a spanner. After cover (1)
is removed, gasket (2), strainer (3), and gasket (4) are easily
removed in order. Wash removed strainer (3) with light oil.
Install strainer (3) in the reverse order of disassembling. At
that time, install gasket (2) into cover (1) first. Then, securely
tighten cover (1) to pump (5) using a spanner.
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-103
Fuel Solenoid
Pump
NOTE: Wrench size: 17 mm
ZX180-3 Class
Magnet
1
2
3
4
5
M1U1-07-098
Fuel Solenoid
Pump
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class
M1U1-07-071
M1GR-07-004
ø24
ø41
2
1 mm
4
ø40
2.7 mm
ø18
3
28 mm
ø51
36 mm
Fuel Solenoid Pump
M1U1-07-006
7-51
ZX330-3 Class
M1U1-07-074
MAINTENANCE
6
Check Fuel Hoses
--- daily
--- every 250 hours
CAUTION: Fuel leaks can lead to fires that may result
in serious injury.
To avoid this hazard :
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface. Lower the bucket to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key from
the key switch. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the
LOCK position.
2. Check for kinked hoses, and hoses that rub against each
other parts for leaks.
Check hoses at the check points indicated below for leaks
and other damage that may result in future leaks. If any
abnormalities are found, replace or retighten them, as
shown in Table 4.
3. Repair or replace any loose or damaged hoses. Never
install bent or damaged hoses.
Interval (hours)
Daily
Every 250 hours
Table 4. Hoses
Check Points
Abnormalities
Hose ends
Leak (1)
Soutache braid
hose
Soutache braid
hose
Hose ends
Friction (2)
Crack (2)
Crack (3)
Remedies
Retighten or
replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Crack (4)
Replace
1
2
1
M137-07-003
3
Hose
Bend (5)
4
Replace
M137-07-004
5
Hose
Collapse (6)
Replace
(Use proper bend radius)
Hose ends and fittings
Deformation or Replace
corrosion (7)
NOTE: Refer to the illustrations in Fig.1 for each check point location or for
a description of the abnormality. Use genuine Hitachi parts.
M137-07-005
6
7
M137-07-006
Fig. 1
7-52
MAINTENANCE
F. AIR CLEANER
1
2
Clean Air Cleaner Outer Element
--- every 250 hours or when the restriction
indicator comes ON
2
Replace Air Cleaner Outer and Inner Elements
--- after cleaning six times or after one year
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-104
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
2
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
ZX180-3 Class
5. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
M1U1-07-079
2
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
7. Loosen clamps (2) to remove the cover.
IMPORTANT: Do not install the element and/or the cover
forcibly when installing the clamps. Failure
to do so may result in deformation of the
clamps, element, and/or cover.
8. Remove outer element (1).
9. Tap outer element (1) with the palm of your hand, NOT
ON A HARD SURFACE.
ZX200-3, 270-3 , 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-027
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-105
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-080
ZX200-3, 270-3 , 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-028
1
CAUTION: Use reduced compressed air pressure.
(Less than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm2). Clear area of bystanders, guard against flying chips, and wear personal
protection equipment including goggles or safety
glasses.
10. Clean outer element (1) using compressed air. Direct the
air to the inside of the filter element, blowing out.
11. Clean the filter interior before installing outer element (1).
1
12. Install outer element (1).
13. Install cover and tighten clamps (2).
14. Start the engine and run at slow idle.
15. Check the air filter restriction indicator on the monitor
panel. If the air filter restriction indicator comes ON, stop
the engine and replace outer element (1).
1
7-53
MAINTENANCE
16. When replacing the air cleaner filter element, replace
both outer (1) and inner (3) elements together. Remove
outer element (1). Clean the filter interior before removing inner element (3). Remove inner element (3). First
install inner element (3) and then install outer element (1).
1
Air Restriction Switch
IMPORTANT: Do not reuse inner element (3). Always replace the new one.
Cover
3
Valve
M157-07-061
7-54
MAINTENANCE
G. COOLING SYSTEM
Coolant
Use fresh water or normal tap water as a coolant. Do not use
strong acid or alkaline water. Use the coolant with genuine
Hitachi Long-Life Coolant (LLC) mixed by 30 to 50 %.
If the air temperature is expected to fall below 0 °C (32 °F),
fill the cooling system with an genuine Hitachi Long-Life
Coolant (LLC) and soft water mix. As a general rule, the ratio
of LLC should range between 30 % and 50 % as shown in
the table below. If the ratio is below 30 %, the system may
develop rust, and if it is above 50 %, the engine may overheat.
7-55
MAINTENANCE
Air temperature
°C
–1
–4
–7
–11
–15
–20
–25
–30
°F
30
25
19
12
5
–4
–13
–22
Air temperature
°C
–1
–4
–7
–11
–15
–20
–25
–30
°F
30
25
19
12
5
–4
–13
–22
LLC Mixing Table (ZX120-3 Class)
Mixing
Refill capacities
LLC
Soft water
ratio
%
liters
liters
30
4.8
11.2
30
4.8
11.2
30
4.8
11.2
30
4.8
11.2
35
5.6
10.4
40
6.4
9.6
45
7.2
8.8
50
8.0
8.0
LLC Mixing Table (ZX180-3 Class)
Mixing
Refill capacities
LLC
Soft water
ratio
%
liters
liters
30
5.4
12.6
30
5.4
12.6
30
5.4
12.6
30
5.4
12.6
35
6.3
11.7
40
7.2
10.8
45
8.1
9.9
50
9.0
9.0
LLC Mixing Table (ZX200-3, 270-3 Class)
Mixing
Refill capacities
Air temperature
LLC
Soft water
ratio
°C
°F
%
liters
liters
–1
30
30
7.8
18.2
–4
25
30
7.8
18.2
–7
19
30
7.8
18.2
–11
12
30
7.8
18.2
–15
5
35
9.1
16.9
–20
–4
40
10.4
15.6
–25
–13
45
11.7
14.3
–30
–22
50
13.0
13.0
Air temperature
°C
–1
–4
–7
–11
–15
–20
–25
–30
°F
30
25
19
12
5
–4
–13
–22
LLC Mixing Table (ZX330-3 Class)
Mixing
Refill capacities
LLC
Soft water
ratio
%
liters
liters
30
9.6
22.4
30
9.6
22.4
30
9.6
22.4
30
9.6
22.4
35
11.2
20.8
40
12.8
19.2
45
14.4
17.6
50
16.0
16.0
CAUTION:
• Antifreeze is poisonous; if ingested, it can cause
serious injury or death. Induce vomiting and get
emergency medical attention immediately.
• When storing antifreeze, be sure to keep it in a
clearly marked container with a tight lid. Always
keep ANTIFREEZE out of the reach of children.
7-56
• If antifreeze is accidentally splashed into
eyes, flush with water for 10 to 15 minutes
and get emergency medical attention.
• When storing or disposing of antifreeze, be
sure to comply with all local regulations.
MAINTENANCE
1
Check Coolant Level --- daily
CAUTION: Do not loosen radiator filler cap (1) unless
the system is cool. Loosen cap (1) slowly to the stop.
Release all pressure before removing cap (1).
1
With the engine cold, the coolant level must be between
the FULL and LOW marks on coolant reservoir (2), located
behind the radiator access door. If the coolant level is below
the low mark, add coolant to coolant reservoir (2).
If coolant reservoir (2) is empty, add coolant to the radiator
and then to coolant reservoir (2).
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-106
1
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-081
1
ZX200-3, 270-3 , 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-024
2
FULL
LOW
ZX120-3 Class
FULL
M1U1-07-107
2
LOW
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-082
FULL
2
LOW
ZX200-3, 270-3 , 330-3 Class
7-57
M1U1-07-022
MAINTENANCE
2
Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension
(ZX120-3, 180-3 Class)
--- every 100 hours (first time after 50 hours)
5
IMPORTANT: Loose fan belt may result in insufficient battery charging, engine overheating as well as
a rapid, abnormal belt wear. Belts that are
too tight, however, can damage both bearings and belts.
Visually check the belt for wear. Replace if necessary. Check
fan belt tension by depressing the midpoint between fan
pulley (3) and alternator pulley (4) with the thumb. Deflection must be A with a depressing force of approximately 98
N (10 kgf, 22 lbf ).
Model
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
6
Deflection
7 to 8 mm (0.28 to 0.32 in)
98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf )
4
7
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
A
7 to 8 mm
(0.28 to 0.32 in)
Checking
Check the drive belt for any wear and/or damage. Replace
the belt as needed. Check the belt tension if required.
Adjust Drive Belt Tension
1. Loosen lock nut (6) and alternator lower mounting bolt
(7).
2. Rotate tension adjust bolt (5) to adjust the belt tension.
3. After completing adjustment, tighten lock nut (6) and
alternator lower mounting bolt (7) to specifications.
Standard Tightening Torque:
Nut: 25 N•m (2.5 kgf•m, 18 lbf•ft)
Bolt: 52 N•m (5.2 kgf•m, 38 lbf•ft)
IMPORTANT: When a new belt is installed, be sure to readjust the tension after operating the engine for 3 to 5 minutes at slow idle speed to
be sure that the new belt is seated correctly.
7-58
3
M1U1-07-089
MAINTENANCE
2
Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension
(ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)
--- every 100 hours (first time after 50 hours)
Deflection
5 to 6 mm (0.2 to 0.24 in)
98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf )
3
IMPORTANT: Loose fan belt may result in insufficient battery charging, engine overheating as well as
a rapid, abnormal belt wear. Belts that are
too tight, however, can damage both bearings and belts.
4
Visually check the belt for wear. Replace if necessary. Check
fan belt tension by depressing the midpoint between fan
pulley (3) and alternator pulley (4) with the thumb. Deflection must be A with a depressing force of approximately 98
N (10 kgf, 22 lbf ).
Model
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class
M178-07-030
Deflection
5 to 6 mm (0.2 to 0.24 in)
98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf )
A
5 to 6 mm
(0.2 to 0.24 in)
4
3
M1HM-07-001
ZX330-3 Class
If tension is not within specifications, loosen nuts (5) and
(7) for the adjusting plate and alternator bracket. Move the
alternator by bolt (6) until tension is correct. Tighten nuts (5)
and (7).
5
6
IMPORTANT: When a new belt is installed, be sure to readjust the tension after operating the engine for 3 to 5 minutes at slow idle speed to
be sure that the new belt is seated correctly.
7
7-59
M197-07-072
MAINTENANCE
3
Change Coolant --- twice a year
(in spring and autumn)
NOTE: When genuine Hitachi Long-Life coolant is used,
change every two years or 4000 hours, whichever
comes first.
Clean Radiator Interior
--- when changing coolant
CAUTION: Do not loosen the radiator cap until the
system is cool. Loosen the cap slowly to the stop. Release all pressure before removing the cap.
1
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-108
IMPORTANT: Use fresh water or normal tap water as a
coolant. Do not use strong acid or alkaline
water. Use the coolant with genuine Hitachi
Long-Life Coolant (LLC) mixed by 30 to 50 %.
1. Remove the radiator cap. Open drain cock (1) on the
radiator to allow the coolant to drain completely.
2. Close drain cock (1). Fill the radiator with tap water and
a radiator cleaner agent. Start the engine and run at a
speed slightly higher than slow idle; when the needle of
the temperature gauge reaches the green zone, run the
engine for about ten more minutes.
3. Stop the engine and open drain cock (1). Flush out the
cooling system with tap water, until draining water is
clear. This helps remove rust and sediment.
1
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3 Class
4. Close drain cock (1). Fill the radiator with tap water and
LLC at the specified mixing ratio. When adding coolant,
do so slowly to avoid mixing air bubbles in the system.
M1U1-07-072
1
5. Run the engine to sufficiently bleed the air from the cooling system.
6. After adding coolant, operate the engine for several
minutes. Check the coolant level again, and add coolant
if necessary.
ZX330-3 Class
7-60
M1U1-07-029
MAINTENANCE
4
5
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler Core and Inter Cooler
Outside --- every 500 hours
Inside --- once a year
Clean Oil Cooler, Radiator and Inter Cooler Front
Screen
--- every 500 hours
6
Clean Air Conditioner Condenser
--- every 500 hours
7
Clean Fuel Oil Cooler
--- every 500 hours
Inter Cooler
Oil Cooler
Air Conditioner
Condenser
Fuel Oil
Cooler
Radiator
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-109
Inter Cooler
Oil Cooler
Air Conditioner
Condenser
8
Fuel Oil
Cooler
Clean Air Conditioner Front Screen
(Opt.) --- every 500 hours
Radiator
CAUTION: Use reduced compressed air pressure (Less
than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm2) for cleaning purposes. Clear
the area of bystanders, guard against flying chips,
and wear personal protection equipment including
eye protection.
IMPORTANT: When operating the machine in a dusty environment, check the screen every day for dirt
and clogging. If clogged, remove, clean and
reinstall the screen.
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-083
Inter Cooler
Oil Cooler
Fuel Oil
Cooler
Air Conditioner
Condenser
Radiator
1. Open the radiator access door and hood.
2. Clean the air conditioner condenser.
ZX200-3, 270-3 , 330-3 Class
3. Remove the oil cooler front screen and clean it.
4. Clean both the radiator and oil cooler using compressed
air (Less than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm2) or water.
7-61
M1U1-07-016
MAINTENANCE
H. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
IMPORTANT: Improper radio communication equipment
and associated parts, and/or improper
installation of radio communication equipment effects the machine's electronic parts,
causing involuntary movement of the machine.
Also, improper installation of electrical
equipment’s may cause machine failure and/
or a fire on the machine.
Be sure to consult your authorized dealer
when installing a radio communication
equipment or additional electrical parts, or
when replacing electrical parts.
SA-032
Never attempt to disassemble or modify the
electrical/electronic components. If replacement or modification of such components is
required, contact your authorized dealer.
SA-036
BATTERIES
WARNING: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and
flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check
the battery electrolyte level.
Do not continue to use or charge the battery when
electrolyte level is lower than specified. Explosion of
the battery may result.
ZX120-3 Class
Batteries Location
M1U1-07-109
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is
strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and
cause blindness if splashed into the eyes.
Avoid hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Using proper booster battery starting procedures.
Batteries Location
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-084
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the
acid.
3. If splashed in eyes, flush with water for 10 to 15
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
Batteries Location
7-62
ZX200-3, 270-3 , 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-016
MAINTENANCE
If acid is swallowed:
1. Drink large amounts of water or milk.
2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or vegetable oil.
3. Get medical attention immediately.
IMPORTANT: Add water to batteries in freezing weather
before you begin operating your machine
for the day, or else charge the batteries.
IMPORTANT: If the battery is used with the electrolyte
level lower than the specified lower level,
the battery may deteriorate quickly.
IMPORTANT: Do not refill electrolyte more than the specified upper level. Electrolyte may spill, damaging the painted surfaces and/or corroding
other machine parts.
NOTE: In case electrolyte is refilled more than the specified
upper level line or beyond the bottom end of the
sleeve, remove the excess electrolyte until the electrolyte level is down to the bottom end of the sleeve using
a pipette. After neutralizing the removed electrolyte
with sodium bicarbonate, flush it with plenty of water,
otherwise, consult the battery manufacturer.
7-63
MAINTENANCE
Electrolyte Level Check --- every one month
1. Check the electrolyte level at least once a month.
2. Park the machine on level ground and stop the engine.
3. Check the electrolyte level.
3.1 When checking the level from the battery side:
Clean around the level check lines with a wet towel.
Do not use a dry towel. Static electricity may be developed, causing the battery gas to explode. Check if the
electrolyte level is between U.L (Upper Level) and L.L
(Lower Level). In case the electrolyte level is lower than
the middle level between the U.L and L.L, immediately
refill distilled water or commercial battery fluid. Be sure
to refill with distilled water before recharging (operating
the machine). After refilling, securely tighten the filler
plug.
3.2 When impossible to check the level from the battery
side or no level check mark is indicated on the side:
After removing the filler plug from the top of the battery. Check the electrolyte level by viewing through the
filler port. It is difficult to judge the accurate electrolyte
level in this case. Therefore, when the electrolyte level is
flush with the U.L, the level is judged to be proper. Then,
referring to the right illustrations, check the level. When
the electrolyte level is lower than the bottom end of the
sleeve, refill with distilled water or commercial battery
fluid up to the bottom end of the sleeve. Be sure to refill
with distilled water before recharging (operating the
machine). After refilling, securely tighten the filler plug.
U.L (Upper Level)
L.L (Lower Level)
M146-07-109
Filler Port
Sleeve
U.L (Upper Level)
Separator Top
L.L (Lower Level)
M146-07-110
Proper
Since the electrolyte surface touches the bottom end of
the sleeve, the electrolyte surface is raised due to surface
tension so that the electrode ends are seen curved.
M146-07-111
Lower
When the electrolyte surface is lower than the bottom
end of the sleeve, the electrode ends are seen straight.
M146-07-112
3.3 When an indicator is available to check the level, follow
its check result.
4. Always keep clean around the battery terminals to prevent battery discharge. Check terminals for loose and/or
rust. Coat terminals with grease or petroleum jelly to
prevent corrosion build up.
M409-07-072
7-64
MAINTENANCE
Check electrolyte specific gravity --- every one month
WARNING: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and
flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check
the battery electrolyte level.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. If splashed in eyes, flush with water for 10 to
15 minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is
strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and
cause blindness if splashed into the eyes.
Never check the battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Drink large amounts of water or milk.
2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs,
or vegetable oil.
3. Get medical attention immediately.
Always remove the grounded (−) battery clamp first
and replace it last.
Avoid hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Using proper booster battery starting procedures.
IMPORTANT: Check the specific gravity of the electrolyte after it is cooled, not immediately after operation.
Check the electrolyte specific gravity in each battery
cell.
The lowest limit of the specific gravity for the electrolyte varies depending on electrolyte temperature.
The specific gravity should be kept within the range
shown below. Charge the battery if the specific gravity is below the limit.
Recommended range of specific gravity by electrolyte temperature
40 °C
(104 °F)
20 °C
(68 °F)
Fluid temp.
Working Range
0 °C
(32 °F)
–20 °C
(–4 °F)
–40 °C
(–40 °F)
1.21
1.22
1.23
1.24
1.25
1.26
1.27
Specific gravity of battery fluid
REPLACE BATTERIES
Your machine has two 12-volt batteries with negative (−)
ground.
If one battery in a 24-volt system has failed but the other is still
good, replace the failed battery with one of the same type. For
example, replace a failed maintenance-free battery with a new
maintenance-free battery. Different types of batteries may
have different rates of charge. This difference could overload
one of the batteries and cause it to fail.
7-65
1.28
1.29
1.30
1.31
1.32
M104-07-054
MAINTENANCE
Remove and Installing Batteries
CAUTION: When removing the battery disconnect
the negative (−) terminal (ground) first, while taking
care not to cause a short circuit. When installing the
battery, connect the positive (+) terminal before connecting the negative (−) terminal.
REPLACING FUSES
If any electrical equipment fails to operate, first check the
fuses. Fuse box is located behind the operator’s seat. A fuse
location/specification decal is attached to the fuse box cover.
Remove the fuse box cover by lifting it upward. Spare fuses are
located on the underside of the cover.
IMPORTANT: Be sure to install fuses with correct amperage ratings to prevent electrical system
damage due to overload.
10- CONTROLLER
5A
20- OPTION3
5A
9- BACKUP
10A
19- SW. BOX
5A
8- ECM
30A
18- POWER ON
5A
7- LUBRICATOR
10A
17- AIRCON.
5A
6- OPTION2
10A
16- GLOW RELAY
5A
5- OPTION1
5A
M1U1-07-017
Spare Fuses
10
20
9
8
19
18
7
6
17
16
15- AUXILIARY
10A
5
4
15
14
4- SOLENOID
10A
14- FUEL PUMP
5A
3
2
13
12
3- HEATER
20A
13- LIGHTER
10A
1
11
2- WIPER
10A
12- ROOM LAMP/RADIO
5A
1- LAMP
20A
11- HORN
10A
Tool
M178-07-034
7-66
MAINTENANCE
• Fusible Link (Main Fuse)
In case the starter will not rotate even if the key switch is
turned to the START position, fusible link may the cause of
the trouble. Remove the cover next to the engine coolant
reservoir to check the fuse. Replace it if blown.
21- + Side (Red)
45A
22- − Side (Black)
65A
21
7-67
Battery
22
M1U1-07-023
MAINTENANCE
I. MISCELLANEOUS
1
1
Check Bucket Teeth --- daily
4
5
Check the bucket teeth for wear and looseness
Replace teeth (1) if tooth wear exceeds the designated service limit shown below.
Dimension A in mm (in)
Model
A
New
Limit of Use
ZX120-3 Class, ZX160LC-3
166 (6.5)
85 (3.3)
ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3,
200-3 Class
200 (7.9)
95 (3.7)
ZX270-3 Class
230 (9.1)
110 (4.3)
ZX330-3 Class
230 (9.1)
115 (4.5)
M104-07-056
2
3
Replacing procedure
CAUTION: Guard against injury from flying pieces
of metal. Wear goggles or safety glasses, and safety
equipment appropriate to the job.
1. Use hammer (2) and drift (3) to drive out locking pin (5).
Be careful not to damage rubber pin lock (4) while removing locking pin (5).
M104-07-116
RIGHT
WRONG
2. Remove tooth (1). Inspect locking pin (5) and rubber pin
lock (4) for damage, replace if necessary. Short locking
pins (5) and damaged rubber pin locks (4) must be replaced with new ones.
5
Flush one end of the locking pin
to evaluate. In this instance, the
locking pin is too short.
WRONG
M104-07-118
M104-07-058
WRONG
4
M104-07-059
7-68
MAINTENANCE
3. Clean shank (6) surface.
4. Install rubber pin lock (4) into shank (6) hole as shown.
RIGHT
6
WRONG
WRONG
4
M104-07-060
5. Position new tooth (1) over shank (6).
RIGHT
6
WRONG
WRONG
1
M104-07-061
6. Drive locking pin (5) fully into the hole as shown.
RIGHT
WRONG
1
M104-07-062
5
IMPORTANT: Check the bucket teeth periodically to ensure that wear does not exceed the designed
service limit.
7-69
MAINTENANCE
Check Bucket Teeth for H and BE Type Front or Super V
Type Bucket Teeth (ZX 200-3, 330-3 Class)
--- daily
Check for wearing and looseness of the Bucket tooth points.
1
1. Replacement intervals
When tooth points (1) wear beyond the service limit,
replace them.
Dimension A in mm (in)
ZX200-3 Class
Part No.
New
Limit of Use
0.8 m
Reinforced Hoe
Bucket with Super V
Type Bucket Teeth
4383048
211
(8.3)
90
(3.5)
ZX330-3 Class
Part No.
New
Limit of Use
1.40 m3 Hoe Bucket
with Super V Type
Bucket Teeth
4400250
232
(9.1)
99
(3.9)
229
(9.0)
112
(4.4)
M116-07-124
3
Rock Bukcet
1.38 m3
1.50 m3
4400253
2
1
NOTE: When tooth point (1) is used in excess of the service limit, a hole will be made on tooth point (1), which makes
the nose exposed and worn out, and will eventually
break or let tooth point (1) fall off.
M116-07-125
2. Replacement
(1) Removing the tooth point
3
CAUTION: Guard against injury from flying pieces of
metal. Wear goggles or safety glasses.
a.
2
1
Preparations for removing tooth point.
Hit the left and right top ends and the left and right lugs
of tooth point (1) alternately with hammer to knock off
pebbles, soil, etc., stuck in the gap between tooth point
(1) and adapter (2).
b. Inserting lock removal tool.
Remove pebbles, dirt, etc., completely from the gap between lock pin (3) and adapter (2). Place pin-removing
jig on the top end of lock pin (3) and hit it with hammer
to remove lock pin (3).
When driving out the pin, first hit with a shorter jig until
top end of lock pin (3) comes to the upper end position
of the lug of tooth point (1), and then use the longer jig
to remove lock pin (3).
3
7-70
M116-07-131
MAINTENANCE
c.
Removing the tooth point
Turn tooth point (1) to the left, twist and pull it toward
you to remove it.
Remove the plug, and check if rubber has cracking; if it
has, replace the rubber with new one.
While the pin and plug can withstand several replacements of tooth point (1), be sure to check whether they
are usable or not when replacing tooth point (1).
1
(2) Mounting the tooth point
a.
M113-07-078
Mounting the tooth point
Clean the top end of the adapter nose. If pebbles, dirt,
etc., are stuck to the adapter nose, tooth point (1) will
not insert properly and the pin cannot be driven in.
Also check that lock pin (3) has no cracks.
Insert tooth point (1) slowly until tooth point (1) comes
to the end of the adapter nose while twisting and turning it to the right.
1
b. Inserting the pin
M113-07-080
(1) Insert lock pin (3) with take-up facing toward the adapter nose.
(2) With tooth point (1) fully inserted onto adapter (2), tap
lock pin (3) into tooth point (1) with a hammer until the
top of lock pin (3) comes flat with the nose surface. (i.e.
until the take-up on lock pin (3) fits into the grooves of
tooth point (1).)
NOTE: • Since rubber is susceptible to corrosion, do not use
grease, oil and other oily materials when inserting lock
pin (3).
• When mounting welding-type nose and adapter (2)
onto the bucket, lock pin (3) should be removed from
the nose when preheating and welding. Otherwise,
the rubber will be spoiled.
3
Take-up
M173-07-001
M116-07-128
7-71
MAINTENANCE
2
Change Bucket
O-Ring Shift
CAUTION: When driving the connecting pins in or
out, guard against injury from flying pieces of metal
or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses, and safety
equipment appropriate to the job.
1. Park the machine on a level surface. Lower the bucket to
the ground and position it with the flat surface resting on
the ground. Be sure the bucket will not roll when the pins
are removed.
Bucket Boss
2. Slide the O-rings out of the way, as shown.
Link
3. Remove bucket pins A and B to separate the arm and
bucket. Clean the pins and pin bores. Apply sufficient
grease to the pins and pin bores.
A
B
4. Align the arm and alternate bucket. Be sure the bucket
will not roll.
5. Install bucket pins A and B.
6. Install the locking pins and snap rings on pins A and B.
7. Adjust bucket linkage clearance for pin A. See adjusting
bucket linkage clearance procedure.
8. Apply grease to pin joints A and B.
9. Start the engine and run at slow idle. Slowly operate the
bucket in both directions to check for any interference
in bucket movement. Do not operate a machine that has
any movement interference. Correct interference problem.
7-72
M104-07-063
MAINTENANCE
3
Convert Bucket Connection Into Face Shovel
O-Ring Shift
CAUTION: When driving the connecting pins in or
out, guard against injury from flying pieces of metal
or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses, and safety
equipment appropriate to the job.
IMPORTANT: Provide ample space for turning the bucket
180°. Before starting converting work, keep
bystanders clear of the machine. When using
a signal person, coordinate hand signals
before starting.
Bucket Boss
Link
B
1. Park the machine on a level surface. Lower the bucket to
the ground and position it with the flat surface resting on
the ground. Be sure the bucket will not roll when the pins
are removed.
A
2. Slide the O-rings out of the way, as shown.
3. Remove bucket pins A and B to separate the arm and
bucket. Clean the pins and pin bores. Apply sufficient
grease to the pins and pin bores.
4. Turn the bucket 180°. Be sure the bucket will not roll.
5. Align the arm and bucket. Install bucket pins A and B,
then install the locking pins and snap rings on pins A and
B.
6. Apply grease to pin joints A and B.
7. Start the engine and run at slow idle. Slowly operate the
bucket in both directions and check for any interference
in bucket movement. Do not operate a machine that has
any movement interference. Correct interference problem.
Link
A
B
M104-07-064
7-73
MAINTENANCE
4
Adjust Bucket Linkage
The machine is provided with a bucket adjustment system
to take up play in the linkage. When play in the linkage
increases, remove and install shims as follows:
1. Park the machine on a level surface. Lower the bucket to
the ground with the flat side down so that the bucket will
not roll.
2. Run the engine at slow idle. With the bucket on the
ground, slowly swing counterclockwise slightly until the
top of the left bucket boss contacts the arm.
3. Stop the engine. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to
the LOCK position.
NOTE: Bolt (1) does not need to be removed to remove shims
(2). Shims (2) are of a split type that can be easily
pushed off with a screwdriver after bolts (1) have been
loosened.
Clearance
Adjust Part
4. Slightly loosen three (M14) bolts (1) using a 22 mm
wrench. Remove all shims (2) from clearance (c) between
plate (3) and bucket.
5. Push and hold bolts (1) to remove all clearance (a) between arm and boss (4). Holding boss (4) against arm
increases clearance (b). Measure distance (b) using a
feeler gauge. This distance should not be adjusted below
0.5 mm (0.02 in).
6. Install as many shims (2) into clearance (b) as possible.
M503-07-056
Bucket
Pin
II 4
Arm
Bucket
2
d
NOTE: Remaining shims (2) must be installed in clearance (c)
to prevent arm end face or bolt damage.
3
7. Install remaining shims (2) into clearance (c) and tighten
bolts (1) to 140 N•m (14 kgf•m, 103 lbf•ft).
1
NOTE: The total number of shims (2) used is A.
A : 12 (6 pairs)
a
b
8. Replace boss (4) if measurement (d) is 5 mm (0.2 in) or
less.
SECTION II
7-74
c
II
M104-07-066
MAINTENANCE
5
Remove Travel Levers
The travel levers may be removed if desired.
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
4
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
2
4. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch.
5. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
6. Remove bolts (1) and (2) to remove levers (3) and (4)
from brackets.
NOTE: Wrench size
Tightening torque
1
17 mm
50 N•m (5 kgf•m, 37 lbf•ft)
M178-07-077
6
Check and Replace Seat Belt
Check --- daily
Replace --- every 3 years
Always maintain seat belt (5) in a functional condition and
replace when necessary to ensure proper performance.
Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine belt (5),
buckle (6) and attaching hardware (7) and tether belt (8). If
any item is damaged or materially worn, replace seat belt (5)
or component before operating the machine.
We recommend that seat belt (5) be replaced every three
years regardless of its apparent condition.
5
6
7
8
M1U1-07-008
6
5
7
8
M1U1-07-009
7-75
MAINTENANCE
7
Check Windshield Washer Fluid Level
--- as required
Check fluid in windshield washer tank (1).
If the fluid level is low, remove cap (2) and add fluid via the
opening.
During winter season, use all season windshield washer
which will not freeze.
2
1
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-110
ZX180-3 Class
M1U1-07-085
ZX200-3, 270-3 , 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-036
2
1
2
1
7-76
MAINTENANCE
8
Check Track Sag --- every 50 hours
Swing the upperstructure 90° and lower the bucket to raise
the track off the ground as shown.
Keep the angle between the boom and arm 90 to 110°
and position the bucket’s round side on the ground. Place
blocks under the machine frame to support the machine.
Rotate the raised track in reverse two full rotations and then
forward two full rotations.
Measure distance (A) at the middle of the track frame from
the bottom of the track frame to the back face of the track
shoe.
Track sag specifications
Model
SA-283
A
ZX120-3 Class
(Except ZX110M-3)
250 to 280 mm
(9.8 to 11.0 in)
ZX110M-3
265 to 295 mm
(10.4 to 11.6 in)
ZX160LC-3
285 to 320 mm
(11.2 to 12.6 in)
ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3
ZX200-3, 270-3 Class
(Except ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)
300 to 335 mm
(11.8 to 13.2 in)
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
ZX330-3 Class
340 to 380 mm
(13.4 to 15.0 in)
M107-07-068
NOTE: Check track sag after thoroughly removing soil stuck
on the track area by washing.
Adjust Track Sag
Precautions for Adjusting Track Sag
1. If track sag is not within specifications, loosen or tighten
the track following the procedures shown on the next
page.
2. When adjusting track sag, lower the bucket to the ground
to raise one track off the ground.
Repeat this procedure to raise the other track.
Each time, be sure to place blocks under the machine
frame to support the machine.
3. After adjusting track sag of both tracks, move the machine back and forth several times.
4. Check track sag again. If track sag is not within specifications, repeat adjustment until correct sag is obtained.
7-77
MAINTENANCE
Loosen the Track
CAUTION: Do not loosen valve (1) quickly or loosen
it too much as high-pressure grease in the adjusting
cylinder may spout out. Loosen carefully, keeping
body parts and face away from valve (1).
Never loosen grease fitting (2).
IMPORTANT: When gravel or mud is packed between
sprockets and track links, remove it before
loosening.
M107-07-075
1. To loosen the track, slowly turn valve (1) counterclockwise using long socket 24; grease will escape from the
grease outlet.
2. Between 1 to 1.5 turns of valve (1) is sufficient to loosen
the track.
1
2
3. If grease does not drain smoothly, slowly rotate the raised
track.
4. When proper track sag is obtained, turn valve (1) clockwise and tighten to 90 N•m (9 kgf•m, 67 lbf•ft).
Tighten the Track
CAUTION: It is abnormal if the track remains tight after turning valve (1) counterclockwise or if the track is
still loose after charging grease to fitting (2). In such
cases, NEVER ATTEMPT TO DISASSEMBLE the track or
track adjuster, because of dangerous high-pressure
grease inside the track adjuster. See your authorized
dealer immediately.
To tighten the track, connect a grease gun to grease fitting
(2) and add grease until the sag is within specifications.
7-78
Grease Outlet
M104-07-119
MAINTENANCE
9
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter
Clean Filter
1
Circulating Air Filter --- every 500 hours
Fresh Air Filter --- every 500 hours
2
Replace Filter
Circulating Air Filter --- After cleaning 6 times or so
Fresh Air Filter --- After cleaning 6 times or so
Removing Fresh Air Filter
1. Insert the key into keyhole (2) on left cab side cover (1).
Then, rotate the key counterclockwise to unlock the key.
Open cover (1).
M1U1-07-010
4
2. While pressing knobs (4) on both sides of fresh air filter (3)
inward, horizontally remove fresh air filter (3).
3
Removing Circulating Air Filter
1. Circulating air filter (5) is located under the rear deck.
2. Holding grips (6), pull them toward you to remove.
M1U1-07-011
5
6
M1U1-07-012
7-79
MAINTENANCE
CAUTION: Use reduced compressed air pressure (less
than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm2) for cleaning purposes. Clear
the area of bystanders, guard against flying chips,
and wear personal protection equipment including
eye protection.
Cleaning
Clean both the external and internal filters by blowing compressed air or washing with water.
When washing the filters with water, follow the procedures
below:
Rear Side of Cab
1. Wash with tap water.
2. Soak the filters in neutral detergent-mixed water for approx. 5 minutes.
3. Wash the filters with water again.
4. Dry the filters.
Air Conditioner Side
M1U1-07-013
Installation
When installing the cleaned circulating and/or fresh air filter
or new filters, follow the reverse order of the removing filter
procedures described on the front page.
• Fresh Air Filter
Use attention when installing the filter so that the notch
faces the back of the cab and the stamped arrows face
the air conditioner unit. After installing the filter, install
the upper cover while aligning it with the duct.
• Circulating Air Filter
While contacting the attached filter plate onto the duct,
install the filter so that the clips align with the duct
mounting holes.
7-80
Support
M1U1-07-012
MAINTENANCE
10 Check Air Conditioner --- daily
1. Check pipe connections for refrigerant gas leakage.
If oil seepage is found around pipe connections, it indicates possible gas leakage.
2. Check the condenser.
If the condenser fins become clogged with dirt or insects,
the cooling effect will be decreased. Be sure to keep it
clean at all times. (Refer to “Clean Radiator Core” in Maintenance Section.)
3. Check the compressor
After operating the air conditioner for 5 to 10 minutes,
touch the high-pressure side and low-pressure side pipes
with your hand. If normal, the high-pressure side pipe will
be hot, and the low-pressure side cold.
Tension Pulley
Fan Pulley
150 mm
8 to 12 mm (0.32 to 0.47 in)
98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf )
Crank Pulley
Fan Pulley
5 to 6 mm (0.2 to 0.24 in)
98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf )
Alternator Pulley
Crank Pulley
If cool air does not come out, or any other abnormalities are
found in air conditioner system, see your authorized dealer
for inspection.
7-81
M1U1-07-086
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
4. Check mounting bolts for looseness.
Confirm that the compressor mounting bolts and other
mounting/fastening bolts are securely tightened.
5. Inspect belt, check and adjust tension.
Visually check the compressor and fan belts for wear.
Check and adjust belt tension, referring to the illustration
(right).
Compressor Pulley
Compressor Pulley
ZX200-3, 270-3 , 330-3 Class
M1GR-07-007
MAINTENANCE
Adjust Compressor Belt Tension
Visually check the belt for wear. Replace if necessary. Check
compressor belt tension by depressing the midpoint between compressor pulley and crank pulley with the thumb.
Deflection must be 9 to 12 mm (0.35 to 0.47 in) with a depressing force of approximately 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf ).
If tension is not within specifications, loosen bolt (1). Move
the tension pulley by adjusting bolt (2) until tension is correct. Tighten bolt (1).
IMPORTANT: When a new belt is installed, be sure to readjust the tension after operating the engine for 3 to 5 minutes at slow idle speed to
be sure that the new belt is seated correctly.
Crank Pulley
Tension Pulley
1
2
Compressor
Compressor Pulley
11 Clean Cab Floor --- as required
M1G6-07-013
IMPORTANT: When cleaning the cab floor with tap water,
spray the floor only. Take care not to splash
the surrounding area. Do not increase water
spray speed by restricting the hose end, and
do not use high pressure steam for cleaning.
Be sure to completely remove any moisture
from the surrounding area.
1. Park the machine on solid and level surface. Lower the
bucket to the ground. Before cleaning, stop the engine.
2. Sweep the cab floor clean using a brush, and brush dust
from the cab floor while spraying water.
3. When cleaning the floor mat, sweep dust (water) along
the grooves on the floor mat.
4. When cleaning after removing the floor mat, sweep dust
(water) through two cleaning holes.
7-82
M1U1-07-052
MAINTENANCE
12 Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt
--- as required
See your authorized dealer.
13 Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance
--- every 1000 hours
See your authorized dealer.
14 Measure Engine Compression Pressure
--- every 1000 hours
See your authorized dealer.
15 Check Starter and Alternator
--- every 1000 hours
See your authorized dealer.
16 Check and Replace EGR Device
--- as required
See your authorized dealer.
7-83
MAINTENANCE
17 Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts
--- every 250 hours (first time after 50 hours)
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then every 250
hours. Tighten to torque shown if any are loose. Bolts and
nuts should be replaced with those of the same or higher
grade.
For tightening nuts and bolts other than specified in
the table below, refer to the Tightening Torque Chart
at the end of this section.
IMPORTANT: Check and tighten bolts and nuts using a torque wrench.
ZX120-3 Class
No.
1
2
3
4
8
9
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Pump side)
Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt
Fuel tank mounting bolt
Radiator mounting bolt (Upper side)
Radiator mounting bolt (Lower side)
Pump transmission mounting bolt
Control valve mounting bolt
Control valve bracket mounting bolt
Swing device mounting bolt
Swing motor mounting bolt
10
ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
11
12
Hycolin tube mounting nut
Battery mounting nut
Cab mounting nut
Cab mounting anchor bolt
Cab cushion rubber mounting bolt
5
6
7
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Bolt Dia
Descriptions
mm
16
12
16
16
10
12
10
14
16
20
10
–
10
16
20
12
6
10
12
Cover mounting bolt
Flexible master coupling of piping
T-bolt clamp of high pressure piping
(Upperstructure)
Swing bearing mounting bolt to
(Undercarriage)
ZX110-3, 130-3
Travel device mounting bolt
ZX110M-3, 130LCN-3
Travel reduction device cover
ZX110-3, 130-3
ZX110M-3, 130LCN-3
mounting bolt
ZX110-3, 130-3
Sprocket mounting bolt
ZX110M-3, 130LCN-3
ZX110-3, 130-3
Upper roller mounting bolt
ZX110M-3, 130LCN-3
ZX110-3
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3
Lower roller mounting bolt
ZX110M-3
ZX110-3
Track shoe mounting bolt
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3
ZX110M-3
Track guard mounting bolt
ZX110M-3
1/4-28UNF
–
18
16
16
16
14
14
16
20
12
16
16
16
18
16
16
20
18
7-84
Q’ty
4
8
4
4
4
3
8
4
4
10
7
–
4
4
1
8
–
–
8
30
36
28
32
8
12
32
32
8
16
48
56
48
328
352
336
8
Wrench
Size
mm
24
19
24
24
17
19
17
22
24
30
8
17
19
22
27
32
36
41
17
17
24
30
19
10
17
19
11
10
27
24
24
24
22
22
24
30
19
24
24
24
27
24
24
27
27
Torque
N•m
240
110
270
270
50
90
65
140
270
510
65
25
30
40
95
140
180
210
35
50
210
550
110
10
50
90
6
6
400
270
320
320
180
180
270
470
100
270
310
310
460
420
420
820
510
(kgf•m)
(24)
(11)
(27)
(27)
(5)
(9)
(6.5)
(14)
(27)
(51)
(6.5)
(2.5)
(3)
(4)
(9.5)
(14)
(18)
(21)
(3.5)
(5)
(21)
(55)
(11)
(1)
(5)
(9)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(40)
(27)
(32)
(32)
(18)
(18)
(27)
(47)
(10)
(27)
(31)
(31)
(46)
(42)
(42)
(82)
(51)
MAINTENANCE
17 Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts
--- every 250 hours (first time after 50 hours)
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then every 250
hours. Tighten to torque shown if any are loose. Bolts and
nuts should be replaced with those of the same or higher
grade.
For tightening nuts and bolts other than specified in
the table below, refer to the Tightening Torque Chart
at the end of this section.
IMPORTANT: Check and tighten bolts and nuts using a torque wrench.
ZX180-3 Class
No.
Bolt Dia
Descriptions
8
9
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut (Pump side)
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut (Fan side)
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Pump side)
Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt
Fuel tank mounting bolt
Radiator mounting bolt (Upper side)
Radiator mounting bolt (Lower side)
Pump transmission mounting bolt
Control valve mounting bolt
Control valve bracket mounting bolt
Swing device mounting bolt
Swing motor mounting bolt
10
ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
11
12
Hycolin tube mounting nut
Battery mounting nut
Cab mounting nut
Cab mounting anchor bolt
Cab cushion rubber mounting bolt
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
13
14
Cover mounting bolt
Flexible master coupling of piping
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Q’ty
mm
18
16
12
16
18
16
16
10
16
16
20
12
4
4
8
4
4
2
3
8
4
4
12
8
–
10
16
22
12
6
10
12
–
4
4
2
8
–
–
–
1/4-28UNF
Jubilee clamp of high pressure piping
T-bolt clamp of high pressure piping
(Upperstructure)
Swing bearing mounting bolt to
(Undercarriage)
Travel device mounting bolt
Travel reduction device cover mounting bolt
Sprocket mounting bolt
Upper roller mounting bolt
Lower roller mounting bolt
ZX160-3
Track shoe mounting bolt
ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3
Track guard mounting bolt
20
20
20
14
20
16
18
20
20
18
7-85
9
11
4
9
37
36
28
12
32
16
72
344
392
16
Wrench
Size
mm
27
24
19
27
24
24
24
17
24
24
30
10
17
19
22
27
32
36
41
17
17
24
32
19
10
17
19
11
7
7
8
10
30
30
30
22
30
24
27
27
27
27
Torque
N•m
400
240
110
550
270
270
270
65
210
270
500
90
25
30
40
95
140
180
210
35
50
210
550
110
10
50
90
6
6
6
6
6
510
490
630
180
480
270
460
820
820
500
(kgf•m)
(40)
(24)
(11)
(55)
(27)
(27)
(27)
(6.5)
(21)
(27)
(50)
(9)
(2.5)
(3)
(4)
(9.5)
(14)
(18)
(21)
(3.5)
(5)
(21)
(55)
(11)
(1)
(5)
(9)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(51)
(49)
(63)
(18)
(48)
(27)
(46)
(82)
(82)
(50)
MAINTENANCE
17 Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts
--- every 250 hours (first time after 50 hours)
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then every 250
hours. Tighten to torque shown if any are loose. Bolts and
nuts should be replaced with those of the same or higher
grade.
For tightening nuts and bolts other than specified in
the table below, refer to the Tightening Torque Chart
at the end of this section.
IMPORTANT: Check and tighten bolts and nuts using a torque wrench.
ZX200-3 Class
No.
Bolt Dia
Descriptions
8
9
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut (Pump side)
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut (Fan side)
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Pump side)
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Fan side)
Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt
Fuel tank mounting bolt
Radiator mounting bolt (Upper side)
Radiator mounting bolt (Lower side)
Pump transmission mounting bolt
Control valve mounting bolt
Control valve bracket mounting bolt
Swing device mounting bolt
Swing motor mounting bolt
10
ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
11
12
Hycolin tube mounting nut
Battery mounting nut
Cab mounting nut
Cab mounting anchor bolt
Cab cushion rubber mounting bolt
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
13
14
Cover mounting bolt
Flexible master coupling of piping
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
mm
18
14
16
10
20
16
16
16
10
16
16
20
12
4
4
8
8
4
4
4
3
8
4
4
14
8
–
10
16
22
12
6
8
10
12
–
4
4
2
8
–
–
–
–
8
1/4-28UNF
4 pairs
20
20
20
14
20
16
18
18
20
20
18
18
9
11
4
9
37
36
28
12
32
16
64
72
368
392
8
16
Jubilee clamp of high pressure piping
T-bolt clamp of high pressure piping
(Upperstructure)
Swing bearing mounting bolt to
(Undercarriage)
Travel device mounting bolt
Travel reduction device cover mounting bolt
Sprocket mounting bolt
Upper roller mounting bolt
ZX210-3
Lower roller mounting bolt
ZX210LC-3, 210LCN-3, 240N-3
ZX210-3
Track shoe mounting bolt
ZX210LC-3, 210LCN-3, 240N-3
ZX210-3
Track guard mounting bolt
ZX210LC-3, 210LCN-3, 240N-3
7-86
Q’ty
Wrench
Size
mm
27
22
24
17
30
24
24
24
17
24
24
30
10
17
19
22
27
32
36
41
17
17
24
32
19
10
13
17
19
13
11
7
7
8
10
30
30
30
22
30
24
27
27
27
27
27
27
Torque
N•m
400
180
270
65
550
270
210
210
65
210
270
500
90
25
30
40
95
140
180
210
35
50
210
550
110
10
(kgf•m)
(40)
(18)
(27)
(6.5)
(55)
(27)
(21)
(21)
(6.5)
(21)
(27)
(50)
(9)
(2.5)
(3)
(4)
(9.5)
(14)
(18)
(21)
(3.5)
(5)
(21)
(55)
(11)
(1)
50
90
11 to 13
6
6
6
6
6
510
490
630
180
490
270
460
460
820
820
500
500
(5)
(9)
(1.1 to1.3)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(51)
(49)
(63)
(18)
(49)
(27)
(46)
(46)
(82)
(82)
(50)
(50)
MAINTENANCE
17 Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts
--- every 250 hours (first time after 50 hours)
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then every 250
hours. Tighten to torque shown if any are loose. Bolts and
nuts should be replaced with those of the same or higher
grade.
For tightening nuts and bolts other than specified in
the table below, refer to the Tightening Torque Chart
at the end of this section.
IMPORTANT: Check and tighten bolts and nuts using a torque wrench.
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3
No.
Bolt Dia
Descriptions
8
9
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut (Pump side)
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut (Fan side)
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Pump side)
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Fan side)
Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt
Fuel tank mounting bolt
Radiator mounting bolt (Upper side)
Radiator mounting bolt (Lower side)
Pump transmission mounting bolt
Control valve mounting bolt
Control valve bracket mounting bolt
Swing device mounting bolt
Swing motor mounting bolt
10
ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
11
12
Hycolin tube mounting nut
Battery mounting nut
Cab mounting nut
Cab mounting anchor bolt
Cab cushion rubber mounting bolt
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
13
14
Cover mounting bolt
Flexible master coupling of piping
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
mm
18
14
16
10
18
20
16
16
10
16
16
22
12
4
4
8
8
4
4
4
3
8
4
4
14
8
–
10
16
22
12
6
8
10
–
4
4
2
8
–
–
–
8
1/4-28UNF
4 pairs
22
22
20
14
20
16
18
20
18
9
4
9
35
36
32
12
40
16
72
408
8
Jubilee clamp of high pressure piping
T-bolt clamp of high pressure piping
(Upperstructure)
Swing bearing mounting bolt to
(Undercarriage)
Travel device mounting bolt
Travel reduction device cover mounting bolt
Sprocket mounting bolt
Upper roller mounting bolt
Lower roller mounting bolt
Track shoe mounting bolt
Track guard mounting bolt
7-87
Q’ty
Wrench
Size
mm
27
22
24
17
27
30
24
24
17
24
24
32
10
17
19
22
27
32
36
41
17
17
24
32
19
10
13
17
13
11
7
8
10
32
32
30
22
30
24
27
27
27
Torque
N•m
400
180
270
65
400
550
210
270
65
210
270
650
90
25
30
40
95
140
180
210
35
25
210
550
110
10
10
50
11 to 13
6
6
6
6
650
650
630
180
550
270
460
860
500
(kgf•m)
(40)
(18)
(27)
(6.5)
(40)
(55)
(21)
(27)
(6.5)
(21)
(27)
(65)
(9)
(2.5)
(3)
(4)
(9.5)
(14)
(18)
(21)
(3.5)
(2.5)
(21)
(55)
(11)
(1)
(1)
(5)
(1.1 to1.3)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(65)
(65)
(63)
(18)
(55)
(27)
(46)
(86)
(50)
MAINTENANCE
17 Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts
--- every 250 hours (first time after 50 hours)
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then every 250
hours. Tighten to torque shown if any are loose. Bolts and
nuts should be replaced with those of the same or higher
grade.
For tightening nuts and bolts other than specified in
the table below, refer to the Tightening Torque Chart
at the end of this section.
IMPORTANT: Check and tighten bolts and nuts using a torque wrench.
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
No.
Bolt Dia
Descriptions
8
9
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut (Pump side)
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut (Fan side)
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Pump side)
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Fan side)
Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt
Fuel tank mounting bolt
Radiator mounting bolt (Upper side)
Radiator mounting bolt (Lower side)
Pump transmission mounting bolt
Control valve mounting bolt
Control valve bracket mounting bolt
Swing device mounting bolt
Swing motor mounting bolt
10
ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
11
12
Hycolin tube mounting nut
Battery mounting nut
Cab mounting nut
Cab mounting anchor bolt
Cab cushion rubber mounting bolt
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
13
14
Cover mounting bolt
Flexible master coupling of piping
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
mm
18
14
16
10
18
20
16
16
10
16
16
22
12
4
4
8
8
4
4
4
3
8
4
4
14
8
–
10
16
22
12
6
8
10
–
4
4
2
8
–
–
–
8
1/4-28UNF
4 pairs
22
22
20
14
20
18
22
22
22
9
4
9
35
36
40
12
48
16
64
384
8
Jubilee clamp of low pressure piping
T-bolt clamp of low pressure piping
(Upperstructure)
Swing bearing mounting bolt
(Undercarriage)
Travel device mounting bolt
Travel reduction device cover mounting bolt
Sprocket mounting bolt
Upper roller mounting bolt
Lower roller mounting bolt
Track shoe mounting bolt
Track guard mounting bolt
7-88
Q’ty
Wrench
Size
mm
27
22
24
17
27
30
24
24
17
24
24
32
10
17
19
22
27
32
36
41
17
17
24
32
19
10
13
17
13
11
7
8
10
32
32
30
22
30
27
32
32
32
Torque
N•m
400
180
270
65
400
550
210
270
65
210
270
650
90
25
30
40
95
140
180
210
35
25
210
550
110
10
10
50
11 to 13
6
6
6
6
650
650
630
180
550
460
840
1160
750
(kgf•m)
(40)
(18)
(27)
(6.5)
(40)
(55)
(21)
(27)
(6.5)
(21)
(27)
(65)
(9)
(2.5)
(3)
(4)
(9.5)
(14)
(18)
(21)
(3.5)
(2.5)
(21)
(55)
(11)
(1)
(1)
(5)
(1.1 to1.3)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(65)
(65)
(63)
(18)
(55)
(46)
(84)
(116)
(75)
MAINTENANCE
17 Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts
--- every 250 hours (first time after 50 hours)
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then every 250
hours. Tighten to torque shown if any are loose. Bolts and
nuts should be replaced with those of the same or higher
grade.
For tightening nuts and bolts other than specified in
the table below, refer to the Tightening Torque Chart
at the end of this section.
IMPORTANT: Check and tighten bolts and nuts using a torque wrench.
ZX330-3 Class
No.
Bolt Dia
Descriptions
Q’ty
mm
1
8
9
Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt and nut
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Pump side)
Engine bracket mounting bolt (Fan side)
Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt
Fuel tank mounting bolt
Radiator mounting bolt (Upper side)
Radiator mounting bolt (Lower side)
Pump transmission mounting bolt
Control valve mounting bolt
Control valve bracket mounting bolt
Swing device mounting bolt
Swing motor mounting bolt
10
ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
11
12
Hycolin tube mounting nut
Battery mounting nut
Cab mounting nut
Cab mounting anchor bolt
Cab cushion rubber mounting bolt
2
3
4
5
6
7
13
14
15
Cover mounting bolt
Flexible master coupling of piping
T-bolt clamp of high pressure piping
16
17
18
19
20
21
Swing bearing mounting bolt to
(Upperstructure)
(Undercarriage)
Travel device mounting bolt
Travel reduction device cover mounting bolt
Sprocket mounting bolt
Upper roller mounting bolt
Lower roller mounting bolt
Track shoe mounting bolt
Track guard mounting bolt
7-89
18
12
10
18
20
10
16
10
16
16
22
12
4
8
10
4
4
6
4
8
4
4
14
8
–
10
16
22
12
6
10
12
–
4
4
2
8
–
–
–
–
5 pairs
–
27
27
20
14
22
18
22
22
22
8
36
36
48
12
44
16
72
384
24
Wrench
Size
mm
N•m
(kgf•m)
27
19
17
27
30
17
24
17
24
24
32
12
17
19
22
27
32
36
41
50
17
17
24
32
19
10
17
17
13
17
10
41
41
30
22
32
27
32
32
32
400
110
65
400
550
65
270
65
210
270
650
90
25
30
40
95
140
180
210
260
35
25
210
550
110
10
50
90
11 to 13
21 to 23
6
1250
1250
630
180
680
460
840
1130
750
(40)
(11)
(6.5)
(40)
(55)
(6.5)
(27)
(6.5)
(21)
(27)
(65)
(9)
(2.5)
(3)
(4)
(9.5)
(14)
(18)
(21)
(26)
(3.5)
(2.5)
(21)
(55)
(11)
(1)
(5)
(9)
(1.1 to 1.3)
(2.1 to 2.3)
(0.6)
(125)
(125)
(63)
(18)
(68)
(46)
(84)
(113)
(75)
Torque
MAINTENANCE
Tightening Torque Chart
Bolt Dia.
Wrench
Hexagon
Size
Wrench Size
M552-07-091
M552-07-090
M157-07-225
Socket Bolt
N•m
(kgf•m)
(lbf•ft)
N•m
(kgf•m)
(lbf•ft)
N•m
(kgf•m)
(lbf•ft)
30
(3.0)
(22)
20
(2.0)
(15)
10
(1.0)
(7.4)
8
65
(6.5)
(48)
50
(5.0)
(37)
20
(2.0)
(15)
10
110
(11)
(81)
90
(9)
(66)
35
(3.5)
(26)
12
180
(18)
(135)
140
(14)
(103)
55
(5.5)
(41)
24
14
270
(27)
(200)
210
(21)
(155)
80
(8.0)
(59)
M18
27
14
400
(40)
(295)
300
(30)
(220)
120
(12)
(89)
M20
30
17
550
(55)
(410)
400
(40)
(295)
170
(17)
(125)
M22
32
17
750
(75)
(550)
550
(55)
(410)
220
(22)
(160)
M24
36
19
950
(95)
(700)
700
(70)
(520)
280
(28)
(205)
M27
41
19
1400
(140)
(1030)
1050
(105)
(770)
400
(40)
(295)
M30
46
22
1950
(195)
(1440)
1450
(145)
(1070)
550
(55)
(410)
M33
50
24
2600
(260)
(1920)
1950
(195)
(1440)
750
(75)
(550)
M36
55
27
3200
(320)
(2360)
2450
(245)
(1810)
950
(95)
(700)
M8
13
M10
17
M12
19
M14
22
M16
6
CAUTION: If fixing bolts for counterweight are loosened, consult your nearest authorized dealer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure bolt and nut threads are clean
before installing.
Apply lubricant (e. g. white zinc B solved
into spindle oil) to bolts and nuts to stabilize
their friction coefficient.
NOTE: Tightening torque required is shown in N•m.
For example, when tightening a bolt or nut with a
wrench of 1 m length, turning the end of it with a force
of 120 N, the torque produced will be:
1 m ×120 N = 120 N•m
To produce the same torque with a wrench of 0.25 m:
0.25 m ×
N = 120 N•m
Necessary force will be:
120 N•m ÷ 0.25 m = 480 N
7-90
MAINTENANCE
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolts and nuts
Pump Side
M1U1-07-040
Fan Side
M1U1-07-034
Pump Side
M1U1-07-040
Fan Side
(ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)
M1U1-07-034
2. Engine bracket mounting bolts
7-91
MAINTENANCE
3. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolts
M1U1-07-038
4. Fuel tank mounting bolts
M1U1-07-038
5. Radiator mounting bolts
(Lower Side)
(Upper Side)
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
ZX120-3, 180-3 Class
M1U1-07-096
ZX330-3 Class
M1U1-07-057
ZX330-3 Class
M1U1-07-055
7-92
M1U1-07-097
ZX200-3 Class
ZX270-3 Class
M1U1-07-073
M1U1-07-056
MAINTENANCE
6. Pump transmission mounting bolts
ZX120-3 Class
M175-07-024
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-021
7. Control valve mounting bolts
ZX120-3 Class
M175-07-023
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-025
Control valve bracket mounting bolts
ZX120-3 Class
M175-07-026
7-93
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-041
MAINTENANCE
8. Swing device mounting bolts
ZX120-3 Class
M175-00-002
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-053
9. Swing motor mounting bolts
ZX120-3 Class
M175-00-002
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-053
10. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and pipings
M104-07-079
11. Hycolin tube mounting nuts
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-111
7-94
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-035
MAINTENANCE
12. Battery mounting nuts
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-109
ZX180-3 Class
ZX200-3, 270-3 , 330-3 Class
M1U1-07-083
M1U1-07-016
13. Cab mounting nuts
M1U1-07-026
Anchor Bolt Bottom View
7-95
M1U1-07-054
MAINTENANCE
14. Cover mounting bolts
M1U1-07-042
15. Flexible master couplings
Jubilee and T-bolt clamps
ZX120-3 Class
M175-07-016
Flexible Master Coupling
M1G6-07-008
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M157-07-215
16. Swing bearing mounting bolts to the upperstructure
M107-07-088
Swing bearing mounting bolts to the undercarriage
ZX120-3 Class
M1U1-07-113
7-96
ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
M107-07-089
MAINTENANCE
17. Travel device mounting bolts
M164-07-005
Travel reduction device cover mounting bolts
M1G6-07-007
Sprocket mounting bolts
M154-07-050
18. Upper roller mounting bolts
M157-07-224
7-97
MAINTENANCE
19. Lower roller mounting bolts
M107-07-092
20. Track shoe mounting bolts
M107-07-093
21. Track guard mounting bolts
M107-07-094
7-98
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT AND ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
M1V1-08-001
8-
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT AND ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
ZX120-3/180-3/200-3/270-3/330-3 CLASS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
1. FUSIBLE LINK
2. BATTERY
3. BATTERY RELAY
4. STARTER
5. SAFETY RELAY
6. ALTERNATOR
7. ENGINE
8. GLOW RELAY
9. AUTO RE-FUELING SYSTEM
10. PILOT SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE
11. PILOT SHUT-OFF RELAY
12. ECM CONTROLLER
13. KEY SIGNAL
14. MAIN POWER
15. BACK UP GND.
16. MAIN GND.
17. PRESSURE SWITCH
18. COMPRESSOR
19. AMBIENT SENSOR
20. STARTER SWITCH
21. STARTER CUT RELAY
22. LOAD DUMP RELAY
23. FUSE
24. SECURITY RELAY
25. SECURITY HORN
26. SECURITY HORN RELAY
27. WIPER MOTOR
28. WIPER RELAY
29. SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
30. AIR-CON. UNIT
31. HEATER UNIT (OPTIONAL)
32. ROOM LIGHT
33. LIGHTER
34. RADIO
35. SPEAKER R
36. SPEAKER L
37. LIGHT RELAY2
38. LIGHT RELAY1
39. WASHER RELAY
40. HORN RELAY
41. HORN SWITCH
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
8-
WORK LIGHT
LUBRICATOR
BOOM LIGHT
WASHER
HORN (H), HORN (L)
MONITOR
5.8 INCH LCD.
EC DIAL SIGNAL IN-PUT
WIPER SIGNAL IN-PUT
POWER DIGGING SWITCH
MC CONTROLLER
KEY SIGNAL
MAIN POWER
SOLENOID POWER
MAIN GND.
SOLENOID GND.
SWITCH BOX
HP, P, E MODE SW.
TRAVEL 2-SPEED SW.
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL DIAL
INTERIOR LIGHT
LIGHT SW.
WASHER SW.
AUTO-IDLE
ICF CONTROLLER
MAIN POWER
MAIN GND.
ICF Dr. ZX
HYD. OIL FILTER WARNING
AIR CLEANER RESTRICTION SW.
FUEL SENSOR
COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
OVER-HEAT SW.
TRAVEL ALARM
SWING ALARM
PRESSURE SENSOR (L)
PRESSURE SENSOR (H)
PRESSURE SENSOR (L)
PRESSURE SENSOR (H)
PRESSURE SENSOR (L)
BUZZER
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
8-
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT AND ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
MEMO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Operating Conditions
Muddy Soil, Rainy or Before Operation:
Snowy Weather
After Operation:
Near the Ocean
Before Operation:
After Operation:
Dusty
Atmosphere
Rocky Ground
Freezing Weather
Falling Stones
Precautions for Maintenance
Check the tightness of plugs and all drain cocks.
Clean the machine and check for cracks, damaged, loose or missing bolts
and nuts. Lubricate all necessary parts without delay.
Check tightness of plugs and all drain cocks.
Air Cleaner:
Thoroughly clean the machine with fresh water to wash off salt. Service electrical equipment often to prevent corrosion.
Clean the element regularly at shorter service intervals.
Radiator:
Clean the oil cooler screen to prevent clogging of the radiator core.
Fuel System:
Clean the filter element and strainer regularly at shorter service intervals.
Electrical Equipment: Clean them regularly, in particular, the commutator surface of the alternator
and starter.
Tracks:
Carefully operate while checking for cracks, damage and loose bolts and
nuts. Loosen the tracks a little more than usual.
Front Attachment: Standard attachment may be damaged when digging rocky ground. Reinforce the bucket before using it, or use a heavy duty bucket.
Fuel:
Use high quality fuel suitable for low temperature.
Lubricant:
Use high quality low viscosity hydraulic oil and engine oil.
Engine Coolant:
Be sure to use antifreeze.
Battery:
Fully charge the batteries regularly at shorter service intervals. If not fully
charged, electrolyte may freeze.
Tracks:
Keep the track clean. Park the machine on a hard surface to prevent the
tracks from freezing to the ground.
Provide a cab guard to protect the machine from falling stones when necessary.
Cab:
9-
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
MEMO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-
STORAGE
STORING THE MACHINE
1. Inspect the machine. Repair worn or damaged parts.
Install new parts if necessary.
2. Clean the primary air cleaner element.
3. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coat
exposed cylinder rods with grease.
4. Lubricate all grease points.
5. Park the tracks on long stable blocks.
6. Wash the machine.
7. Remove the batteries and store them in a dry protected
place after charging fully. If not removed, disconnect the
negative battery cable from the (−) terminal.
8. Add an antirust agent to the coolant. In cold weather, add
an antifreeze, or drain the coolant completely. Be sure
to attach a “No Water in Radiator” tag on a clearly visible
location if the system is drained.
9. Loosen the alternator belt and fan belt.
10. Paint necessary areas to prevent rust.
11. Store the machine in a dry, protected place. If stored
outside, cover with a waterproof cover.
12. If the machine is stored for a long time, operate hydraulic
functions for travel, swing and digging two to three times
for lubrication, at least once a month.
Be sure to check the coolant level and lubrication conditions before operating.
Precautions for Disconnecting or Connecting
Batteries
In case the batteries are kept disconnected for more than
one month or when the batteries are reconnected, contact
your nearest Hitachi dealer. Resetting of the ICF (Information
Controller) may be required.
10-
STORAGE
REMOVING THE MACHINE FROM STORAGE
CAUTION: Start the engine ONLY in a well-ventilated
place.
1. Remove grease from the cylinder rods if coated.
2. Adjust alternator and fan belt tension.
3. Fill the fuel tank. Bleed air from the fuel system. Check all
fluid levels.
4. Start the engine.
Run the engine at half speed for several minutes before
full load operation.
5. Cycle all hydraulic functions several times.
6. Carefully check all systems before operating the machine
at full load.
NOTE: When the machine has been stored for a long time, be
sure to perform the following steps as well:
(a) Check condition of all hoses and connections.
(b) Warm up the engine.
(c) Stop the engine.
(d) Install new fuel filters. Replace the engine oil filter
and fill the engine with oil.
IMPORTANT: If the machine has not been used for a long
time, oil films on sliding surfaces may have
broken down. Cycling hydraulic functions for
travel, swing and digging two to three times
is necessary to lubricate the sliding surfaces.
10-
TROUBLESHOOTING
IMPOSSIBLE TO START THE ENGINE
Problem
Engine will not start
Starter does not rotate or is
not powerful
Starter rotates
Even though the engine is started,
the engine stalls soon
Engine runs irregularly
Cause
Solution
Discharged battery
Charge or replace battery.
Disconnected, loose, or corroded battery
terminals
After repairing the corroded
area, securely tighten the connectors.
Lowered pilot control shut-off lever.
Pull pilot control shut-off lever
up.
Disconnected, loose, or corroded starter
ground line terminals.
After repairing the corroded
area, securely tighten the connectors.
Faulty pilot control shut-off lever electrical
system
See your authorized dealer.
Too high engine oil viscosity
Change engine oil with appropriate viscosity.
Faulty starter and/or electrical system
See your authorized dealer.
No fuel
After checking that no fuel is
leaking, refill fuel.
Air in the fuel system
Bleed air.
Clogged fuel filter
After draining water, replace
the element.
Frozen fuel
Faulty injection pump
Warm the fuel pump with hot
water or wait until the
atmospheric temperature
rises.
See your authorized dealer.
Faulty engine control system
See your authorized dealer.
The engine stop SW is ON.
Move the engine stop switch
to the upward position to
start the engine.
Faulty preheat system
See your authorized dealer.
Too slow idle speed
See your authorized dealer.
Clogged fuel filter
After draining water, replace
the element.
Clogged pre-fuel filter
Clean or replace the element.
Faulty engine control system
See your authorized dealer.
Clogged air cleaner
Clean or replace the element.
Faulty injection pump
See your authorized dealer.
Faulty fuel system
See your authorized dealer.
Water or air in the fuel system
Drain water or bleed air.
Faulty engine control system
See your authorized dealer.
11-
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
Problem
Engine Not Developing Full
Power
Engine Overheats
Cause
Solution
Air filters plugged
Replace filter elements.
Fuel line restricted
Repair or replace fuel line.
Contaminated fuel
Drain fuel tank and clean outlet screen.
Refill.
Fuel filters plugged
Change filters.
Plugged vent in fuel tank cap
Clean or install new cap.
Injection nozzles dirty or
malfunctioning
See your authorized dealer.
Injection pump linkage adjustment
See your authorized dealer.
Wrong fuel
Use correct fuel.
Wrong oil
Use correct oil.
Turbocharger failure
See your authorized dealer.
Injection pump out of timing
See your authorized dealer.
Exhaust restriction
Remove muffler and run engine.
Engine is too hot or cold
See below.
Engine failure
See your authorized dealer.
Valve clearance
Check and adjust valves.
Intake or exhaust system leakage
See your authorized dealer.
Low coolant level
Add coolant.
Thermostat
See your authorized dealer.
Engine overloaded
Check hydraulic relief valves.
Radiator cap faulty
Install new cap.
Radiator core or oil cooler core
plugged
Clean radiator and oil cooler.
Radiator screen plugged
Clean screen.
Injection pump out of timing
See your authorized dealer.
Fan damaged
Replace fan.
Air cleaner plugged
Clean air cleaner.
Alternator and fan belt loose
Tighten or install new belt.
Pulley grooves worn
Replace pulleys.
Cooling system passages dirty
Flush cooling system.
Temperature gauge or sending unit
See your authorized dealer.
11-
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
Problem
Coolant Temperature Too Low
Low Engine Oil Pressure
Engine Uses Too Much Oil
Engine Uses Too Much Fuel
Excessive Black or Gray
Exhaust Smoke
Cause
Solution
Thermostat
See your authorized dealer.
Temperature gauge or sending unit
See your authorized dealer.
Engine oil pump or pump drive
See your authorized dealer.
Low oil level
Add oil.
Engine oil pressure regulation valve
See your authorized dealer.
Plugged oil pump intake screen
See your authorized dealer.
Plugged oil filter
Install a new oil filter.
Oil leaks
Check for leaks.
Oil diluted with fuel or coolant
See your authorized dealer.
Engine temperature too high
Check cooling system.
Wrong oil
Drain oil. Use correct oil.
Wrong oil
Drain oil. Use correct oil.
Oil leaks
Check engine oil drain plug.
Engine temperature too high
Check cooling system.
Plugged air cleaner
Clean element or install new element.
Internal engine component wear
See your authorized dealer.
Plugged or dirty air intake system
Clean air intake system.
Wrong fuel
Use correct fuel.
Fuel injection nozzles
See your authorized dealer.
Injection pump out of time
See your authorized dealer.
Wrong fuel
Drain tank. Use correct fuel.
Plugged or dirty air intake or exhaust
system
Clean air intake and exhaust system.
Injection pump out of timing
See your authorized dealer.
Injection nozzles dirty or faulty
See your authorized dealer.
Basic engine failures
See your authorized dealer.
11-
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
Problem
Cause
Solution
Nothing Works
Battery
Recharge or replace.
Nothing Works
(Except clock)
Battery relay
Replace relay.
Batteries Undercharged
Loose or corroded connections
Clean and tighten or replace batteries.
Alternator belt loose
Tighten or install new belt.
Alternator not charging
See your authorized dealer.
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Key switch failure
Replace key switch.
Battery undercharged or dead
Recharge or replace battery.
Battery cables making poor connections
Clean connections.
Fusible link
Replace fusible link.
Key switch
See your authorized dealer.
Start relay
See your authorized dealer.
Starter solenoid
See your authorized dealer.
Starter
Repair or replace start motor.
Starter pinion jammed in flywheel
gear
Repair or replace starter.
Major engine failure
See your authorized dealer.
Poor connections at batteries or
starter
Clean connections.
Low battery charge
Recharge or replace batteries.
Starter solenoid “hold-in” windings
open
See your authorized dealer.
Starter pinion gear not engaging
flywheel ring gear
See your authorized dealer.
Pinion shift mechanism jammed or
malfunctioning
See your authorized dealer.
Pinion gear teeth broken
See your authorized dealer.
Flywheel gear teeth broken
See your authorized dealer.
Battery cables damaged or broken
internally
Inspect and replace cables.
Battery or starter cable connections
loose or corroded
Clean and tighten connections.
Starting Motor Will Not Turn
Starter Solenoid Chatters
Starter Motor Turns but Will
Not Crank Engine
Engine Cranks Slowly
11-
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
Problem
Exhaust Gas is White
Turbocharger Excessively
Noisy or Vibrates
Oil Dripping from
Turbocharger Adapter
Excessive Drag in
Turbocharger Rotating
Members
Cause
Solution
Wrong fuel
Drain tank. Use correct fuel.
Cold engine
Run engine until warm.
Thermostat faulty or too “cool”
See your authorized dealer.
Injection pump out of time
See your authorized dealer.
Coolant leakage into engine cylinder
See your authorized dealer.
Bearings not lubricated
Insufficient oil pressure.
Check for restricted turbocharger oil line.
Worn bearings
See your authorized dealer.
Air leak in engine, intake or exhaust
manifold
Inspect, repair.
Improper clearance between turbine
wheel and turbine housing
See your authorized dealer.
Broken blades on turbine
Remove exhaust elbow and air inlet hose
and inspect.
Damaged or worn bearings and/or
worn seals
See your authorized dealer.
Inspect and clean air cleaner.
Check for proper engine service intervals
or dirt enter into engine.
Excessive crankcase pressure
Check vent tube to ensure tube is not
plugged.
Clean.
Turbocharger oil return line carbon
build up where line passes exhaust
manifold
Remove line.
Inspect, clean.
Carbon build-up behind turbine wheel
caused by combustion deposits
Inspect, clean.
Dirt build-up behind compressor wheel
caused by air intake leaks
Inspect, clean.
Bearing seizure or dirty or worn bearings, caused by excessive temperature,
unbalanced wheel, dirty oil, oil starvation, or insufficient lubrication
See your authorized dealer.
11-
TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Problem
Engine Cranks Slowly
Cause
Solution
Battery discharged or will not hold a
charge
Replace battery.
Starter “dragging”
See your authorized dealer.
Low battery voltage
Recharge or replace battery.
Start relay stuck
See your authorized dealer.
Starter solenoid stuck
See your authorized dealer.
Starter not disengaging
See your authorized dealer.
Key switch
See your authorized dealer.
Loose or glazed alternator belt
Check belt.
Replace if glazed, tighten if loose.
Engine rpm slow
Adjust rpm to specification.
Excessive electrical load from added
accessories
Remove accessories or install higher output alternator.
Loose or corroded electrical connections on battery, ground strap, starter,
or alternator
Inspect, clean, or tighten electrical connections.
Battery voltage low
Change or replace battery.
Alternator or regulator
See your authorized dealer.
Indicator circuit
See your authorized dealer.
Worn drive belt
Replace belt.
Worn pulleys
Replace pulleys and belt.
Pulley misaligned
Adjust alternator mount.
Alternator bearing
Loosen alternator belts.
Turn pulley by hand.
If any roughness is felt, repair alternator.
No Monitor Panel Indicators
Work
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Wiring harness
See your authorized dealer.
Individual Light in Monitor
Panel is Not Working
Bulb
Replace bulb.
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Wiring harness
See your authorized dealer.
Starter Motor Continues to
Run After Engine Starts
Charging Indicator Light
On-Engine Running
Noisy Alternator
11-
TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Problem
No Indicators in Gauge Panel
Operate
Cause
Solution
Circuit board
See your authorized dealer.
Wiring harness
See your authorized dealer.
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Sender
Do sender check.
Wiring harness failure
See your authorized dealer.
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Gauge
See your authorized dealer.
Gauge sender
Do coolant temperature gauge sender
check.
Wiring harness
See your authorized dealer.
Indicator Lights Do Not Operate
Auto-idle
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Auto-idle switch
See your authorized dealer.
Fuel Gauge Does Not Work
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Gauge
See your authorized dealer.
Wiring harness
See your authorized dealer.
Indicator Light in Gauge Panel is
Inoperative
Coolant Temperature Gauge
Does Not Work
11-
TROUBLESHOOTING
MODE SELECTION
Problem
Work Mode Selector
Does Not Work
Fast/Slow Travel Speed
Does Not Function
Auto-Idle Does Not Work
Cause
Solution
Mode switch
See your authorized dealer.
Electrical connector
See your authorized dealer.
Wire harness (between Main controller
(MC) and Monitor)
See your authorized dealer.
Main controller (MC)
See your authorized dealer.
Solenoid valve unit
See your authorized dealer.
Travel mode switch
See your authorized dealer.
Pilot pressure switch (Travel)
Pump 1,2 pressure sensors
Pump 1,2 control pressure sensors
See your authorized dealer.
See your authorized dealer.
See your authorized dealer.
Pump delivery pressure sensor wire
harness
See your authorized dealer.
Main controller (MC)
See your authorized dealer.
Solenoid valve unit
See your authorized dealer.
Damaged travel motors
See your authorized dealer.
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Switch panel
See your authorized dealer.
Electrical connector
See your authorized dealer.
Wire harness
See your authorized dealer.
ECM
See your authorized dealer.
Pressure switches (Travel, Front)
See your authorized dealer.
Main controller (MC)
See your authorized dealer.
11-
TROUBLESHOOTING
CONTROL LEVERS
Problem
Moves Hard
Cause
Solution
Corroded joint
See your authorized dealer.
Worn out pusher
See your authorized dealer.
Worn out pusher
See your authorized dealer.
Pilot valve
See your authorized dealer.
Does Not Return to Neutral
Pilot valve
See your authorized dealer.
Too Much Play
Worn out pivot joint
See your authorized dealer.
Lever is Not Vertical In Neutral
Pilot valve
See your authorized dealer.
Does Nothing
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Problem
Hydraulic Functions are Slow
Hydraulic Oil Overheats
Cause
Solution
Low oil level
Fill reservoir to full mark.
Cold oil
Push hydraulic warm up switch.
Wrong oil
Drain tank. Use correct oil.
Engine speed too slow
Increase speed or see your authorized
dealer.
Pilot circuit
See your authorized dealer.
Worn pump
See your authorized dealer.
Restricted pump suction line
See your authorized dealer.
Wrong oil
Use correct oil.
Air leak in pump suction line
See your authorized dealer.
Oil lines restricted
See your authorized dealer.
Low oil level
Fill reservoir to full mark.
Plugged filters
Install new filters.
Worn pump
See your authorized dealer.
Plugged radiator or oil cooler
Clean and straighten fins.
Oil cooler bypass
See your authorized dealer.
11-
TROUBLESHOOTING
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Problem
Hydraulic Oil Overheats
Oil Foams
Low or No Oil Pressure
No Hydraulic Functions
(Noise from pumps)
Hydraulic Cylinders Operate
but Cannot Lift Load
Cause
Solution
Relief valve
See your authorized dealer.
Contaminated oil
Drain oil and refill.
Travel motors
See your authorized dealer.
Improperly adjusted hydraulic
components
See your authorized dealer.
Air leak in line from reservoir to pump
Repair leak or see your authorized
dealer.
Kinks or dents in oil lines
Check lines.
Wrong oil
Use correct oil.
Water in oil
Change oil.
High or low oil level
Correct level.
Wrong oil
Use correct oil.
Improperly adjusted hydraulic
components
See your authorized dealer.
No oil in system
Fill with correct oil.
Worn cylinder packing
See your authorized dealer.
Relief valve
See your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic pump
See your authorized dealer.
Decreased set-pressure of main relief
valve in control valve
See your authorized dealer.
Lack of hydraulic oil
Add oil.
Damaged suction line or hose
See your authorized dealer.
Clogged suction filter
Clean.
Sucked air from oil suction port
Tighten.
Hydraulic pump worn
See your authorized dealer.
Main relief valve pressure low
See your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic oil level low
Add oil.
Suction screen plugged
Clean strainer and system.
Pump suction line leaking
Inspect suction line.
Pressure sensors
See your authorized dealer.
Solenoid valve
See your authorized dealer.
11-10
TROUBLESHOOTING
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Problem
One Control Lever Does Not
Work
Cause
Solution
Relief valve pressure low
See your authorized dealer.
Tube or hose damaged
Repair or replace.
Hydraulic fittings loose
Tighten.
Damaged O-rings in fittings
Install new O-ring.
Hydraulic Pump
See your authorized dealer.
Pilot valve
See your authorized dealer.
Pilot lines
Repair or replace.
Control valve spool damaged or
contaminated with dirt
See your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic lines damaged
Repair or replace.
Fittings loose
Tighten.
O-ring in fitting damaged
Install new O-ring.
Pilot valve
See your authorized dealer.
Pilot lines
Repair or replace.
Piston seals leaking
See your authorized dealer.
Cylinder rod damaged
See your authorized dealer.
Pilot lines
Repair or replace.
Pilot valve
See your authorized dealer.
Failed wiring harness
See your authorized dealer.
Both Travel Motors Do Not
Work
Center joint failure
See your authorized dealer.
One Travel Motor Does Not
Work
Travel motor
See your authorized dealer.
Parking brake not releasing
See your authorized dealer.
Pilot valve
See your authorized dealer.
Pilot lines
Repair or replace.
Track adjustment
Adjust tension.
Front idler or rollers damaged
See your authorized dealer.
Track frame bent
See your authorized dealer.
One Cylinder Does Not Work
One Cylinder Does Not Work or
Has Little Power
Travel is Not Smooth
11-11
TROUBLESHOOTING
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Problem
Travel is Not Smooth
Swing Does Not Work
Swing is Not Smooth
Engine Stops When Travel or/
and Control Lever Moved
Cause
Solution
Rocks or mud “jammed” in track frame
Remove and repair.
Travel brake not releasing
See your authorized dealer.
Swing brake release valve
See your authorized dealer.
Swing motor
See your authorized dealer.
Pilot valve
See your authorized dealer.
Swing gear
See your authorized dealer.
Swing bearing
See your authorized dealer.
Lack of grease
Apply grease.
Combination valve
See your authorized dealer.
Failure of connector contact
Repair or replace.
Failed wiring harness
See your authorized dealer.
Failed Main controller
See your authorized dealer.
11-12
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX110-3, 110M-3
A
G
C
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
H
ZX110-3
ZX110M-3
2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) Arm
PCSA 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3), CECE 0.40 m3
11100 kg (24500 lb)
13100 kg (28900 lb)
8600 kg (19000 lb)
10700 kg (23600 lb)
Isuzu AJ-4JJ1XYSA-03 66 kW/1800 min–1 (90 PS/1800 rpm)
69 kW/2000 min–1 (90 PS/2000 rpm)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2690 mm (8 ft 10 in)
2740 mm (9 ft 0 in)
2950 mm (9 ft 8 in)
2130 mm (7 ft 0 in)
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
* 440 mm (1 ft 5 in)
E: Counterweight Clearance
* 890 mm (2 ft 11 in)
* 2050 mm (6 ft 9 in)
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
M1U1-12-001
* 595 mm (1 ft 11 in)
* 1100 mm (3 ft 7 in)
* 2260 mm (7 ft 5 in)
2460 mm (8 ft 1 in)
3340 mm (11 ft 0 in)
3790 mm (12 ft 5 in)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2690 mm (8 ft 10 in)
2620 mm (8 ft 7 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
500 mm (20 in) (Grouser shoe)
700 mm (28 in) (Grouser shoe)
38 kPa (0.39 kgf/cm2, 5.5 psi)
28 kPa (0.29 kgf/cm2, 4.1 psi)
–1
13.9 min (rpm)
5.5/3.6 km/h (3.4/2.2 mph)
4.2/2.4 km/h (2.6/1.5 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: H/P mode
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZX110-3, 110M-3
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
Backhoe
Model
Item
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
*1 B: Maximum Digging Depth
*1 C: Maximum Cutting Height
*1 D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
Model
Item
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
*1 B: Maximum Digging Depth
*1 C: Maximum Cutting Height
*1 D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
M1U1-12-005
1.96 m (6 ft 5 in) Arm
ZX110-3
2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) Arm
2.81 m (9 ft 3 in) Arm
1.96 m (6 ft 5 in) Arm
ZX110M-3
2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) Arm
2.81 m (9 ft 3 in) Arm
Backhoe
7490
(24' 7”)
4780
(15' 8”)
7940
(26' 1”)
5530
(18' 2”)
2740
(9' 0”)
7280
(23' 11”)
2370
(7' 9”)
Backhoe
7490
(24' 7”)
4580
(15' 0”)
8140
(26' 9”)
5730
(18' 10”)
2950
(9' 8”)
7260
(23' 10”)
2370
(7' 9”)
NOTE: *1 The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
*2 The dimensions asterisked are for transport pin position.
12-
Backhoe
7760
(25' 6”)
5080
(16' 8”)
8110
(26' 7”)
5700
(18' 8”)
2740
(9' 0”)
7280
(23' 11”)
2400
(7' 11”)
Backhoe
7760
(25' 6”)
4880
(16' 0”)
8320
(27' 4”)
5910
(19' 5”)
2950
(9' 8”)
7260
(23' 10”)
2400
(7' 11”)
Backhoe
8240
(27' 0”)
5630
(18' 6”)
8360
(27' 5”)
5960
(19' 7”)
*2 2740
(9' 0”)
*2 7300
(23' 11”)
2660
(8' 9”)
Backhoe
8240
(27' 0”)
5430
(17' 10”)
8570
(28' 1”)
6170
(20' 3”)
*2 2950
(9' 8”)
*2 7280
(23' 11”)
2660
(8' 9”)
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX110-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
600 mm (24”)
700 mm (28”)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
(Standard)
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
11100
11300
11500
11700
(24500)
(24900)
(25400)
(25800)
8600
8800
9000
9200
(19000)
(19400)
(19800)
(20300)
2740
2740
2740
2750
(9’ 0”)
(9’ 0”)
(9’ 0”)
(9’ 0”)
440
440
440
440
(1’ 5”)
(1’ 5”)
(1’ 5”)
(1’ 5”)
3340
3340
3340
3340
(11’ 0”)
(11’ 0”)
(11’ 0”)
(11’ 0”)
2490
2590
2690
2790
(8’ 2”)
(8’ 6”)
(8’ 10”)
(9’ 2”)
38 kPa
32 kPa
28 kPa
25 kPa
(0.39 kgf/cm2, 5.5 psi) (0.33 kgf/cm2, 4.6 psi) (0.29 kgf/cm2, 4.1psi) (0.25 kgf/cm2, 3.6 psi)
500 mm (20”)
Pad Crawler Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
10900
(24000)
8500
(18700)
2780
(9' 1”)
500
(1' 8”)
3420
(11' 3”)
2490
(8' 2”)
37 kPa
(0.38 kgf/cm2, 5.4 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for a 2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) arm with PCSA 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3) standard
bucket.
• 600 mm (24 in), 700 mm (28 in), 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe and 500 mm (20 in) pad crawler shoe should not be
used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX110M-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
700 mm (28”)
800 mm (31”)
900 mm (35”)
960 mm (38”)
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
High Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
(Standard)
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
13100
13400
13600
14000
(28900)
(29500)
(30000)
(30900)
10700
11000
11200
11500
(23600)
(24300)
(24700)
(25400)
2950
2950
2950
2980
(9' 8”)
(9' 8”)
(9' 8”)
(9' 9”)
595
595
595
600
(1' 11”)
(1' 11”)
(1' 11”)
(2' 0”)
3790
3790
3790
3790
(12' 5”)
(12' 5”)
(12' 5”)
(12' 5”)
2690
2790
2890
2950
(8' 10”)
(9' 2”)
(9' 6”)
(9' 8”)
28 kPa
25 kPa
23 kPa
22 kPa
(0.29 kgf/cm2, 4.1 psi) (0.26 kgf/cm2, 3.6 psi) (0.23 kgf/cm2, 3.3 psi) (0.22 kgf/cm2, 3.2 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for a 2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) arm with PCSA 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3) standard
bucket.
• 800 mm (31 in), 900 mm (35 in) grouser shoe and 960 mm (38 in) high grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or
rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX110-3, 110M-3
[ ]: ZX110M-3
Bucket Capacity
m3 (yd3)
Bucket
Hoe Bucket
Reinforced Hoe
Bucket
One Point Ripper
Slope-Finishing
Blade
V-Type Bucket
Bucket Width
mm (in)
2.81 m
(9' 3")
Arm
2.26 m
(7' 5") Arm
and extension
450 (18”)
580 (23”)
680 (27”)
850 (33”)
890 (35”)
950 (37”)
* [ ]
−[ ]
−
−
−
−
850 (33")
* [ ]
−
−
−
PCSA
Heaped
CECE
Heaped
With Side
Cutters
Without Side
Cutters
0.19 (0.25)
0.30 (0.39)
0.40 (0.52)
0.45 (0.59)
0.50 (0.65)
0.59 (0.77)
0.17
0.25
0.33
0.40
0.45
0.50
550 (22”)
700 (28”)
800 (31”)
970 (38”)
1010 (40”)
1070 (42”)
0.45 (0.59)
0.40
970 (38")
−
−
Front-End Attachment
−
1.96 m
(6' 5")
Arm
■ [−]
2.26 m
(7' 5")
Arm
■ [−]
1000 (39") x 1600 (63")
−
45°
−
−
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
: General excavating
: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
: Slope-finishing work
− : Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.10 t/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
• * Applicable only to 700 mm (28 in) grouser shoe.
IMPORTANT: Using inapplicable buckets may cause serious damage to the front structure such as boom, arm and
hydraulic cylinders.
12-
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3
A
G
C
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
H
M1U1-12-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
ZX130-3
ZX130LCN-3
2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm
PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3), CECE 0.45 m3
12500 kg (27600 lb)
12700 kg (28000 lb)
9900 kg (21800 lb)
10000 kg (22100 lb)
ISUZU AJ-4JJ1XYSA-03, 66 kW (90 PS)/1800 min–1 (rpm)
69 kW (94 PS)/2000 min–1 (rpm)
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2740 mm (9 ft 0 in)
2130 mm (7 ft 0 in)
* 440 mm (1 ft 5 in)
* 890 mm (2 ft 11 in)
* 2050 mm (6 ft 9 in)
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
2460 mm (8 ft 1 in)
3580 mm (11 ft 9 in)
3750 mm (12 ft 4 in)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2880 mm (9 ft 5 in)
3050 mm (10 ft 0 in)
500 mm (20 in) (Grouser Shoe)
39 kPa (0.40 kgf/cm2) (5.7 psi)
38 kPa (0.39 kgf/cm2) (5.5 psi)
–1
13.7 min (13.7 rpm)
5.5/3.4 km/h (3.4/2.1 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: H/P mode
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3
G
C
D
E
F
B
A
Backhoe
Model
Item
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
*1 B: Maximum Digging Depth
*1 C: Maximum Cutting Height
*1 D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe
7960
(26' 1")
5150
(16' 11")
8370
(27' 6")
5960
(19' 7")
2740
(9' 0")
7660
(25' 2")
2370
(7' 9")
NOTE: *1 The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
*2 The dimensions asterisked are for transport pin position.
12-
M1U1-12-005
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3
2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm
Backhoe
8320
(27' 4")
5570
(18' 3")
8570
(28' 1")
6160
(20' 3")
2740
(9' 0")
7660
(25' 2")
2390
(7' 10")
3.01 m (9 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe
8790
(28' 10")
6060
(19' 11")
8900
(29' 2")
6490
(21' 4")
*2 2740
(9' 0")
*2 7670
(25' 2")
2640
(8' 8")
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX130-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Cab Height
kg
(lb)
kg
(lb)
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
600 mm (24”)
700 mm (28”)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
(Standard)
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
12500
12700
12900
13200
(27600)
(28000)
(28400)
(29100)
9900
10100
10300
10500
(21800)
(22300)
(22700)
(23200)
2740
2740
2740
2740
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
440
440
440
440
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
3580
3580
3580
3580
(11' 9”)
(11' 9”)
(11' 9”)
(11' 9”)
2490
2590
2690
2790
(8' 2”)
(8' 6”)
(8' 10”)
(9 2”)
39 kPa
33 kPa
28 kPa
25 kPa
(0.40 kgf/cm2, 5.7 psi) (0.34 kgf/cm2, 4.8 psi) (0.29 kgf/cm2, 4.1 psi) (0.25 kgf/cm2, 3.6 psi)
500 mm (20”)
Pad Crawler Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
12400
(27300)
9700
(21400)
2780
(9' 1")
500
(1' 8")
3660
(12' 0")
2490
(8' 2")
38 kPa
(0.39 kgf/cm2, 5.5 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for a 2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) arm with PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3) standard
bucket.
• 600 mm (24 in), 700 mm (28 in), 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe and 500 mm (20 in) pad crawler shoe should not be
used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX130LCN-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
12700
(28000)
10000
(22100)
2740
(9’0”)
440
(1’5”)
3750
(12’4”)
2490
(8’2”)
38 kPa
(0.39 kgf/cm2,
5.5 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For weak Footing
(Option)
13000
(28700)
10300
(22700)
2740
(9’0”)
440
(1’5”)
3750
(12’4”)
2590
(8’6”)
32 kPa
(0.33 kgf/cm2,
4.6 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For weak Footing
(Option)
13200
(29100)
10500
(23200)
2740
(9’0”)
440
(1’5”)
3750
(12’4”)
2690
(8’10”)
28 kPa
(0.29 kgf/cm2,
4.1 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For weak Footing
(Option)
13400
(29500)
10700
(23600)
2740
(9’0”)
440
(1’5”)
3750
(12’4”)
2790
(9’2”)
25 kPa
(0.25 kgf/cm2,
3.6 psi)
500 mm (20”)
Pad Crawler Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
12800
(28200)
10100
(22300)
2780
(9’1”)
500
(1’8”)
3830
(12’7”)
2490
(8’2”)
38 kPa
(0.39 kgf/cm2,
5.5 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for a 2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) arm with PCSA 0.50 m 3 (0.65 yd3) standards bucket.
• 600 mm (24 in), 700 mm (28 in), 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe and 500 mm (20 in) pad crawler shoe should not be
used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3
Bucket Capacity
m3 (yd3)
Bucket
Hoe Bucket
Reinforced Hoe
Bucket
One Point Ripper
One Point Ripper
Slope-Finishing
Blade
V-Type Bucket
Bucket Width
mm (in)
2.52 m
(8' 3")
Arm
3.01 m
(9' 11")
Arm
2.52 m
(8' 3") Arm
and extension
−
*
−
−
−
−
−
890 (35”)
*
−
950 (37”)
−
−
−
−
−
PCSA
Heaped
CECE
Heaped
With Side
Cutters
Without Side
Cutters
0.19 (0.25)
0.30 (0.39)
0.40 (0.52)
0.45 (0.59)
0.50 (0.65)
0.59 (0.77)
0.66 (0.86)
0.17
0.25
0.33
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
550 (22”)
700 (28”)
800 (31”)
970 (38”)
1010 (40”)
1070 (42”)
−
450 (18”)
580 (23”)
680 (27”)
850 (33”)
890 (35”)
950 (37”)
1030 (41”)
0.50 (0.65)
0.45
1010 (40”)
0.59 (0.77)
0.50
1070 (42”)
−
−
−
Front-End Attachment
2.10 m
(6' 11")
Arm
■
■
1000 (39”) x 1600 (63”)
45°
−
−
−
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
: General excavating
: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
: Slope-finishing work
− : Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.10 t/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
• * Applicable only to 700 mm (28 in) grouser shoe.
IMPORTANT: Using inapplicable buckets may cause serious damage to the front structure such as boom, arm and
hydraulic cylinders.
12-10
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX160LC-3
C
A
G
F'
B
F
E
D
J
K
I
H
T1T1-01-01-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
F’: Overall Height of Handrail
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX160LC-3
2.58 m (8 ft 6 in) Arm
PCSA 0.6 m3 (0.76 yd3), CECE 0.55 m3
16600 kg (36600 lb)
13100 kg (28880 lb)
Isuzu AI-4JJ1XYSA-01 90.2 kW/2200 min–1 (123 PS/2200 rpm)
2500 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2950 mm (9 ft 8 in)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
* 470 mm (19 in)
* 1030 mm (3 ft 5 in)
* 2140 mm (8 ft 0 in)
3010 mm (9 ft 11 in)
2480 mm (8 ft 2 in)
3920 mm (12 ft 10 in)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
3100 mm (10 ft 2 in)
500 mm (20 in) (Grouser shoe)
48 kPa (0.49 kgf/cm2, 7.0 psi)
13.3 min–1 (rpm)
5.5/3.4 km/h (3.4/2.2 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-11
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZX160LC-3 (Machine with Mono Boom)
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
T1T1-01-01-003
Item
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
B: Maximum Digging Depth
C: Maximum Cutting Height
D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
2.22 m (7 ft 4 in) Arm
mm
ft•in
8520
27’12”
* 5620
* 18’6”
* 8620
* 28’4”
* 5940
* 19’6”
3190
10’6”
8650
28’5”
3290
10’10”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-12
2.58 m (8 ft 6 in) Arm
mm
ft•in
8870
29’2”
* 5980
* 19’8”
* 8880
* 29’2”
* 6170
* 20’3”
3010
9’5”
8550
28’1”
2910
9’7”
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX160LC-3 (Machine with 2-Piece Boom)
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
T1T1-01-01-005
Item
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
B: Maximum Digging Depth
C: Maximum Cutting Height
D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
2.22 m (7 ft 4 in) Arm
mm
ft•in
8330
27’4”
* 5210
* 17’2”
* 9420
* 30’11”
* 6600
* 21’8”
3090
10’2”
8450
27’9”
2580
8’7”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-13
2.58 m (8 ft 6 in) Arm
mm
ft•in
8690
28’7”
* 5580
* 18’4”
* 9740
* 31’12”
* 6900
* 22’8”
3010
9’11”
8350
27’5”
2070
6’10”
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX160LC-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
Grouser Shoe
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
For Weak Footing
(Option)
For Weak Footing
(Option)
For Weak Footing
(Option)
16600
(36600)
13100
(28880)
2950
(9’8”)
470
(19”)
3920
(12’10”)
2490
(8’2”)
48 kPa
(0.49 kgf/cm2,
7.0 psi)
16800
(37000)
13300
(29300)
2950
(9’8”)
470
(19”)
3920
(12’10”)
2590
(8’6”)
40 kPa
(0.41 kgf/cm2,
5.8 psi)
17100
(37700)
13600
(30000)
2950
(9’8”)
470
(19”)
3920
(12’10”)
2690
(8’9”)
35 kPa
(0.36 kgf/cm2,
5.1 psi)
17400
(38400)
13900
(30600)
2950
(9’8”)
470
(19”)
3950
(12’10”)
2890
(9’6”)
31 kPa
(0.32 kgf/cm2,
4.5 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 2.58 m (8 ft 6 in) arm with PCSA 0.6 m3 (0.79 yd3) bucket.
• 600 (24 in), 700 mm (28 in) and 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-14
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX160LC-3
Bucket
Hoe Bucket
Bucket reinforcement can
be welded in four places
upon customer’s request
One Point Ripper
Bucket Capacity
m3 (yd3)
PCSA
CECE
(Heaped) (Heaped)
0.52 (0.68)
0.45
0.60 (0.79)
0.55
0.70 (0.92)
0.60
0.82 (1.07)
0.7
0.60 (0.79)
0.70 (0.92)
0.55
0.6
−
0.40
(0.52)
Clamshell Bucket
Slope-Finishing Blade
−
Bucket Width mm
(in)
(With side cutter)
Front-End Attachment
Application
2.22 m (7’3”)
Arm
2.58 m (8’6”)
Arm
910 (36”)
1045 (41”)
1125 (44”)
1260 (50”)
1045 (41”)
1120 (44”)
−
Bucket width
590 (23”)
1700
(67”)
−
Side ditching
Bank cutting
finish
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
: General excavating
: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
: Slope-finishing work
− : Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.10 t/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
IMPORTANT: Using inapplicable buckets may cause serious damage to the front structure such as boom, arm and
hydraulic cylinders.
12-15
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3
A
G
F'
C
B
F
E
D
J
K
I
H
T1T1-01-01-002
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
F’: Overall Height of Handrail
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX180LC-3
ZX180LCN-3
2.71 m (8 ft 11 in) Arm
PCSA 0.7 m3 (0.92 yd3), CECE 0.6 m3
18500 kg (40790 lb)
18100 kg (39900 lb)
14500 kg (31970 lb)
14200 kg (31310 lb)
–1
Isuzu AI-4JJ1XYSA-01 90.2 kW/2200 min (123 PS/2200 rpm)
2800 mm (9 ft 2 in)
2500 mm (8 ft 3 in)
2950 mm (9 ft 8 in)
2490 mm (9 ft 8 in)
* 450 mm (18 in)
* 1030 mm (3 ft 5 in)
* 2140 mm (7 ft 0 in)
3010 mm (9 ft 11 in)
2480 mm (8 ft 2 in)
4170 mm (13 ft 8 in)
2800 mm (9 ft 2 in)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
3370 mm (11 ft 1 in)
600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
500 mm (20 in) (Grouser shoe)
41 kPa (0.42 kgf/cm2 , 5.9 psi)
49 kPa (0.50 kgf/cm2 , 7.0 psi)
–1
14.1 min (rpm)
5.3/3.4 km/h (3.4/2.2 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-16
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3 (Machine with Mono Boom)
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
T1T1-01-01-004
Item
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
B: Maximum Digging Depth
C: Maximum Cutting Height
D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) Arm
mm
ft•in
9070
29’10”
* 6120
* 20’1”
* 9290
* 30’6”
* 6450
* 21’2”
3100
10’2”
9000
29’7”
3140
10’4”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-17
2.71 m (8 ft 11 in) Arm
mm
ft•in
9430
31’0”
* 6570
* 21’7”
* 9400
* 30’11”
* 6570
* 21’7”
3080
10’2”
8970
29’6”
3130
10’4”
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3 (Machine with 2-Piece Boom)
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
T1T1-01-01-006
Item
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
B: Maximum Digging Depth
C: Maximum Cutting Height
D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) Arm
mm
ft•in
8980
29’6”
* 5640
* 18’6”
* 10260
* 33’8”
* 7320
* 24’1”
3030
9’12”
8850
29’1”
2280
7’6”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-18
2.71 m (8 ft 11 in) Arm
mm
ft•in
9350
30’9”
* 6050
* 19’11”
* 10530
* 34’7”
* 7590
* 24’11”
3030
9’12”
8840
29’0”
2230
7’4”
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX180LC-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
18500
(40800)
14500
(32000)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
2800
(9’2”)
41 kPa
(0.42 kgf/cm2,
6.0 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
18700
(41200)
14800
(32600)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
2900
(9’6”)
36 kPa
(0.37 kgf/cm2,
5.1 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
19000
(41900)
15000
(33000)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
3000
(9’10”)
31 kPa
(0.32 kgf/cm2,
4.5 psi)
500 mm (20”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
18100
(39900)
14200
(31300)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
2490
(8’2”)
49 kPa
(0.50 kgf/cm2,
7.1 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Option)
18400
(40600)
14500
(32000)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
2590
(8’6”)
41 kPa
(0.42 kgf/cm2,
6.0 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
18600
(41000)
14700
(32400)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
2690
(8’10”)
35 kPa
(0.36 kgf/cm2,
5.1 psi)
900 mm (35”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
19300
(42500)
15300
(33700)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
3100
(10’2”)
28 kPa
(0.29 kgf/cm2,
4.1 psi)
ZX180LCN-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 2.71 m (8 ft 11 in) arm with PCSA 0.70 m3 (0.92 yd3) bucket.
• 700, 800 mm (28, 31 in) and 900 mm (35 in) grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-19
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3
Bucket
Hoe Bucket
Bucket Capacity
m3 (yd3)
PCSA
CECE
(Heaped) (Heaped)
0.51 (0.67)
0.45
0.70 (0.92)
0.6
0.80 (1.05)
0.7
0.91 (1.19)
0.8
1.10 (1.44)
0.9
1.20 (1.57)
1.0
Bucket reinforcement can 0.70 (0.92)
be welded in four places 0.80 (1.05)
upon customer’s request 0.91 (1.19)
V-Type Bucket
Ripper Bucket
One Point Ripper
0.6
0.7
0.8
−
0.60 (0.79)
−
Slope-Finishing Blade
0.60
−
Front-End Attachment
Application
2.26 m (7’5”)
Arm
830 (33”)
1010 (40”)
1140 (45”)
1260 (50”)
1440 (57”)
1450 (57”)
(Without side cutter)
1010 (40”)
1140 (45”)
1260 (50”)
90°
0.50
Clamshell Bucket
Bucket Width mm
(in)
(With side cutter)
2.71 m (8’11”)
Arm
−
−
Excavating
V-trenches
800 (31.5”)
(Without side cutter)
−
Bucket width
Side ditching
940 (37”)
1800
Bank cutting
(70”)
finish
−
−
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
: General excavating
: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
: Slope-finishing work
− : Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.10 t/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
IMPORTANT: Using inapplicable buckets may cause serious damage to the front structure such as boom, arm and
hydraulic cylinders.
12-20
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX210-3, 210LC-3
T1V1-01-01-006
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX210-3
ZX210LC-3
2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) Arm
PCSA 0.80 m3 (1.05 yd3), CECE 0.7 m3
20300 kg (44800 lb)
20900 kg (46100 lb)
15900 kg (35100 lb)
16500 kg (36400 lb)
–1
Isuzu AI-4HK1XYSA-02 122 kW/2000 min (166 PS/2000 rpm)
2860 mm (9 ft 5 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
2950 mm (9 ft 8 in)
2750 mm (9 ft 0 in)
* 450 mm (18 in)
* 1030 mm (3 ft 5 in)
* 2270 mm (7 ft 5 in)
2710 mm (8 ft 11 in)
4170 mm (13 ft 8 in)
4470 mm (14 ft 8 in)
2800 mm (9 ft 2 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3370 mm (11 ft 1 in)
3660 mm (12 ft 0 in)
600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
45 kPa (0.46 kgf/cm2 , 6.5 psi)
43 kPa (0.44 kgf/cm2 , 6.3 psi)
–1
13.3 min (rpm)
5.5/3.5 km/h (3.4/2.2 mph)
35° (tan θ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-21
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZX210-3, 210LC-3
Backhoe
T1V1-01-01-002
Category
Item
A: Maximum Digging Reach
B: Maximum Digging Depth
C: Maximum Cutting Height
D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
2.03 m (6 ft 8 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9230
30’3”
*5800
*19’0”
*9850
*32’4”
*6940
*22’9”
3150
10’4”
9680
31’9”
3410
11’2”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-22
2.42 m (7 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9430
30’11”
*6180
*20’3”
*9670
*31’9”
*6830
*22’5”
3180
10’5”
9680
31’9”
3280
10’9”
2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9920
32’7”
*6670
*21’11”
*10040
*32’11”
*7180
*23’7”
2940
9’8”
9520
31’5”
3180
10’5”
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX210-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
20300
(44800)
15900
(35100)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
2800
(9’2”)
45 kPa
(0.46 kgf/cm2,
6.5 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
20700
(45600)
16300
(35900)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
2900
(9’6”)
40 kPa
(0.41 kgf/cm2,
5.8 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
21000
(46300)
16600
(36600)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
3000
(9’10”)
35 kPa
(0.36 kgf/cm2,
5.1 psi)
900 mm (35”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
21500
(47400)
17000
(37500)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
3100
(10’2”)
32 kPa
(0.33 kgf/cm2,
4.7 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
20900
(46100)
16500
(36400)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4470
(14’8”)
2990
(9’10”)
43 kPa
(0.44 kgf/cm2,
6.3 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
21300
(47000)
16900
(37300)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4470
(14’8”)
3090
(10’2”)
38 kPa
(0.39 kgf/cm2,
5.5 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
21600
(47600)
17100
(37700)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4470
(14’8”)
3190
(10’6”)
33 kPa
(0.34 kgf/cm2,
4.8 psi)
900 mm (35”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
22100
(48700)
17600
(38800)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4470
(14’8”)
3290
(10’10”)
30 kPa
(0.31 kgf/cm2,
4.4 psi)
ZX210LC-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 2.58 m (8 ft 6 in) arm with PCSA 0.6 m3 (0.79 yd3) bucket.
• 700, 800 mm (28, 31 in) and 900 mm (35 in) grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-23
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX210-3, 210LC-3
Bucket Capacity
m3 (yd3)
Bucket
Hoe Bucket
Bucket reinforcement can
be welded in four places
upon customer’s request
Reinforced Hoe Bucket
HD Type (TransverseType-Pin-Used Type)
V-Type Bucket
PCSA
(Heaped)
CECE
(Heaped)
0.51 (0.67)
0.80 (1.05) HD
0.80 (1.05)
0.91 (1.19)
1.10 (1.44)
1.20 (1.57)
0.45
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
830 (33”)
1150 (45”)
1140 (45”)
1260 (50”)
1440 (57”)
1450 (57”)
(Without side cutter)
0.80 (1.05)
0.91 (1.19)
0.7
0.8
1140 (45”)
1260 (50”)
0.80 (1.05)
0.7
1140 (45”)
−
−
0.60
(0.78)
Clamshell Bucket
Slope-Finishing Blade
90°
0.50
(0.65)
Ripper Bucket
One Point Ripper
Bucket Width mm
(in)
(With side cutter)
−
Front-End Attachment
ZX210-3
ZX210LC-3
Application 2.42 m 2.91 m 2.42 m 2.91 m
(7’11”) (9’7”) (7’11”) (9’7”)
Arm
Arm
Arm
Arm
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Excavating
V-trenches
800 (31.5”)
(Without side cutter)
−
Bucket width
Side ditching
940 (37”)
1800
Bank cutting
(70”)
finish
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
: General excavating
: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
: Slope-finishing work
− : Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.10 t/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
IMPORTANT: Using inapplicable buckets may cause serious damage to the front structure such as boom, arm and
hydraulic cylinders.
12-24
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3
T1V1-01-01-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX210LCN-3
ZX240N-3
2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) Arm
PCSA 0.80 m3 (1.05 yd3), CECE 0.7 m3
20900 kg (46100 lb)
22500 kg (49600 lb)
16700 kg (36800 lb)
18200 kg (40100 lb)
Isuzu AI-4HK1XYSA-02 122 kW/2000 min–1 (166 PS/2000 rpm)
2500 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2950 mm (9 ft 8 in)
2750 mm (9 ft 0 in)
* 450 mm (18 in)
* 1020 mm (3 ft 4 in)
* 2270 mm (7 ft 5 in)
2480 mm (8 ft 2 in)
4460 mm (14 ft 8 in)
4260 mm (14 ft 0 in)
2480 mm (8 ft 2 in)
3660 mm (12 ft 0 in)
3460 mm (11 ft 4 in)
500 mm (20 in) (Grouser shoe)
550 mm (22 in) (Grouser shoe)
52 kPa (0.53 kgf/cm2 7.5 psi)
54 kPa (0.55 kgf/cm2 7.8 psi)
–1
13.3 min (rpm)
5.5/3.5 km/h (3.4/2.2 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-25
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3
Backhoe
T1V1-01-01-002
Category
Item
A: Maximum Digging Reach
B: Maximum Digging Depth
C: Maximum Cutting Height
D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
2.03 m (6 ft 8 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9300
30’6”
*5800
*19’0”
*9850
*32’4”
*6940
*22’9”
3150
10’4”
9680
31’9”
3480
11’5”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-26
2.42 m (7 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9500
31’2”
*6180
*20’3”
*9670
*31’9”
*6830
*22’5”
3180
10’5”
9680
31’9”
3350
11’0”
2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9990
32’9”
*6670
*21’11”
*10040
*32’11”
*7180
*23’7”
3010
9’11”
9580
31’5”
3250
10’8”
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX210LCN-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
For Weak Footing
(Standard)
(Option)
20900
21000
(46100)
(46300)
16700
16800
(36800)
(37000)
2950
2950
(9’8”)
(9’8”)
450
450
(18”)
(18”)
4460
4460
(14’8”)
(14’8”)
2480
2580
(8’2”)
(8’6”)
52 kPa
44 kPa
(0.53 kgf/cm2, 7.5 psi) (0.45 kgf/cm2, 6.4 psi)
ZX240N-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
550 mm (22”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
22500
(49600)
18200
(40100)
2950
(9’8”)
450
(18”)
4260
(14’0”)
2480
(8’2”)
54 kPa
(0.55 kgf/cm2, 7.8 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) arm with PCSA 0.8 m3 (1.05 yd3) bucket.
• 600 mm (24 in) grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-27
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3
Bucket
Hoe Bucket
Bucket reinforcement can
be welded in four places
upon customer’s request
Reinforced Hoe Bucket
HD Type (TransverseType-Pin-Used Type)
V-Type Bucket
Bucket Capacity
m3 (yd3)
PCSA
(Heaped)
CECE
(Heaped)
0.51 (0.67)
0.80 (1.05) HD
0.80 (1.05)
0.91 (1.19)
1.10 (1.44)
1.20 (1.57)
0.45
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
830 (33”)
1150 (45”)
1140 (45”)
1260 (50”)
1440 (57”)
1450 (57”)
(Without side cutter)
0.80 (1.05)
0.91 (1.19)
0.7
0.8
1140 (45”)
1260 (50”)
0.80 (1.05)
0.7
1140 (45”)
−
−
0.60
(0.78)
Clamshell Bucket
Slope-Finishing Blade
90°
0.50
(0.65)
Ripper Bucket
One Point Ripper
Bucket Width mm
(in)
(With side cutter)
−
Application
Front-End Attachment
ZX210LCN-3
ZX240N-3
2.42 m 2.91 m 2.42 m 2.91 m
(7’11”) (9’7”) (7’11”) (9’7”)
Arm
Arm
Arm
Arm
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Excavating
V-trenches
800 (31.5”)
(Without side cutter)
−
Bucket width
Side ditching
940 (37”)
1800
Bank cutting
(70”)
finish
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
: General excavating
: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
: Slope-finishing work
− : Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.10 t/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
IMPORTANT: Using inapplicable buckets may cause serious damage to the front structure such as boom, arm and
hydraulic cylinders.
12-28
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3
A
C
G
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
H
M1V1-12-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX250LC-3
ZX250LCN-3
2.96 m (9 ft 9 in) Arm
PCSA 1.0 m3 (1.3 yd3), CECE 0.9 m3
24700 kg (54500 lb)
24600 kg (54200 lb)
19200 kg (42300 lb)
19100 kg (42100 lb)
Isuzu AH-4HK1XYSA-01 132 kW/2000 min–1 (180 PS/2000 rpm)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3010 mm (9 ft 11 in)
2940 mm (9 ft 8 in)
* 460 mm (18 in)
* 1090 mm (3 ft 7 in)
* 2425 mm (8 ft )
2890 mm (9 ft 6 in)
4640 mm (15 ft 3 in)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3845 mm (12 ft 7 in)
600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
49 kPa (0.50 kgf/cm2, 7.1 psi)
13.5 min–1 (rpm)
5.5/3.4 km/h (3.4/2.1 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-29
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
Backhoe
M1V1-12-002
Category
Item
A: Maximum Digging Reach
B: Maximum Digging Depth
C: Maximum Cutting Height
D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
Category
Item
A: Maximum Digging Reach
B: Maximum Digging Depth
C: Maximum Cutting Height
D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
2.19 m (7 ft 2 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9660
31’8”
*6190
*20’4”
*10000
*32’10”
*6970
*22’10”
3340
11’0”
10240
33’7”
3580
11’9”
3.61 m (11 ft 10 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10910
35’10”
*7610
*25’0”
*10560
*34’8”
*7580
*24’10”
3320
10’11”
10200
33’6”
3430
11’3”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-30
2.50 m (8 ft 2 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9880
32’5”
*6500
*21’4”
*9950
*32’8”
*6990
*22’11”
3370
11’1”
10270
33’8”
3480
11’5”
2.96 m (9 ft 9 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10290
33’9”
*6960
*22’10”
*10160
*33’4”
*7200
*23’8”
3070
10’1”
10150
33’3”
3440
11’3”
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX250LC-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary
Ground
(Standard)
24700
(54500)
19200
(42300)
3010
(9’11”)
460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3190
(10’6”)
49 kPa
(0.50 kgf/cm2,
7.1 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
25000
(55100)
19500
(43000)
3010
(9’11”)
460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3290
(10’10”)
42 kPa
(0.43 kgf/cm2,
6.1 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
25300
(55800)
19800
(43700)
3010
(9’11”)
460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3390
(11’1”)
37 kPa
(0.38 kgf/cm2,
5.4 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary
Ground
(Standard)
24600
(54200)
19100
(42100)
3010
(9’11”)
460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
2990
(9’10”)
49 kPa
(0.50 kgf/cm2,
7.1 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
24900
(54900)
19400
(42800)
3010
(9’11”)
460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3090
(10’2”)
42 kPa
(0.43 kgf/cm2,
6.1 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
25200
(55600)
19700
(43400)
3010
(9’11”)
460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3190
(10’6”)
37 kPa
(0.38 kgf/cm2,
5.4 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
900 mm (35”)
Triangular Shoe
For Weak
For Paved Road
Footing
(Option)
(Option)
25400
26800
(56000)
(59100)
19900
21300
(43900)
(47000)
3020
3060
(9’11”)
(10’1”)
500
460
(20”)
(18”)
4660
4750
(15’3”)
(15’7”)
3190
3490
(10’6”)
(11’5”)
50 kPa
35 kPa
(0.51 kgf/cm2,
(0.36 kgf/cm2,
7.3 psi)
5.1 psi)
ZX250LCN-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
25300
(55800)
19800
(43700)
3020
(9’11”)
500
(20”)
4660
(15’3”)
2990
(9’10”)
50 kPa
(0.51 kgf/cm2,
7.3 psi)
900 mm (35”)
Triangular Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
26700
(58900)
21200
(46700)
3060
(10’1”)
460
(18”)
4750
(15’7”)
3290
(10’10”)
35 kPa
(0.36 kgf/cm2,
5.1 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 2.96 m (9 ft 9 in) arm with PCSA 1.0 m3 (1.3 yd3) bucket.
• 700, 800 mm (28, 31 in) grouser shoe, 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe and 900 mm (35 in) triangular shoe should not be
used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-31
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3
Bucket Capacity
m3 (yd3)
Bucket
Hoe Bucket
Bucket reinforcement can be welded
in four places upon
customer’s request
Reinforced Hoe
Bucket (HD Type)
Reinforced Hoe
Bucket HD Type
(Transverse-TypePin-Used Type)
Rock Bucket
Ripper Bucket
One Point Ripper
Clamshell Bucket
Front-End Attachment
Bucket Width mm
(in)
Application
(With side cutter)
PCSA
(Heaped)
CECE
(Heaped)
0.80 (1.05)
1.00 (1.31)
1.15 (1.50)
1.25 (1.64)
1.40 (1.83)
0.70
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1080 (42.5”)
1300 (51.2”)
1410 (55.6”)
1520 (59.8”)
1490 (58.7”)
(Without side cutter)
1.00 (1.31)
0.90
1300 (51.2”)
1.15 (1.50)
1.00
1410 (55.6”)
1.00 (1.31)
0.90
1300 (51.2”)
1.00 (1.31)
0.90
1300 (51.2”)
0.92 (1.20)
0.80
0.70
(0.92)
1210 (47.6”)
1000 (39.4”)
(Without side cutter)
−
Bucket width
870 (34”)
0.80 (1.05)
−
0.60
(0.78)
2.19 m
(7’2”)
Arm
2.50 m 2.96 m 3.61m
(8’2”)
(9’9”) (11’10”)
Arm Standard
Arm
Arm
−
−
−
−
−
Side
ditching
−
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
: General excavating
: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
− : Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.10 t/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
IMPORTANT: Using inapplicable buckets may cause serious damage to the front structure such as boom, arm and
hydraulic cylinders.
12-32
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
A
C
G
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
H
M1V1-12-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX280LC-3
ZX280LCN-3
3.11 m (10 ft 2 in) Arm
PCSA 1.1 m3 (1.44 yd3), CECE 1.0 m3
28200 kg (62200 lb)
28000 kg (61700 lb)
22000 kg (48500 lb)
21800 kg (48100 lb)
–1
Isuzu AH-4HK1XSA-03 140 kW/2100 min (190 PS/2100 rpm)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
3000 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3100 mm (10 ft 2 in)
2940 mm (9 ft 8 in)
* 510 mm (20 in)
* 1180 mm (3 ft 10 in)
* 2515 mm (8 ft 3 in)
2890 mm (9 ft 6 in)
4940 mm (16 ft 3 in)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
3000 mm (9 ft 10 in)
4052 mm (13 ft 3 in)
600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
53 kPa (0.54 kgf/cm2, 7.7 psi)
52 kPa (0.53 kgf/cm2, 7.5 psi)
12.6 min–1 (rpm)
5.5/3.3 km/h (3.4/2.0 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-33
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
Backhoe
M1V1-12-002
Category
Item
A: Maximum Digging Reach
B: Maximum Digging Depth
C: Maximum Cutting Height
D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
2.42 m (7 ft 10 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10060
33’0”
* 6540
* 21’5”
* 9890
* 32’5”
* 6970
* 22’10”
3410
11’2”
10440
34’3”
4070
13’4”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-34
3.11 m (10 ft 2 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10710
35’2”
* 7230
* 23’9”
* 10260
* 33’8”
* 7310
* 24’0”
3170
10’5”
10340
33’11”
3910
12’10”
3.76 m (12 ft 4 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
11270
37’0”
* 7880
* 25’10”
* 10460
* 34’4”
* 7520
* 24’8”
3310
10’10”
10390
34’1”
3900
12’10”
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX280LC-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
28200
(62200)
22000
(48500)
3100
(10’2”)
510
(20”)
4940
(16’2”)
3190
(10’6”)
53 kPa
(0.54 kgf/cm2,
7.7 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
28800
(63500)
22600
(49800)
3100
(10’2”)
510
(20”)
4940
(16’2”)
3290
(10’10”)
46 kPa
(0.47 kgf/cm2,
6.7 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
29100
(64200)
22900
(50500)
3100
(10’2”)
510
(20”)
4940
(16’2”)
3390
(11’1”)
41 kPa
(0.42 kgf/cm2,
6.0 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
29100
(64200)
22900
(50500)
3260
(10’8”)
550
(22”)
4940
(16’2”)
3190
(10’6”)
55 kPa
(0.56 kgf/cm2,
8.0 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
28000
(61700)
21800
(48100)
3100
(10’2”)
510
(20”)
4940
(16’2”)
3000
(9’10”)
52 kPa
(0.53 kgf/cm2,
7.5 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
28600
(63100)
22400
(49400)
3100
(10’2”)
510
(20”)
4940
(16’2”)
3100
(10’2”)
46 kPa
(0.47 kgf/cm2,
6.7 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
29000
(63900)
22800
(50300)
3100
(10’2”)
510
(20”)
4940
(16’2”)
3200
(10’6”)
41 kPa
(0.42 kgf/cm2,
6.0 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
29000
(63900)
22800
(50300)
3260
(10’8”)
550
(22”)
4940
(16’2”)
3000
(9’10”)
54 kPa
(0.55 kgf/cm2,
7.8 psi)
ZX280LCN-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 3.11 m (10 ft 2 in) arm with PCSA 1.1 m3 (1.44 yd3) bucket.
• 700, 800 mm (28, 31 in) grouser shoe and 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-35
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
Bucket Capacity
m3 (yd3)
Bucket
Bucket Width mm
(in)
(With side cutter)
PCSA
(Heaped)
CECE
(Heaped)
1.00 (1.31)
1.10 (1.44)
1.39 (1.82)
1.62 (2.12)
0.90
1.00
1.20
1.40
1290 (51”)
1340 (53”)
1560 (61”)
1640 (65”)
(With side cutter)
Hoe Bucket reinforcement
1.10 (1.31)
can be welded in four places
upon customer’s request
1.39 (1.82)
0.90
1340 (53”)
1.20
1560 (61”)
Rock Bucket
0.80
0.80
(1.05)
1210 (48”)
1000 (39.4”)
(With side cutter)
−
Bucket width
975 (38”)
Hoe Bucket
0.92 (1.20)
Ripper Bucket
One Point Ripper
Clamshell Bucket
−
0.80
(1.05)
Front-End Attachment
Application
2.42 m
(7’10”)
Arm
3.11 m
(10’2”)
Arm
3.76 m
(12’4”)
Arm
−
−
−
Side
ditching
−
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
: General excavating
: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
− : Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.10 t/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
IMPORTANT: Using inapplicable buckets may cause serious damage to the front structure such as boom, arm and
hydraulic cylinders.
12-36
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3
A
C
G
B
F
E
D
J
K
I
H
M1V1-12-003
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX350LC-3
ZX350LCN-3
3.20 m (10 ft 6 in) Arm
PCSA 1.4 m3 (1.83 yd3), CECE 1.2 m3 (1.57 yd3)
33300 kg (73400 lb)
33200 kg (73200 lb)
25500 kg (56200 lb)
25400 kg (56000 lb)
Isuzu AH-6HK1XYSA-01 202 kW/1900 min–1 (275 PS/1900 rpm)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
3000 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3140 mm (10 ft 4 in)
3390 mm (11 ft 2 in)
* 500 mm (20 in)
* 1160 mm (3 ft 10 in)
* 2590 mm (8 ft 6 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
4940 mm (16 ft 3 in)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
3000 mm (9 ft 10 in)
4050 mm (13 ft 3 in)
600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
63 kPa (0.64 kgf/cm2, 9.1 psi)
62 kPa (0.63 kgf/cm2, 9.0 psi)
–1
10.7 min (rpm)
5.0/3.2 km/h (3.1/2.0 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-37
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
Backhoe
Category 2.33 m (7 ft 8 in) Arm
Backhoe
Item
mm
ft•in
10310
33’10”
A: Maximum Digging Reach
* 6500
* 21’4”
B: Maximum Digging Depth
* 9980
* 32’9”
C: Maximum Cutting Height
* 6900
* 22’8”
D: Maximum Dumping Height
3510
11’6”
E: Overall Height
11170
36’8”
F: Overall Length
4460
14’8”
G: Minimum Swing Radius
M1V1-12-004
2.67 m (8 ft 9 in) Arm 3.20 m (10 ft 6 in) Arm 4.00 m (13 ft 1 in) Arm
Backhoe
Backhoe
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
mm
ft•in
mm
ft•in
10570
34’8”
11100
36’5”
11860
38’11”
* 6840
* 22’5”
* 7380
* 24’3”
* 8180
* 26’10”
* 9990
* 32’9” * 10360
* 34’0” * 10570
* 34’8”
* 6940
* 22’9”
* 7240
* 23’9”
* 7630
* 25’0”
3470
11’5”
3270
10’9”
3600
11’10”
11130
36’6”
11000
36’1”
11090
36’5”
4610
15’2”
4460
14’8”
4470
14’8”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-38
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX350LC-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
33300
(73400)
25500
(56200)
3140
(10’4”)
500
(20”)
4940
(16’3”)
3190
(10’6”)
63 kPa
(0.64 kgf/cm2,
9.1 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
33700
(74300)
25900
(57100)
3140
(10’4”)
500
(20”)
4950
(16’3”)
3290
(10’10”)
54 kPa
(0.55 kgf/cm2,
7.8 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
34100
(75200)
26200
(57800)
3140
(10’4”)
500
(20”)
4950
(16’3”)
3390
(11’1”)
48 kPa
(0.49 kgf/cm2,
7.0 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
34000
(75000)
26200
(57800)
3140
(10’4”)
540
(21”)
4950
(16’3”)
3190
(10’6”)
64 kPa
(0.65 kgf/cm2,
9.2 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
33200
(73200)
25400
(56000)
3140
(10’4”)
500
(20”)
4940
(16’3”)
3000
(9’10”)
62 kPa
(0.63 kgf/cm2,
9.0 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
33600
(74100)
25800
(56900)
3140
(10’4”)
500
(20”)
4950
(16’3”)
3100
(10’2”)
54 kPa
(0.55 kgf/cm2,
7.8 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
34000
(75000)
26200
(57800)
3140
(10’4”)
500
(20”)
4950
(16’3”)
3200
(10’6”)
48 kPa
(0.49 kgf/cm2,
7.0 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
33900
(74700)
26100
(57500)
3140
(10’4”)
540
(21”)
4950
(16’3”)
3000
(9’10”)
64 kPa
(0.65 kgf/cm2,
9.2 psi)
ZX350LCN-3
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for 3.2 m (10 ft 6 in) arm with PCSA 1.4 m3 (1.83 yd3) bucket.
• 700 mm (28 in) grouser shoe, 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe and 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-39
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3
Bucket
Hoe Bucket
(Super V)
Reinforced
Bucket
Rock Bucket
(Super V)
(Transverse type pin)
(Super V)
(Transverse type pin)
Ripper Bucket
One Point Ripper
Clamshell Bucket
Bucket Capacity m3 (yd3) Bucket Width mm (in)
Without
PCSA
CECE
With side
side
(Heaped)
(Heaped)
cutter
cutter
1.15
1.00
1 230
1 100
(1.50)
(1.31)
(4’0”)
(3’7”)
1.40
1.20
1 410
1 280
(1.83)
(1.57)
(4’8”)
(4’2”)
1.62
1.40
1 590
1 460
(2.12)
(1.83)
(5’3”)
(4’9”)
1.86
1.60
1 640
−
(2.43)
(2.09)
(5’5”)
1.40
1.20
1 280
1 410
(1.83)
(1.57)
(4’2”)
(4’8”)
1.40
1.20
1 410
1 280
(1.83)
(1.57)
(4’8”)
(4’2”)
1.62
1.40
1590
1 460
(2.12)
(1.83)
(5’3”)
(4’9”)
1 160
1.15
1.00
−
(3’10”)
(1.50)
(1.31)
1.38
1.20
1 350
−
(1.81)
(1.57)
(4’5”)
1.38
1.20
1 350
−
(1.81)
(1.57)
(4’5”)
1.50
1.30
1 450
−
(1.96)
(1.70)
(4’9”)
1.50
1.30
1 450
−
(1.96)
(1.70)
(4’9”)
0.90
0.80
1 010
−
(1.18)
(1.05)
(3’4”)
−
1.00 (1.31)
−
Front-End Attachment
2.33 m
(7’8”) Arm
2.66 m
(8’9”) Arm
3.2 m
4m
(10’6”) Arm (13’1”) Arm
−
−
−
−
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
: General excavating
: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
− : Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.10 t/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) as a standard.
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
IMPORTANT: Using inapplicable buckets may cause serious damage to the front structure such as boom, arm and
hydraulic cylinders.
12-40
SPECIFICATIONS
SOUND LEVEL RESULTS
(2000/14/EC)
LwA: sound-power level of airborne noise
LpA: sound level at operator’s station
ZX110-3, 110M-3
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3
ZX160LC-3
ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3
ZX210-3, 210LC-3
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3
LwA
99
99
101
102
101
102
103
103
105
Unit: dB(A)
LpA
68
69
70
70
69
72
72
72
72
VIBRATION LEVEL
Hands/Arms: The acceleration to which the operator's hands
and arms will be exposed is lower than 2.5 m/s2.
Entire body: The acceleration to which the operator's entire
body will be exposed is lower than 0.5 m/s2.
NOTE: The acceleration is measured in accordance with ISO
2631/1; ISO 5349 and SAE J1166.
12-41
SPECIFICATIONS
MEMO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-42
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
USING PAD CRAWLER SHOE
ZX120-3, 200-3 class
Pad crawler is a tract link on which a rubber pad is installed
so the machine does not damage road surfaces when
traveling. Be sure to observe all precautions for handling
pad crawler. Avoid operating the machine in the following
conditions:
Forbidden Operations
Do not operate on sharp, rocky, uneven surfaces, such as
river rock, gravel, etc.
Do not allow engine oil, gasoline, etc. to remain on the track,
and avoid traveling in oil in order to reduce the danger of
slipping.
While raising the machine using the front attachment do
not allow the other side track to drive, possibly causing
personal injury, damaging or displacing pad crawler.
13-
M107-05-051
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
TRAVELING AND OTHER CAUTIONS
Do not keep the pad crawler shoe under direct sunlight for
more than three months.
Avoid reckless steering operations on concrete road to the
extent possible, as this will cause wear to the shoe lug.
Also, avoid running on asphalt road of more than 60 °C (140 °
F) in temperature, as this will cause wear to the shoe as well as
damage to the road surface.
Ease the machine down from the jacked-up position.
Do not let it drop.
Pad crawler has large friction force. Therefore to avoid damaging the pad crawler slowly operate the control levers to gradually turn the machine.
After raising one side track with the front attachment, slowly
lower the pad crawler equipped machine.
If the pad crawler becomes severely damaged, contact your
nearest Hitachi Dealer for replacement.
13-
M107-05-052
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
TRANSPORTING
Transporting
CAUTION: Fasten chains or cables to the machine
frame. Do not place chains or cables over or against
the hydraulic lines or hoses.
1. Place blocks in front of and behind the tracks.
2. Fasten each corner of the machine and front attachment
to the trailer with a chain or cable.
M107-06-013
PRECAUTIONS FOR TRANSPORTING MACHINES
WITH PAD CRAWLER SHOES
When transporting a machine with pad crawler shoes, be sure
to fasten the right and left track frames securely to the flatbed
with wire ropes and soft protectors, as shown. Do not allow
wire ropes to come into direct contact with pad crawler shoes.
Wire Rope
Soft Protector
Side Frame
Lower Roller
Pad Crawler Shoe
Flatbed
13-
M102-06-004
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Check Track Sag --- every 50 hours
Swing the upperstructure 90 ° and lower the bucket to raise
the track off the ground as shown.
Keep the angle between the boom and arm 90 to 110 ° and
position the bucket’s round side on the ground. Place blocks
under the machine frame to support the machine.
Rotate the raised track in reverse two full rotations and then
forward two full rotations.
M104-07-067
Measure distance (A) at the middle of the track frame from
the bottom of the track frame to the back face of the track
shoe.
Track sag specifications
Model
A
ZX120-3 class
250 to 280 mm (9.8 to 11.0 in)
ZX200-3 class
300 to 335 mm (11.8 to 13.2 in)
NOTE: Check track sag after thoroughly removing soil stuck
on the track area by washing.
Adjust Track Sag
Precautions for Adjusting Track Sag
1. If track sag is not within specifications, loosen or tighten
the track following the procedures shown on the next
page.
2. When adjusting track sag, lower the bucket to the ground
to raise one track off the ground. Repeat this procedure
to raise the other track. Each time, be sure to place blocks
under the machine frame to support the machine.
3. After adjusting track sag of both tracks, move the machine back and forth several times.
4. Check track sag again. If track sag is not within specifications, repeat adjustment until correct sag is obtained.
13-
M107-07-068
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Loosen the Track
CAUTION: Do not loosen valve (1) quickly or loosen
it too much as high-pressure grease in the adjusting
cylinder may spout out. Loosen carefully, keeping
body parts and face away from valve (1).
Never loosen grease fitting (2).
IMPORTANT: When gravel or mud is packed between
sprockets and track links, remove it before
loosening.
M107-07-075
1. To loosen the track, slowly turn valve (1) counterclockwise
using long socket 19; grease will escape from the grease
outlet.
2. Between 1 to 1.5 turns of valve (1) is sufficient to loosen
the track.
3. If grease does not drain smoothly, slowly rotate the raised
track.
1
2
4. When proper track sag is obtained, turn valve (1) clockwise and tighten to 90 N•m (9 kgf•m, 66 lbf•ft).
Tighten the Track
CAUTION: It is abnormal if the track remains tight after turning valve (1) counterclockwise or if the track is
still loose after charging grease to fitting (2). In such
cases, NEVER ATTEMPT TO DISASSEMBLE the track or
track adjuster, because of dangerous high-pressure
grease inside the track adjuster. See your authorized
dealer immediately.
To tighten the track, connect a grease gun to grease fitting
(2) and add grease until the sag is within specifications.
13-
Grease Outlet
M104-07-119
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LONG ARM OPERATION --- IF EQUIPPED
ZX110-3, 110M-3, 130-3
1. The optional [ZX110-3, 110M-3: 2.81 m (9’ 3”)] [ZX130-3:
3.01 m (9’ 11”)] long arm is only for light works such as
loam loading, sludge handling, etc.. Do not use it for
heavy works such as digging gravel.
When the arm is used for digging, apply shallow cut to
the ground to avoid tough digging, or arm damage may
result.
2. When the machine is equipped with the [ZX110-3,
110M-3: 2.81 m (9’ 3”)] [ZX130-3: 3.01 m (9’ 11”)] long arm,
the hoe-bucket size must be limited to the followings
due to stability and strength of the machine;
ZX110-3
*PCSA 0.40 m3 (0.52 yd3)
PCSA 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3)
ZX110M-3 *PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3)
ZX130-3
*PCSA 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3)
PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3)
*with 700 mm (28 in) shoe
3. When the machine is equipped with the long arm, connect the arm cylinder end to:
Pin bore A (when the machine is in operation)
Pin bore B (when the machine is transported)
IMPORTANT: Connect the arm cylinder rod end to pin bore
B only when the machine is transported.
Do not operate the digging or loading function with the arm cylinder connected to pin
bore B as the bucket may hit the cab accidentally with this connection.
When transporting the machine, follow the procedure
shown below to convert it into the transporting posture.
(a) Position the bucket cylinder with rod retracted a little
from the fully extended position.
(b) Position the arm cylinder with rod retracted a little from
the fully extended position.
(c) Lower the boom until the arm top comes into contact
with the ground.
M163-05-001
Unit: mm (ft•in)
Arm Cylinder
Rod End
Connected To:
Pin Bore A
Pin Bore B
ZX110-3
Without Bucket
With Bucket
2810 (9’ 2”)
3070 (10’ 2”)
2520 (8’ 3”)
2680 (8’ 9”)
Height of Front Attachment (H)
ZX110M-3
Without Bucket
With Bucket
2840 (9’ 2”)
3060 (10’ 2”)
2560 (8’ 3”)
2690 (8’ 9”)
Dimensions include shoe lug height.
13-
ZX130-3
Without Bucket With Bucket
2810 (9’ 2”)
3100 (10’ 2”)
2540 (8’ 3”)
2680 (8’ 9”)
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
BLADE LEVER
ZX110-3, 130-3
Use blade lever (1) on the operator’s right to raise and lower
the blade.
4
When the lever is released, it automatically returns to neutral, keeping the blade in its position until the lever is operated again.
1
3
1- Blade Lever
2
2- Blade Raise
3- Neutral
4- Blade Lower
M1U4-13-001
PRECAUTIONS FOR BLADE OPERATION
This blade is designed as a light service attachment for the
hydraulic excavator. Please keep the following points in mind:
1. This blade is designed to be used for dozing work only.
Do not attempt to dig deeply with the blade. Doing so
will damage not only the blade but the undercarriage as
well.
2. Do not apply intensive or uneven loads. Never apply
high-speed impact to the blade by running the machine
into a load.
3. Jacking up the machine with this blade, the surface beneath the blade comes under high pressure, increasing
the risk of surface collapse.
Always be sure that the surface is strong enough to support the weight of the machine during operation.
Avoid dangerously uneven distribution of weight on the
blade by maintaining even contact between the blade
and the ground.
4. Never use this blade as an outrigger.
5. Avoid contact between the bucket and the blade while
digging.
13-
2
4
M155-14-008
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
AVOID HITTING BLADE WITH FRONT-END ATTACHMENT
WRONG
When operating the machine with the blade positioned towards the front, the bucket or boom cylinder may come into
contact with the blade if you are not careful. Be sure to prevent
this from happening.
M155-14-009
WRONG
M155-14-010
AVOID HITTING BLADE WITH BUCKET
WRONG
When crowding the arm into a traveling or transporting position, be careful not to let the bucket hit the blade.
M155-14-010
AVOID STRIKING THE BLADE INTO A ROCK
WRONG
Do not attempt to strike large rocks with the blade, as doing
so will damage the blade and the blade cylinders, shortening
their operating lives.
M155-14-011
13-
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
BLADE MAINTENANCE
Greasing --- every 250 hours
Lubricate all fittings shown in the figure.
• Blade Joint Pins (4 points)
• Blade Cylinder Rod (2 points)
• Blade Cylinder Bottom (2 points)
M175-13-002
M198-07-017
Transportation Figure for Machine Equipped with Blade
When transporting the machine equipped with a blade and
a long arm front attachment on a trailer, place the blade in
the opposite position toward the front attachment. Otherwise, the bucket may come in contact with the blade.
M175-13-005
13-
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX110-3 with Blade
A
G
C
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
H
M1U1-12-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
ZX110-3 with Blade
2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) Arm
PCSA 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3), CECE 0.4 m3
12200 kg (26900 lb)
9700 kg (21400 lb)
ISUZU AJ-4JJ1XYSA-03, 66 kW (90 PS)/1800 min–1 (rpm)
–1
✹ 69 kW (94 PS)/2000 min (rpm)
A : Overall Width
(Excluding Rearview Mirrors)
B : Cab Height
C : Rear End Swing Radius
D : Minimum Ground Clearance
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2740 mm (9 ft 0 in)
2130 mm (7 ft 0 in)
* 440 mm (1 ft 5 in)
* 890 mm (2 ft 11 in)
* 2050 mm (6 ft 9 in)
E : Counterweight Clearance
F : Engine Cover Height
2460 mm (8 ft 1 in)
3340 mm (10 ft 11 in)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2620 mm (8 ft 7 in)
500 mm (20 in) (Grouser Shoe)
41 kPa (0.42 kgf/cm2, 6.0 psi)
13.9 min–1 (13.9 rpm)
5.5/3.6 km/h
(3.4/2.2 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
G : Overall Width of Upperstructure
H : Undercarriage Length
I : Undercarriage Width
J : Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K : Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
NOTE: ✹ H/P mode
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-10
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WORKING RANGES
ZX110-3 with Blade
G
C
D
E
J
H
I
F
A
B
M1U1-12-004
Model
Item
ZX110-3 with Blade
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
mm
(ft•in)
*1 B: Maximum Digging Depth
mm
(ft•in)
*1 C: Maximum Cutting Height
mm
(ft•in)
*1 D: Maximum Dumping Height mm
(ft•in)
E: Overall Height
mm
(ft•in)
F: Overall Length
mm
(ft•in)
G: Minimum Swing Radius
mm
(ft•in)
H: Max. Raising Height
mm
(ft•in)
I: Max. Digging Depth
mm
(ft•in)
J: Blade Angle
degree
1.96 m (6 ft 5 in) Arm
2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) Arm
2.81 m (9 ft 3 in) Arm
7490
(24' 7”)
4780
(15' 8”)
7940
(26' 1”)
5530
(18' 2”)
2740
(9' 0”)
7280
(23' 11”)
2370
(7' 9”)
7760
(25' 6”)
5080
(16' 8”)
8110
(26' 7”)
5700
(18' 8”)
2740
(9' 0”)
7280
(23' 11”)
2400
(7' 11”)
480
(1' 7”)
510
(1' 8”)
25
8240
(27' 0”)
5630
(18' 6”)
8360
(27' 5”)
5960
(19' 7”)
*2 2740
(9' 0”)
*2 7300
(23' 11”)
2660
(8' 9”)
NOTE: *1 The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
*2 The dimensions asterisked are for transport pin position.
13-11
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX110-3 with Blade
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
Grouser Shoe
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary
Ground
(Standard)
12200
(26900)
9700
(21400)
2740
(9’ 0”)
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
12400
(27300)
9900
(21800)
2740
(9’ 0”)
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
12600
(27800)
10100
(22300)
2740
(9’ 0”)
✹ 440
✹ 440
✹ 440
(17”)
3340
(10’ 11”)
2490
(8’ 2”)
41 kPa
(0.42 kgf/cm2,
6.0 psi)
(17”)
3340
(10’ 11”)
2590
(8’ 6”)
35 kPa
(0.36 kgf/cm2,
5.1 psi)
(17”)
3340
(10’ 11”)
2690
(8’ 10”)
30 kPa
(0.31 kgf/cm2,
4.4 psi)
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
12800
(28200)
10300
(22700)
2750
(9’ 0”)
✹ 470
(19”)
3360
(11’ 0”)
2500
(8’ 2”)
27 kPa
(0.28 kgf/cm2,
4.0 psi)
500 mm (20”)
Pad Crawler
Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
12000
(26500)
9600
(21200)
2790
(9’ 2”)
490
(19”)
3440
(11’ 3”)
2690
(8’ 10”)
40 kPa
(0.41 kgf/cm2,
5.8 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for a 2.26 m (7 ft 5 in) arm with PCSA 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3) standard
bucket.
• 600 mm (24 in), 700 mm (28 in), 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe and 500 mm (20 in) pad crawler shoe should not be
used on gravel or rocky ground.
• ✹ The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-12
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX130-3 with Blade
A
G
C
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
H
M1U1-12-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
ZX130-3 with Blade
2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm
PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3), CECE 0.45 m3
13600 kg (30000 lb)
10900 kg (24000 lb)
ISUZU AJ-4JJ1XYSA-03, 66 kW (90 PS)/1800 min–1 (rpm)
–1
✹ 69 kW (94 PS)/2000 min (rpm)
A : Overall Width
(Excluding Rearview Mirrors)
B : Cab Height
C : Rear End Swing Radius
D : Minimum Ground Clearance
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2740 mm (9 ft 0 in)
2130 mm (7 ft 0 in)
* 440 mm (1 ft 5 in)
* 890 mm (2 ft 11 in)
* 2050 mm (6 ft 9 in)
E : Counterweight Clearance
F : Engine Cover Height
2460 mm (8 ft 1 in)
3580 mm (11 ft 9 in)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2880 mm (9 ft 5 in)
500 mm (Grouser Shoe)
(20 in)
43 kPa (0.44 kgf/cm2, 6.3 psi)
13.7 min–1 (13.7 rpm)
5.5/3.4 km/h
(3.4/2.1 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
G : Overall Width of Upperstructure
H : Undercarriage Length
I : Undercarriage Width
J : Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K : Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
NOTE: ✹ H/P mode
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-13
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WORKING RANGES
ZX130-3 with Blade
G
C
D
E
J
H
I
F
A
B
M1U1-12-004
Model
Item
ZX130-3 with Blade
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
mm
(ft•in)
*1 B: Maximum Digging Depth
mm
(ft•in)
*1 C: Maximum Cutting Height
mm
(ft•in)
*1 D: Maximum Dumping Height mm
(ft•in)
E: Overall Height
mm
(ft•in)
F: Overall Length
mm
(ft•in)
G: Minimum Swing Radius
mm
(ft•in)
H: Max. Raising Height
mm
(ft•in)
I: Max. Digging Depth
mm
(ft•in)
J: Blade Angle
degree
2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) Arm
2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm
7960
(26' 1”)
5150
(16' 11”)
8370
(27' 6”)
5960
(19' 7”)
2740
(9' 0”)
7660
(25' 2”)
2370
(7' 9”)
8320
(27' 4”)
5570
(18' 3”)
8570
(28' 1”)
6160
(20' 3”)
2740
(9' 0”)
7660
(25' 2”)
2390
(7' 10”)
480
(1' 7”)
510
(1' 8”)
25
NOTE: *1 The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
*2 The dimensions asterisked are for transport pin position.
13-14
3.01 m (9 ft 11 in) Arm
8790
(28' 10”)
6060
(19' 11”)
8900
(29' 2”)
6490
(21' 4”)
*2 2740
(9' 0”)
*2 7670
(25' 2”)
2640
(8' 8”)
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX130-3 with Blade
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
600 mm (24”)
700 mm (28”)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
(Standard)
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
13600
13800
14000
14300
(30000)
(30400)
(30900)
(31500)
10900
11100
11400
11600
(24000)
(24500)
(25100)
(25600)
2740
2740
2740
2740
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
✹ 440
✹ 440
✹ 440
✹ 440
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
3580
3580
3580
3580
(11' 9”)
(11' 9”)
(11' 9”)
(11' 9”)
2490
2590
2690
2790
(8' 2”)
(8' 6”)
(8' 10”)
(8' 2”)
43 kPa
36 kPa
31 kPa
28 kPa
(0.44 kgf/cm2, 6.3 psi) (0.37 kgf/cm2, 5.3 psi) (0.32 kgf/cm2, 4.6 psi) (0.29 kgf/cm2, 4.1 psi)
500 mm (20")
Pad Crawler Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
13500
(29800)
10800
(23800)
2780
(9' 1”)
500
(1' 8”)
3660
(12' 0”)
2490
(8' 2”)
42 kPa
(0.43 kgf/cm2, 6.1 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for a 2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) arm with PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3) standard
bucket.
• 600 mm (24 in), 700 mm (28 in), 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe and 500 mm (20 in) pad crawler shoe should not be
used on gravel or rocky ground.
• ✹ The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-15
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
OFFSET ARM FRONT
2
ZX110-3, 110M-3
Offset Control Pedal
Pedal (1) is located at the operator’s right foot. When
pressed forward, it moves the arm to the right offset position.
When pushed backward, it moves the arm to the left offset
position.
1
3
(2) Right Offset Position
(3) Left Offset Position
M178-13-001
When traveling or using the arm in the center position, fix
pedal (1) in the lock position with stopper (4) as illustrated
here.
Unlock
lock
1
4
Pedal
M201-05-007
The center position of the arm (offset 0) can be confirmed
by consulting the gauge at the top end of the boom.
Offset Guage
M175-13-006
(Offset 0)
M175-13-009
13-16
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
OFFSET DIRECTION AND WORKING RANGE
Right and left offset directions are taken from the point of view
of the operator. Accordingly, “left” offset means that the front
attachment is moved towards the cab.
Interference
Maximum digging depth with maximum offset distance of
1420 mm (4 ft 8 in) is A due to interference of the boom with
the ground surface, as illustrated.
A : 3870 mm (12 ft 8 in)
4000 mm (13 ft 2 in)
Right
Left
Right 3870 mm
(12 ft 8 in)
Left 4000 mm
(13 ft 2 in)
Working Range :
Offset distance can be selected up to a maximum distance of 1
420 mm (4 ft 8 in) for both right and left directions.
1. Maximum digging depth with maximum offset distance
using 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3) bucket is as shown in the illustration.
Bucket Widt
Bucket3Capacity3
0.45 m (0.59 yd )
2. Distance L from the end surface of the crawler to the
farthest end of the bucket will differ with the width of the
bucket and track shoes as shown below.
1420 mm
(4 ft 8 in)
M104-11-006
Dimension L by width of Bucket and Shoe
ZX110-3
Bucket
Capacity*
m3 (yd3)
0.19 (0.25)
0.30 (0.39)
0.40 (0.52)
0.45 (0.59)
Width
mm (in)
550 (22)
700 (28)
800 (31)
970 (38)
Shoe Width 500 mm (20 in)
Left Offset
Right Offset
mm (in)
mm (in)
290 (11)
610 (24)
365 (14)
685 (27)
415 (16)
735 (29)
500 (20)
820 (32)
ZX110M-3
Shoe Width 700 mm (28 in)
Left Offset
Right Offset
mm (in)
mm (in)
165 (7)
485 (19)
240 (9)
560 (22)
290 (11)
610 (24)
375 (15)
695 (27)
* PCSA Heaped
B
L
Cab
Ditch
W
Swing Center
1420 mm (4 ft 8 in)
160 mm
(4.7 in)
Front-End Attachment Center
M104-11-007
13-17
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
PRECAUTIONS FOR OPERATING WITH THE OFFSET FUNCTION
CAUTION: Never jack up the machine with the front
in the offset position. This is extremely dangerous, as
the machine is unstable.
IMPORTANT: • Never use a hydraulic breaker when the
front is in the offset position, as this will
damage the lower and upper booms.
• Do not perform heavy duty work, or dig
gravel with the front in the offset position.
Do not perform tamping work with a
slope-finishing bucket attached.
These operation will damage the lower
and upper booms.
1. When digging with the front in the offset position, the
bucket will come in contact with the track link if the arm
is crowded.
Even if bucket does not touch the track link, watch for the
bucket digging under the track, as this will cause instability.
2. Be sure to follow the precautions shown below.
(1) Do not use the 2.26 m (7’ 5”) arm and 2.81 m (9’ 3”)
arm as it will interfere with the cab when in the offset
position.
(2) Do not use the bucket as a pile driver with the boom
in the offset position.
(3) When digging with the boom in offset position, be
careful not to damage the cylinder stay.
3. In order to prevent the offset pins from getting rusty, operate the offset function regularly. Check offset function
operation every time before starting work.
13-18
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
MAINTENANCE
Refer to the Greasing Front Joint Pins pages in the MAINTENANCE section.
Boom Foot, Boom Cylinder Bottom Side, Arm Cylinder
Rod Side, and Bucket Cylinder Bottom Side Pins:
--- every 500 hours
Refer to the Greasing Front Joint Pins pages in the MAINTENANCE section.
Offset Front Attachment Joint Pins
Greasing Fittings Other Than Illustrated:
--- every 250 hours
Add greasing to all illustrated grease fittings.
Offset Cylinder Bottom and Rod End Stay
--- every 500 hours
M175-13-006
Arm Cylinder Bottom and Rod End.
Bucket Cylinder Bottom End
Arm Joint Pin
--- every 500 hours
M175-13-007
Lower Boom and Upper Boom Joint Pin.
Upper Boom and Stay Cylinder Joint Pin.
--- every 250 hours
M175-13-008
13-19
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX110-3, 110M-3 Offset
A
G
C
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
H
M1U1-12-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A : Overall Width
(Excluding Rearview Mirrors)
B : Cab Height
C : Rear End Swing Radius
D : Minimum Ground Clearance
E : Counterweight Clearance
F : Engine Cover Height
G : Overall Width of Upperstructure
H : Undercarriage Length
I : Undercarriage Width
J : Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K : Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Offset Distance
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX110-3 Offset
ZX110M-3 Offset
1.95 m (6 ft 5 in) Arm
PCSA 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3), CECE 0.4 m3
11700 kg (25800 lb)
13800 kg (30400 lb)
8600 kg (19000 lb)
10700 kg (23600 lb)
ISUZU AJ-4JJ1XYSA-03, 66 kW (90 PS)/1800 min–1 (rpm)
–1
✹ 69 kW (94 PS)/2000 min (rpm)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2690 mm (8 ft 10 in)
2740 mm (9 ft 0 in)
2950 mm (9 ft 8 in)
2130 mm (7 ft 0 in)
* 440 mm (1 ft 5 in)
* 595 mm (1 ft 11 in)
* 890 mm (2 ft 11 in)
* 2050 mm (6 ft 9 in)
* 1100 mm (3 ft 7 in)
* 2260 mm (7 ft 5 in)
2460 mm (8 ft 1 in)
3340 mm (11 ft 0 in)
3790 mm (12 ft 5 in)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2690 mm (9 ft 0 in)
2620 mm (8 ft 7 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
500 mm (Grouser Shoe)
700 mm (Grouser Shoe)
(20 in)
(28 in)
40 kPa (0.41 kgf/cm2, 5.8 psi)
29 kPa (0.30 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)
0 to 1420 mm (0 to 4 ft 8 in)
13.9 min–1 (13.9 rpm)
5.5/3.6 km/h
4.2/2.4 km/h
(3.4/2.2 mph)
(2.6/1.5 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: ✹ H/P mode
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-20
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WORKING RANGES
ZX110-3, 110M-3 Offset
G
1420
1420
C
H
D
E
F
B
A
M1U1-12-002
Model
Item
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
mm
(ft•in)
*1 B: Maximum Digging Depth
mm
(ft•in)
*1 C: Maximum Cutting Height
mm
(ft•in)
*1 D: Maximum Dumping Height mm
(ft•in)
E: Overall Height
mm
(ft•in)
F: Overall Length
mm
(ft•in)
G: Minimum Swing Radius
mm
(ft•in)
H: Front-End Attachment Height mm
at Min. Swing Radius
(ft•in)
ZX110-3 Offset
Off-Set Distance
Max. Off-Set
Distance
(0 mm)
(1420 mm)
(0”)
(4' 8”)
7670
(25' 2”)
5340
(17' 6”)
7720
(25' 4”)
5330
(17' 6”)
3050
(10' 0”)
7320
(24’ 0”)
2940
(9' 8”)
5850
(19' 2”)
7140
(23' 5”)
4800
(15' 9”)
7370
(24' 2”)
4980
(16' 4”)
2910
(9' 7”)
6830
(22' 5”)
2500
(8' 2”)
5510
(18' 1”)
NOTE: *1 The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-21
ZX110M-3 Offset
Off-Set Distance
Max. Off-Set
Distance
(0 mm)
(1420 mm)
(0”)
(4' 8”)
7670
(25' 2”)
5140
(16' 10”)
7920
(26' 0”)
5530
(18' 2”)
3140
(10' 4”)
7320
(24' 0”)
2940
(9' 8”)
6050
(19' 10”)
7140
(23' 5”)
4600
(15' 1”)
7570
(24' 10”)
5180
(17' 0”)
2980
(9' 9”)
6830
(22' 5”)
2500
(8' 2”)
5710
(18' 9”)
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
BUCKET TEETH (Transverse-Type-Pin-Used Type)
ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class
Replacement Procedure
CAUTION: Guard against injury from flying pieces of
metal. Wear goggles or safety glasses.
5
1
2
3
1. Securely lower the bucket to the ground.
2. Use hammer (3) and drift (2) to drive out transverse-type
locking pin (1) to remove tooth (4).
NOTE: Be sure to use a drift (2) thinner than pin (1).
3. Clean shank (5) surface. Attach a new tooth (4) onto
shank (5). Insert pin (1) as deep as it goes. Then, drive pin
(1) using hammer (3) and drift (2) to securely lock tooth
(4).
4
13-22
M157-14-013
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
2-PIECE BOOM
1
2-piece boom operation
The 2-piece boom can be operated using attachment pedal
(1) located on the left front of the seat, as illustrated.
CAUTION: Be sure to lock attachment pedal (1) with
pedal lock (2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.
Do not step on attachment pedal (1).
M1V1-13-001
1
UNLOCK
LOCK
2
Stopper Bar
M1G6-05-011
A: Raise
B: Lower
A
B
M1G6-05-018
Precautions for operating 2-piece boom.
WARNING: When operating with 2-piece boom, the
bucket may come in contact with the cab. Operate the
machine with care not to allow the tip of bucket to hit
the cab while rolling in the front attachment.
SS4603204
13-23
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
MAINTENANCE (2-PIECE BOOM)
Front Joint Pins
Bucket --- every 250 hours
M178-07-007
Link Pins --- every 500 hours
M178-07-007
Other --- every 500 hours
• Boom Cylinder Bottom
M157-07-156
13-24
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
• Boom Foot
M1G6-13-005
• Boom and Arm Joint Pins, Arm Cylinder Rod Pin and
Bucket Cylinder Bottom Pin.
M157-07-175
• Boom Cylinder Rod Pins and Positioning Cylinder Bottom
Pin.
M1G6-13-006
13-25
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
• Bottom Boom and Upper Boom Joint Pin, Positioning
Cylinder Rod Pin and Arm Cylinder Bottom Pin.
M1G6-13-007
13-26
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3 2-piece Boom
A
G
C
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
H
M1U1-12-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
ZX130-3 2-piece Boom
ZX130LCN-3 2-piece Boom
2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) Arm
PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3), CECE 0.45 m3
12900 kg (28400 lb)
13100 kg (28900 lb)
9900 kg (21600 lb)
10000 kg (22100 lb)
ISUZU AJ-4JJ1XYSA-03, 66 kW (90 PS)/1800 min–1 (rpm)
–1
✹ 69 kW (94 PS)/2000 min (rpm)
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2740 mm (9 ft 0 in)
2130 mm (7 ft 0 in)
*440 mm (1 ft 5 in)
* 890 mm (2 ft 11 in)
* 2050 mm (6 ft 9 in)
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
2460 mm (8 ft 1 in)
3580 mm (11 ft 9 in)
3750 mm (12 ft 4 in)
2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2880 mm (9 ft 5 in)
3050 mm (10 ft 0 in)
500 mm (20 in) (Grouser Shoe)
40 kPa (0.41 kgf/cm2) (5.8 psi)
39 kPa (0.40 kgf/cm2) (5.7 psi)
13.7 min–1 (13.7 rpm)
5.5/3.4 km/h (3.4/2.1 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: ✹ H/P mode
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-27
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WORKING RANGES
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3 2-piece Boom
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
M1U1-12-006
Item
Category
A: Maximum Digging Reach
*1 B: Maximum Digging Depth
*1 C: Maximum Cutting Height
*1 D: Maximum Dumping Height
E: Overall Height
F: Overall Length
G: Minimum Swing Radius
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
mm
(ft•in)
2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe
7950
(26' 1")
4940
(16' 3")
9070
(29' 9")
6610
(21' 8")
2740
(9' 0")
7610
(25' 0")
1750
(5' 9")
NOTE: *1 The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
*2 The dimensions asterisked are for transport pin position.
13-28
2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm
Backhoe
8320
(27' 4")
5340
(17' 6")
9390
(30' 10")
6930
(22' 9")
2740
(9' 0")
7590
(24' 11")
1820
(6' 0")
3.01 m (9 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe
8800
(28' 11")
5830
(19' 2")
9820
(32' 3")
7360
(24' 2")
*2 2740
(9' 0")
7590
(24' 11")
2000
(6' 7")
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX130-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
600 mm (24”)
700 mm (28”)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
(Standard)
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
12900
13100
13300
13600
(28400)
(28900)
(29300)
(30000)
9900
10100
10300
10500
(21600)
(22300)
(22700)
(23200)
2740
2740
2740
2740
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
✹ 440
✹ 440
✹ 440
✹ 440
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
3580
3580
3580
3580
(11' 9”)
(11' 9”)
(11' 9”)
(11' 9”)
2490
2590
2690
2790
(8' 2”)
(8' 6”)
(8' 10”)
(8' 2”)
40 kPa
34 kPa
29 kPa
26 kPa
(0.41 kgf/cm2, 5.8 psi) (0.35 kgf/cm2, 5.0 psi) (0.30 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi) (0.27 kgf/cm2, 3.8 psi)
500 mm (20”)
Pad Crawler Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
12800
(28200)
9700
(21800)
2780
(9' 1")
500
(1' 8")
3660
(12' 0")
2490
(8' 2")
40 kPa
(0.41 kgf/cm2, 5.8 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for a 2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) arm with PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3) standard bucket.
• 600 mm (24 in), 700 mm (28 in), 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe and 500 mm (20 in) pad crawler shoe should not be
used on gravel or rocky ground.
• ✹ The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-29
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX130LCN-3 2-piece Boom (without Blade)
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight
kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width
mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
600 mm (24”)
700 mm (28”)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
For Weak Footing
(Standard)
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
13100
13300
13500
13700
(28900)
(29300)
(29800)
(30200)
10000
10200
10400
10700
(22100)
(22700)
(23200)
(23600)
2740
2740
2740
2740
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
(9' 0”)
✹ 440
✹ 440
✹ 440
✹ 440
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
(1' 5”)
3750
3750
3750
3750
(12' 4”)
(12' 4”)
(12' 4”)
(12' 4”)
2490
2590
2690
2790
(8' 2”)
(8' 6”)
(8' 10”)
(8' 2”)
39 kPa
33 kPa
28 kPa
25 kPa
(0.40 kgf/cm2, 5.7 psi) (0.34 kgf/cm2, 4.8 psi) (0.29 kgf/cm2, 4.1 psi) (0.25 kgf/cm2, 3.6 psi)
500 mm (20”)
Pad Crawler Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
12900
(28400)
9900
(22300)
2780
(9' 1")
500
(1' 8")
3830
(12' 7")
2490
(8' 2")
38 kPa
(0.39 kgf/cm2, 5.5 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for a 2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) arm with PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3) standard bucket.
• 600 mm (24 in), 700 mm (28 in), 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe and 500 mm (20 in) pad crawler shoe should not be
used on gravel or rocky ground.
• ✹ The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-30
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX210-3, 210LC-3 2-piece Boom
T1V1-01-01-006
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX210-3 2-piece Boom
ZX210LC-3 2-piece Boom
2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) Arm
PCSA 0.80 m3 (1.05 yd3), CECE 0.7 m3
20900 kg (46100 lb)
21500 kg (47400 lb)
15900 kg (35100 lb)
16500 kg (36400 lb)
Isuzu AI-4HK1XYSA-02 ­122 kW/2000 min–1 (166 PS/2000 rpm)
2860 mm (9 ft 5 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
2950 mm (9 ft 8 in)
2750 mm (9 ft 0 in)
*450 mm (18 in)
* 1030 mm (3 ft 5 in)
* 2270 mm (7 ft 5 in)
2710 mm (8 ft 11 in)
4170 mm (13 ft 8 in)
4470 mm (14 ft 8 in)
2800 mm (9 ft 2 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3370 mm (11 ft 1 in)
3660 mm (12 ft 0 in)
600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
47 kPa (0.48 kgf/cm2, 6.8 psi)
44 kPa (0.45 kgf/cm2, 6.4 psi)
–1
13.3 min (rpm)
5.5/3.5 km/h (3.4/2.2 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-31
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WORKING RANGES
ZX210-3, 210LC-3 2-piece Boom
G
C
D
E
F
B
A
Backhoe
Item
A:
*B:
*C:
*D:
E:
F:
G:
Category
Maximum Digging Reach
Maximum Digging Depth
Maximum Cutting Height
Maximum Dumping Height
Overall Height
Overall Length
Minimum Swing Radius
2.03 m (6 ft 8 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9210
30’3”
*5420
*17’9”
*10590
*34’9”
*7670
*25’2”
3020
9’11”
9650
31’8”
2630
8’8”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-32
M1V1-13-003
2.42 m (7 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9430
30’11”
*5720
*18’9”
*10640
*34’11”
*7700
*25’3”
3060
10’0”
9620
31’7”
2630
8’8”
2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9930
32’7”
*6230
*20’5”
*11080
*36’4”
*8150
*26’9”
3010
9’11”
9560
31’4”
2320
7’7”
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX210-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
20900
(46100)
15900
(35100)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
2800
(9’2”)
47 kPa
(0.48 kgf/cm2,
6.8 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
21300
(47000)
16300
(35900)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
2900
(9’6”)
41 kPa
(0.42 kgf/cm2,
6.0 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
21600
(47600)
16600
(36600)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
3000
(9’10”)
36 kPa
(0.37 kgf/cm2,
5.3 psi)
900 mm (35”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
22200
(48900)
17000
(37500)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4170
(13’8”)
3100
(10’2”)
32 kPa
(0.33 kgf/cm2,
4.7 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
21500
(47400)
16500
(36400)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4460
(14’8”)
2990
(9’14”)
44 kPa
(0.45 kgf/cm2,
6.4 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
21900
(48300)
16900
(37300)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4460
(14’8”)
3090
(10’2”)
39 kPa
(0.40 kgf/cm2,
5.7 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
22100
(48700)
17100
(37700)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4460
(14’8”)
3190
(10’6”)
34 kPa
(0.35 kgf/cm2,
5.0 psi)
900 mm (35”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
22600
(49800)
17600
(38800)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4460
(14’8”)
3290
(10’10”)
31 kPa
(0.32 kgf/cm2,
4.6 psi)
ZX210LC-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
NOTE:
• The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) arm with PCSA 0.8 m3 (1.05 yd3) bucket.
• 700, 800 mm (28, 31 in) and 900 mm (35 in) grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• ✹ The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-33
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3 2-piece Boom
T1V1-01-01-006
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX210LCN-3 2-piece Boom
ZX240N-3 2-piece Boom
2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) Arm
PCSA 0.80 m3 (1.05 yd3), CECE 0.7 m3
21700 kg (47800 lb)
23200 kg (51100 lb)
16700 kg (36800 lb)
18200 kg (40100 lb)
Isuzu AI-4HK1XYSA-02 ­122 kW/2000 min–1 (166 PS/2000 rpm)
2500 mm (8 ft 2 in)
2950 mm (9 ft 8 in)
2750 mm (9 ft 0 in)
*450 mm (18 in)
* 1020 mm (3 ft 4 in)
* 2270 mm (7 ft 5 in)
2480 mm (8 ft 2 in)
4460 mm (14 ft 8 in)
4260 mm (14 ft 0 in)
2480 mm (8 ft 2 in)
3660 mm (12 ft 0 in)
3460 mm (11 ft 4 in)
500 mm (20 in) (Grouser shoe)
550 mm (22 in) (Grouser shoe)
54 kPa (0.55 kgf/cm2, 7.8 psi)
55 kPa (0.56 kgf/cm2, 8.0 psi)
–1
13.3 min (rpm)
5.5/3.5 km/h (3.4/2.2 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-34
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WORKING RANGES
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3 2-piece Boom
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
Backhoe
Item
A:
*B:
*C:
*D:
E:
F:
G:
Category
Maximum Digging Reach
Maximum Digging Depth
Maximum Cutting Height
Maximum Dumping Height
Overall Height
Overall Length
Minimum Swing Radius
2.03 m (6 ft 8 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9280
30’6”
*5420
*17’9”
*10590
*34’9”
*7670
*25’2”
3020
9’11”
9640
31’8”
2700
8’10”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-35
M1V1-13-003
2.42 m (7 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9500
31’2”
*5720
*18’9”
*10640
*34’11”
*7700
*25’3”
3060
10’0”
9620
31’7”
2700
8’10”
2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10000
32’10”
*6230
*20’5”
*11080
*36’4”
*8150
*26’9”
3010
9’11”
9560
31’4”
2390
7’10”
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX210LCN-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
500 mm (20”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
21700
(47800)
16700
(36800)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4460
(14’8”)
2480
(8’2”)
54 kPa
(0.55 kgf/cm2, 7.8 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
21900
(48300)
16800
(37000)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4460
(14’8”)
2580
(8’6”)
45 kPa
(0.46 kgf/cm2, 6.5 psi)
ZX240N-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
550 mm (22”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
23200
(51100)
18200
(40100)
2950
(9’8”)
✹ 450
(18”)
4200
(14’0”)
2480
(8’2”)
55 kPa
(0.56 kgf/cm2, 8.0 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 2.91 m (9 ft 7 in) arm with PCSA 0.8 m3 (1.05 yd3) bucket.
• 600 mm (24 in) grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• ✹ The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-36
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3 2-piece Boom
A
C
G
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
H
M1V1-12-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX250LC-3 2-piece Boom
ZX250LCN-3 2-piece Boom
2.19 m (9 ft 9 in) Arm
PCSA 1.0 m3 (1.3 yd3), CECE 0.9 m3
25600 kg (56400 lb)
25500 kg (56200 lb)
19600 kg (43200 lb)
19500 kg (43000 lb)
Isuzu AH-4HK1XYSA-01 ­132 kW/2000 min–1 (180 PS/2000 rpm)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3010 mm (9 ft 11 in)
2940 mm (9 ft 8 in)
*460 mm (18 in)
* 1090 mm (3 ft 7 in)
* 2425 mm (8 ft)
2890 mm (9 ft 6 in)
4640 mm (15 ft 3 in)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3845 mm (12 ft 7 in)
600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
51 kPa (0.52 kgf/cm2, 7.4 psi)
13.5 min–1 (rpm)
5.5/3.4 km/h (3.4/2.1 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-37
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WORKING RANGES
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3 2-piece Boom
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
Backhoe
Item
A:
*B:
*C:
*D:
E:
F:
G:
Maximum Digging Reach
Maximum Digging Depth
Maximum Cutting Height
Maximum Dumping Height
Overall Height
Overall Length
Minimum Swing Radius
Item
A:
*B:
*C:
*D:
E:
F:
G:
Category
Category
Maximum Digging Reach
Maximum Digging Depth
Maximum Cutting Height
Maximum Dumping Height
Overall Height
Overall Length
Minimum Swing Radius
2.19 m (7 ft 2 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
9770
32’1”
5810
19’1”
11300
37’1”
8210
26’11”
3150
10’4”
10230
33’7”
2500
8’2”
3.61 m (11 ft 10 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
11070
36’4”
7190
23’7”
12420
40’9”
9300
30’6”
3340
11’0”
10190
33’5”
2610
8’7”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-38
M1V1-13-003
2.50 m (8 ft 2 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10010
32’10”
6080
19’11”
11470
37’8”
8350
27’5”
3200
10’6”
10250
33’8”
2560
8’5”
2.96 m (9 ft 9 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10430
34’3”
6530
21’5”
11840
38’10”
8720
28’7”
3090
10’2”
10220
33’6”
2310
7’7”
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX250LC-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary
Ground
(Standard)
25600
(56400)
19600
(43200)
3010
(9’11”)
✹ 460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3190
(10’6”)
51 kPa
(0.52 kgf/cm2,
7.4 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
25900
(57100)
19900
(43900)
3010
(9’11”)
✹ 460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3290
(10’10”)
44 kPa
(0.45 kgf/cm2,
6.4 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
26200
(57800)
20200
(44500)
3010
(9’11”)
✹ 460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3390
(11’1”)
39 kPa
(0.40 kgf/cm2,
5.7 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary
Ground
(Standard)
25500
(56200)
19500
(43000)
3010
(9’11”)
✹ 460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
2990
(9’10”)
51 kPa
(0.52 kgf/cm2,
7.4 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
25800
(56900)
19800
(43700)
3010
(9’11”)
✹ 460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3090
(10’2”)
44 kPa
(0.45 kgf/cm2,
6.4 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
26100
(57500)
20100
(44300)
3010
(9’11”)
✹ 460
(18”)
4640
(15’3”)
3190
(10’6”)
39 kPa
(0.40 kgf/cm2,
5.7 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
26300
(58000)
20300
(44800)
3020
(9’11”)
500
(20”)
4660
(15’4”)
3190
(10’6”)
52 kPa
(0.53 kgf/cm2,
7.5 psi)
900 mm (35”)
Triangular Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
27700
(61100)
21700
(47800)
3060
(10’1”)
✹ 460
(18”)
4750
(15’7”)
3490
(11’5”)
36 kPa
(0.37 kgf/cm2,
5.3 psi)
ZX250LCN-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
26300
(58000)
20200
(44500)
3020
(9’11”)
500
(20”)
4660
(15’4”)
2990
(9’10”)
52 kPa
(0.53 kgf/cm2,
7.5 psi)
900 mm (35”)
Triangular Shoe
For Weak
Footing
(Option)
27600
(60800)
21600
(47600)
3060
(10’1”)
­✹ 460
(18”)
4750
(15’7”)
3290
(10’10”)
36 kPa
(0.37 kgf/cm2,
5.3 psi)
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 2.19 m (7 ft 2 in) arm with PCSA 1.0 m3 (1.3 yd3) bucket.
• 700, 800 mm (28, 31 in) grouser shoe, 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe and 900 mm (35 in) triangular shoe should not be
used on gravel or rocky ground.
• ✹ The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-39
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3 2-piece Boom
A
C
G
B
F
E
D
K
J
I
H
M1V1-12-001
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX280LC-3 2-piece Boom
ZX280LCN-3 2-piece Boom
3.11 m (10 ft 2 in) Arm
PCSA 1.1 m3 (1.44 yd3), CECE 1.0 m3
28500 kg (62800 lb)
28300 kg (62400 lb)
22400 kg (49400 lb)
22200 kg (48900 lb)
Isuzu AH-4HK1XSA-03 140 kW/2100 min–1 (190 PS/2100 rpm)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
3000 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3100 mm (10 ft 2 in)
2940 mm (9 ft 8 in)
*510 mm (20 in)
* 1180 mm (3 ft 10 in)
* 2515 mm (8 ft 3 in)
2890 mm (9 ft 6 in)
4940 mm (16 ft 3 in)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
3000 mm (9 ft 10 in)
4052 mm (13 ft 4 in)
600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
53 kPa (0.54 kgf/cm2, 7.7 psi)
12.6 min–1 (rpm)
5.5/3.3 km/h (3.4/2.0 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-40
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WORKING RANGES
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3 2-piece Boom
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
Backhoe
Item
A:
*B:
*C:
*D:
E:
F:
G:
Category
Maximum Digging Reach
Maximum Digging Depth
Maximum Cutting Height
Maximum Dumping Height
Overall Height
Overall Length
Minimum Swing Radius
2.42 m (7 ft 10 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10070
33’1”
6020
19’9”
11500
37’9”
8390
27’6”
3220
10’7”
10330
33’11”
2820
9’3”
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-41
3.11 m (10 ft 2 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10740
35’3”
6690
21’11”
12080
39’8”
8960
29’5”
3150
10’4”
10300
33’10”
2580
8’6”
M1V1-13-003
3.76 m (12 ft 4 in) Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
11330
37’2”
7330
24’ 1”
12550
41’2”
9430
30’11”
3380
11’1”
10310
33’10”
2740
9’0”
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX280LC-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
28500
(62800)
22400
(49400)
3100
(10’2”)
✹ ­510
(20”)
4940
(16’3”)
3190
(10’6”)
53 kPa
(0.54 kgf/cm2,
7.7 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
29100
(64200)
23000
(50700)
3100
(10’2”)
✹ ­510
(20”)
4940
(16’3”)
3290
(10’10”)
47 kPa
(0.48 kgf/cm2,
6.8 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
29400
(64800)
23300
(51400)
3100
(10’2”)
✹ ­510
(20”)
4940
(16’3”)
3390
(11’1”)
41 kPa
(0.42 kgf/cm2,
6.0 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
29400
(64800)
23300
(51400)
3160
(10’4”)
550
(22”)
4940
(16’3”)
3190
(10’6”)
55 kPa
(0.56 kgf/cm2,
8.0 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
28300
(62400)
22200
(48900)
3100
(10’2”)
✹ ­510
(20”)
4940
(16’3”)
3000
(10’6”)
53 kPa
(0.54 kgf/cm2,
7.7 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
28900
(63700)
22800
(50300)
3100
(10’2”)
✹ ­510
(20”)
4940
(16’3”)
3100
(10’10”)
46 kPa
(0.47 kgf/cm2,
6.7 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
29300
(64600)
23200
(51100)
3100
(10’2”)
✹ ­510
(20”)
4940
(16’3”)
3200
(11’1”)
41 kPa
(0.42 kgf/cm2,
6.0 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
29300
(64400)
23200
(51100)
3260
(10’8”)
550
(21”)
4940
(16’4”)
3000
(10’6”)
55 kPa
(0.56 kgf/cm2,
8.0 psi)
ZX280LCN-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
NOTE:
• The specifications for the front-end attachment is for 2.40 m (7 ft 10 in) arm with PCSA 1.1 m3 (1.44 yd3) bucket.
• 700, 800 mm (28, 31 in) grouser shoe and 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• ✹ The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-42
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SPECIFICATIONS
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3 2-piece Boom
A
C
G
B
F
E
D
J
K
I
H
M1V1-12-003
Model
Type of Front-End Attachment
Bucket Capacity (Heaped)
Operating Weight
Base Machine Weight
Engine
A: Overall Width (Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height
C: Rear End Swing Radius
D: Minimum Ground Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance
F: Engine Cover Height
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length
I: Undercarriage Width
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center
K: Track Shoe Width
Ground Pressure
Swing Speed
Travel Speed (fast/slow)
Gradeability
ZX350LC-3 2-piece Boom
ZX350LCN-3 2-piece Boom
3.20 m (10 ft 6 in) Arm
PCSA 1.4 m3 (1.83 yd3), CECE 1.2 m3 (1.57 yd3)
32900 kg (72500 lb)
32800 kg (72300 lb)
25500 kg (56200 lb)
25400 kg (56000 lb)
Isuzu AH-6HK1XYSA-01 202 kW/1900 min–1 (275 PS/1900 rpm)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
3000 mm (9 ft 10 in)
3140 mm (10 ft 4 in)
3390 mm (11 ft 2 in)
*500 mm (20 in)
* 1160 mm (3 ft 10 in)
* 2590 mm (8 ft 6 in)
2990 mm (9 ft 10 in)
4940 mm (16 ft 3 in)
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
3000 mm (9 ft 10 in)
4050 mm (13 ft 3 in)
600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
66 kPa
(0.67 kgf/cm2, 9.6 psi)
10.7 min–1 (rpm)
5.0/3.2 km/h (3.1/2.0 mph)
35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-43
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WORKING RANGES
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3 2-piece Boom
G
C
D
E
F
A
B
Backhoe
Category
Item
A:
*B:
*C:
*D:
E:
F:
G:
Maximum Digging Reach
Maximum Digging Depth
Maximum Cutting Height
Maximum Dumping Height
Overall Height
Overall Length
Minimum Swing Radius
2.33 m (7 ft 8 in)
Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10390
34’ 1”
6040
19’ 10”
11870
38’ 11”
8550
28’ 1”
3380
11’ 1”
11150
36’ 7”
3250
10’ 8”
2.67 m (8 ft 9 in)
Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
10680
35’ 0”
6360
20’ 10”
12060
39’ 7”
8750
28’ 9”
3370
11’ 1”
11110
36’ 5”
3120
10’ 3”
NOTE: * The dimensions include the height of the shoe lug.
13-44
M1V1-13-004
3.20 m (10 ft 6 in)
Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
11220
36’ 10”
6900
22’ 8”
12550
41’ 2”
9240
30’ 4”
3310
10’ 10”
11070
36’ 4”
2890
9’ 6”
4.00 m (13 ft 1 in)
Arm
Backhoe
mm
ft•in
12000
39’ 4”
7700
25’ 3”
13210
43’ 4”
9910
32’ 6”
3690
12’ 1”
10020
32’ 11”
3230
10’ 7”
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZX350LC-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
34200
(75400)
25500
(56200)
3140
(10’ 4”)
✹ 500
(20”)
4940
(16’ 3”)
3190
(10’ 6”)
64 kPa
(0.65 kgf/cm2,
9.2 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
34600
(76300)
25900
(57100)
3140
(10’ 4”)
✹ 500
(20”)
4950
(16’ 3”)
3290
(10’ 10”)
56 kPa
(0.57 kgf/cm2,
8.1 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
35000
(77200)
26200
(57800)
3140
(10’ 4”)
✹ 500
(20”)
4950
(16’ 3”)
3390
(11’ 1”)
49 kPa
(0.5 kgf/cm2,
7.1 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
34900
(76900)
26200
(57800)
3140
(10’ 4”)
540
(21”)
4950
(16’ 3”)
3190
(10’ 6”)
66 kPa
(0.67 kgf/cm2,
9.5 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground
(Standard)
34200
(75400)
25400
(56000)
3140
(10’ 4”)
✹ ­500
(20”)
4940
(16’ 3”)
3000
(9’ 10”)
64 kPa
(0.65 kgf/cm2,
9.2 psi)
700 mm (28”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
34600
(76300)
25800
(56900)
3140
(10’ 4”)
✹ 500
(20”)
4950
(16’ 3”)
3100
(10’ 2”)
56 kPa
(0.57 kgf/cm2,
8.1 psi)
800 mm (31”)
Grouser Shoe
For Weak Footing
(Option)
34900
(76900)
26200
(57800)
3140
(10’ 4”)
✹ 500
(20”)
4950
(16’ 3”)
3200
(10’ 6”)
49 kPa
(0.5 kgf/cm2,
7.1 psi)
600 mm (24”)
Flat Shoe
For Paved Road
(Option)
34900
(76900)
26100
(57500)
3140
(10’ 4”)
540
(21”)
4950
(16’ 3”)
3000
(9’ 10”)
66 kPa
(0.67 kgf/cm2,
9.5 psi)
ZX350LCN-3 2-piece Boom
Shoe Width
Application
Operating Weight
kg
(lb)
Base Machine Weight kg
(lb)
Cab Height
mm
(ft•in)
Minimum Ground
mm
Clearance
(ft•in)
Undercarriage
mm
Length
(ft•in)
Undercarriage Width mm
(ft•in)
Ground Pressure
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for 2.33 m (7 ft 8 in) arm with PCSA 1.4 m3 (1.83 yd3) bucket.
• 700 mm (28 in) grouser shoe, 800 mm (31 in) grouser shoe and 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• ✹ The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
13-45
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING HOOK
Handling suspended loads
This machine was specifically designed for excavation/loading application. Handling suspended loads, as a completion
of excavation/loading application, is admitted on condition
that the machine is equipped with the specific device supplied by HITACHI Construction Machinery on request. For
handling suspended loads strictly follow the national laws
on this subject, the rules indicated below.
WARNING: Load holding and lowering pilot operated
valves located on cylinders, overload warning device,
the lifting capacity chart in the cabin and hook on the
“A” link are SAFETY DEVICES being part of the version
for suspended load handling. If one of these devices
is missing or damaged, the machine cannot be used
for handling suspended loads.
1
WARNING: Before handling suspended loads, check
that valves are not damaged or unusually noisy. If any
defect is discovered, contact your dealer and do not
use the machine for handling suspended loads. Lifting devices (hooks, chains, etc) must be undamaged
and not worn. Check before use. Follow the current
laws to check these devices. (they are not supplied
with the machine)
T1V1-05-02-004
WARNING: To avoid any possible accident, do not
exceed the machine’s rated lifting capacity. If the
machine is not on level ground, lifting capacity is reduced. Set the engine power suitable for the required
hydraulic power. Estimate (if not known) the weight
of the object to handle and compare with the data on
the lifting chart in the cabin. Do not lift loads whose
weight exceeds the maximum load on the chart.
Before starting lifting operations, press switch (1) to
engage the overload warning device sensor. When
reaching the limit load the sensor activates an acoustic device. Fix the load by special hook (2) on the “A”
link , by using coupling devices and chains suitable
for the load to lift.
M1U1-01-010
2
M1V1-13-002
13-46
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
WARNING: Lifting devices (hooks, chains, etc) must
be undamaged and not worn: check them. Follow
the current laws to check these devices (they are not
supplied with machine). Do not lift objects fixed to
the ground. Do not use this device to tow, uproot or
tear out. In order to limit load oscillations, do not use
too long ropes and/or chains to sling it. Check the
working area and be sure there are no obstacles on
the load run. To avoid sudden load oscillations, lift
the load slowly and avoid any sharp movement. Keep
the load close to the machine to improve stability and
operate preferably on its longitudinal axis rather than
its transversal axis. Lift the load to the bare minimum.
WARNING: Lifted loads can oscillate or rotate in any
direction: it is possible that they hit persons or the
machine’s cabin. Keep everybody away from the
machine range and handle the load slowly in order to
avoid danger. If the load starts oscillating or rotating,
slacken and stop, place it carefully on firm ground
and correct the way it was hooked up.
WARNING: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is as follows.
Model
ZX120-3 class
ZX160LC-3
ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3
ZX200-3 class
ZX270-3 class
Maximum allowable lifting load
4.0 t
5.5 t
8.0 t
10.0 t
13-47
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
M1G6-13-013
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX110-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 1.96 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4850*
4850*
4980*
0
6360*
6470
5370*
4980*
0
4500
4500
4630
3160*
3650*
3490
3360
3340
2890*
2760
2600
2480
2460
2320
2270
2220
2120*
2080*
2130
2180
2510
3490*
1760
1710
1670
2110
1740
1600
1640
1880
2680
ZX110-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 2.26 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4500*
8500*
4500*
8500*
4530*
6580*
6470
6430
5800*
4530*
4760
4500
4480
4580
2920*
3450*
3510
3370
3320
3380
2920
2790
2610
2480
2440
2500
2340
2270
2220
1790*
1760*
1860*
2040
2310
3160
1780
1710
1660
1790*
1620
1500
1530
1730
2350
ZX110-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 2.81 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
5.42
6.05
6.26
6.09
5.51
4.34
1.5 m
3.0 m
5.73
6.33
6.53
6.37
5.81
4.73
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4030*
6960*
4030*
6960*
3600*
5830*
6470
6350
6380*
3600*
4880
4500
4400
4450
2480*
3030*
3540
3360
3270
3290
2480*
2840
2640
2470
2390
2410
2070*
2360
2270
2200
2160
1830
1790
1710
1640
1600
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-48
1550*
1540*
1620*
1810
2000
2560
1550*
1440
1340
1350
1490
1900
6.27
6.82
7.01
6.86
6.35
5.37
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
M1G6-13-013
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX110-3 Blade (Down), Monoblock boom, Arm 1.96 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
A: Load radius
4.5 m
Unit; kg
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4850*
4850*
4980*
4980*
6360*
6880*
5370*
5050
5050
5180
3160*
3650*
4330*
4730*
4590*
3160*
3070
2910
2790
2760
2370*
3400*
3250*
2119*
2077*
2193*
2501*
3207*
3491*
1970
1920
1880
2119*
1948
1808
1847
2116
3005
ZX110-3 Blade (Down), Monoblock boom, Arm 2.26 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
A: Load radius
4.5 m
Unit; kg
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4500*
8500*
4500*
8500*
4530*
6580*
6790*
7070*
5800*
4530*
5310
5050
5030
5130
2920*
3450*
4170*
4670*
4660*
3740*
2920*
3100
2920
2790
2750
2810
2840*
3300*
3470*
1790*
1760*
1860*
2100*
2640*
3420*
1990
1930
1870
1790*
1760*
1700
1730
1950
2640
ZX110-3 Blade (Down), Monoblock boom, Arm 2.81 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
5.42
6.05
6.26
6.09
5.51
4.34
1.5 m
3.0 m
A: Load radius
4.5 m
5.73
6.33
6.53
6.37
5.81
4.73
Unit; kg
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4030*
6960*
4030*
6960*
3600*
5830*
7140*
7240*
6380*
3600*
5430
5050
4950
5000
2480*
3030*
3830*
4480*
4680*
4200*
2480*
3030*
2950
2780
2700
2720
2070*
2760*
3080*
3360*
3370*
2050
2010
1930
1850
1820
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-49
1550*
1540*
1620*
1820*
2240*
3250*
1550*
1540*
1520
1530
1690
2150
6.27
6.82
7.01
6.86
6.35
5.37
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
B
M1G6-13-017
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX110-3 Off-set front, Arm 1.96 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4460*
9030*
4460*
9030*
3600*
3600*
5390*
5750
5920*
3790*
3800
3990
2150*
2660*
3230
3010
2950
3090
2150*
2620
2320
2110
2050
2180
2170
2060
1970
1860*
1800*
1830
1850
2110
3000
1580
1480
1400
1840
1460
1310
1310
1490
2130
ZX110-3 Blade(Down), Off-set front, Arm 1.96 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
5.63
6.24
6.44
6.28
5.71
4.60
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4460*
9030*
4460*
9030*
3600*
3600*
5390*
6550*
5920*
4340
4350
4540
2150*
2660*
3400*
4000*
4240*
3790*
2150*
2660*
2630
2420
2360
2490
2470*
2750*
3030*
1800
1700
1610
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-50
1860*
1800*
1870*
2080*
2570*
3640*
1862*
1661
1503
1512
1723
2429
5.63
6.24
6.44
6.28
5.71
4.60
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
M1G6-13-013
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX110M-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 1.96 m, G 700 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
5430*
5430*
5270*
5890*
6770*
6740*
5020*
5270*
5690
5550
5570
5020*
3200*
3740*
4410*
4750*
4520*
3200*
3330
3160
3060
3050
2640*
3300*
2880*
2100*
2080*
2220*
2570*
3370*
3450*
2160
2110
2070
2100*
2080*
1980
2060
2400
3450*
ZX110M-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 2.26 m, G 700 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4960*
4960*
4820*
6780*
7040*
6960*
5520*
4820*
5760
5550
5540
5520*
2970*
3540*
4260*
4710*
4610*
3440*
2970*
3360
3180
3060
3030
3110
3000*
3310
3260
1770*
1760*
1880*
2150*
2760*
3410*
2170
2110
2060
1770*
1760*
1860
1920
2210
3100
ZX110M-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 2.81 m, G 700 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
5.53
6.10
6.26
6.03
5.39
4.11
1.5 m
3.0 m
5.85
6.39
6.53
6.32
5.70
4.52
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4370*
7470*
4370*
7470*
3930*
6090*
7210*
7180*
6180*
3930*
5870
5530
5450
5530
2530*
3140*
3940*
4540*
4660*
4050*
2530*
3140*
3200
3040
2970
3010
2210*
2800*
3130*
3230
3204
2210*
2190
2100
2030
2010
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-51
1540*
1540*
1640*
1860*
2330*
3260*
1540*
1540*
1640*
1710
1910
2490
6.37
6.87
7.01
6.81
6.25
5.19
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
M1G6-13-013
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX130-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 2.10 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4760*
4760*
6340*
6180
5410*
8390*
6880*
5370
5380
5510
3730*
4440*
4640
4480
4440
4520
3500
3320
3110
2970
2940
3010
3100
3010
2940
2940
2790*
2700
2540
2590
2910
3880
2150
2070
2010
2000
2210
1870
1750
1780
1990
2620
ZX130-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 2.52 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4560*
8410*
4560*
8410*
5540*
7960*
6330*
8680*
7460*
5540
5650
5350
5320
5410
3350*
4100*
4660
4480
4400
4440
3350*
3360
3130
2970
2900
2940
3180
3110
3010
2930
2890
2220
2160
2070
1990
1960
2310*
2300*
2340
2380
2630
3340
2000
1720
1610
1630
1790
2260
ZX130-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 3.01 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
5.96
6.54
6.73
6.57
6.04
5.00
1.5 m
4030*
7050*
4030*
7050*
3.0 m
4570*
7250*
6970*
8710*
7960*
5810*
4570*
5790
5340
5220
5270
5480
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
2900*
3660*
4660*
4460
4350
4360
3620*
6.37
6.91
7.09
6.94
6.44
5.48
2900*
3410
3160
2950
2850
2850
3000
6.0 m
2950
3130
3010
2900
2850
2870
2250
2170
2060
1970
1910
1940
2130
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-52
Max.
7.5 m
1460
2140*
2000*
1990*
2080*
2130
2320
2820
3510*
2140*
1760
1530
1440
1450
1570
1910
2940
REACH
m
5.97
6.89
7.39
7.56
7.42
6.95
6.08
4.57
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
M1G6-13-013
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX130-3 Blade (Down), Monoblock boom, Arm 2.10 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
A: Load radius
4.5 m
Unit; kg
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4760*
4760*
6340*
6340*
5410*
8390*
6880*
5410*
5930
6060
3730*
4440*
5300*
5800*
5690*
4680*
3730*
3630
3420
3280
3250
3310
3770*
4090*
4280*
4010*
2790*
2750*
2890*
3240*
3960*
3940*
2370
2290
2220
2220
2430
2070
1940
1970
2200
2890
ZX130-3 Blade (Down), Monoblock boom, Arm 2.52 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
A: Load radius
4.5 m
Unit; kg
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4560*
8410*
4560*
8410*
5540*
7960*
6330*
8680*
7460*
5540*
6200
5900
5870
5960
3350*
4100*
5040*
5680*
5750*
5070*
3350*
3670*
3440
3280
3210
3250
3310*
3540*
3920*
4210*
4150*
2440
2380
2290
2210
2180
2310*
2300*
2430*
2710*
3290*
3830*
2200
1900
1790
1810
1990
2500
ZX130-3 Blade (Down), Monoblock boom, Arm 3.01 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
5.96
6.54
6.73
6.57
6.04
5.00
1.5 m
4030*
7050*
4030*
7050*
3.0 m
4570*
7250*
6970*
8710*
7960*
5810*
4570*
6330
5890
5770
5820
5810*
A: Load radius
4.5 m
2900*
3660*
4660*
5450*
5720*
5330*
3620*
2900*
3660*
3460
3260
3160
3160
3310
Unit; kg
6.0 m
2950*
3240*
3690*
4060*
4170*
3660*
2470
2390
2280
2180
2130
2150
Max.
7.5 m
2330*
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-53
6.37
6.91
7.09
6.94
6.44
5.44
1620
2140*
2000*
1990*
2080*
2290*
2710*
3560*
3510*
2140*
1940
1700
1600
1610
1750
2120
3240
REACH
m
5.97
6.89
7.39
7.56
7.42
6.95
6.08
4.57
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
A
LIFTING CAPACITIES
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
B
M1G6-13-018
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX130-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.10 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
1.5 m
Point
Height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
10750* 10750*
1.5
8690*
8690*
0
8870*
8870*
-1.5
13320* 13320*
-3.0
16530* 16530*
-4.5
3.0 m
4810*
5050*
7800*
8730*
9000*
9140*
7660*
4810*
5050*
6500
6270
5980
5680
5580
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
4230*
4340*
4860*
4870
4830
4600
3690*
3580
3680
3590
3480
3250
3040
3000
6.0 m
3160
3090
2990
2940
Max.
7.5 m
4620*
3140*
2800*
2700
2530
2580
2920
2980*
2180
2120
2020
1980
4620*
3100
2200
1850
1720
1750
1970
2790
ZX130-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.52 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
1.5 m
Point
Height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
10590* 10590*
0
9120*
9120*
-1.5
11930* 11930*
-3.0
15200* 15200*
-4.5
3.0 m
4180*
3870*
3900*
7070*
8750*
8940*
9030*
8520*
4180*
3870*
3900*
6540
6320
6090
5700
5560
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
3870*
4090*
4560*
4870
4880
4630
4500
3670
3670
3610
3550
3290
3070
2950
6.0 m
3210
3210
3130
3010
2920
Max.
7.5 m
3360*
2560*
2330*
2300*
2330
2370
2630
2530*
2250
2240
2160
2050
1960
3360*
2560*
1980
1690
1580
1600
1770
2280
ZX130-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.01 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
11090*
9920*
10990*
14010*
11510*
11090*
9920*
10990*
14010*
11510*
3.0 m
4480*
8360*
8840*
8890*
8990*
5220*
4480*
6320*
6230
5720
5540
5220
REACH
m
3.46
5.36
6.37
6.91
7.09
6.95
6.44
5.42
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
3330*
3470*
4230*
4860
4740
4680
4480
REACH
m
2.59
4.86
5.96
6.54
6.73
6.57
6.03
4.74
3330*
3470*
3620
3480
3340
3110
2920
6.0 m
3130*
3220
3150
3050
2910
2590*
2320
2310
2220
2080
1950
1920
2130
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-54
Max.
7.5 m
1440
2680*
2180*
2010*
1980*
2060*
2120
2310
2310*
4390*
*
2180*
1740
1510
1410
1420
1540
1880
4390*
REACH
m
4.37
5.98
6.90
7.40
7.57
7.43
6.96
6.09
3.34
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
A
LIFTING CAPACITIES
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
B
M1G6-13-018
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX130-3 Blade(Down), 2-piece boom, Arm 2.10 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
1.5 m
Point
Height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
10750* 10750*
1.5
8690*
8690*
0
8870*
8870*
-1.5
13320* 13320*
-3.0
16530* 16530*
-4.5
3.0 m
4810*
5050*
7800*
8730*
9000*
9140*
7660*
4810*
5050*
6950
6760
6530
6230
6130
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
4230*
4340*
4860*
5740*
5790*
5820*
3690*
3880
3950
3860
3790
3560
3350
3310
6.0 m
3690*
3970*
4220*
3080*
Max.
7.5 m
4620*
3140*
2800*
2740*
2840*
3150*
2990*
2980*
2390
2330
2240
2190
4620*
3140*
2410
2040
1910
1940
2180
2980*
ZX130-3 Blade(Down), 2-piece boom, Arm 2.52 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
1.5 m
Point
Height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
10590* 10590*
0
9120*
9120*
-1.5
11930* 11930*
-3.0
15200* 15200*
-4.5
3.0 m
4180*
3870*
3900*
7070*
8750*
8940*
9030*
8520*
4180*
3870*
3900*
7000
6790
6640
6240
6110
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
3870*
4090*
4560*
5420*
5750*
5810*
4760*
3870*
3970
3890
3770*
3600
3380
3260
6.0 m
3270*
3490*
3790*
4170*
3850*
Max.
7.5 m
3360*
2560*
2330*
2300*
2390*
2640*
2950*
2530*
2460
2460
2380
2260
2170
3360*
2560*
2180
1880
1760
1780
1960
2520
ZX130-3 Blade(Down), 2-piece boom, Arm 3.01 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
11090*
9920*
10990*
14010*
11510*
11090*
9920*
10990*
14010*
11510*
3.0 m
4480*
8360*
8840*
8890*
8990*
5220*
4480*
6760
6570
6270
6090
5220*
3330*
3470*
3890
3750
3650
3420
3230
REACH
m
3.46
5.36
6.37
6.91
7.09
6.95
6.44
5.42
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
3330*
3470*
4230*
5060*
5690*
5700*
5440*
REACH
m
2.59
4.86
5.96
6.54
6.73
6.57
6.03
4.74
6.0 m
3130*
3270*
3570*
3960*
4120*
2590*
2530
2520
2430
2300
2170
2130
2360*
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-55
Max.
7.5 m
1600
2680*
2180*
2010*
1980*
2060*
2240*
2610*
2310*
4390*
2680*
2180*
1920
1670
1570
1580
1720
2100
4390*
REACH
m
4.37
5.98
6.90
7.40
7.57
7.43
6.96
6.09
3.34
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
M1G6-13-013
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX130LCN-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 2.10 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4760*
4760*
6340*
6330
5410*
8390*
6880*
5410*
5530
5660
3730*
4440*
5170
5010
4970
4680*
3580
3410
3200
3060
3020
3090
3420
3340
3270
3260
2790*
2750*
2810
2870
3240
3940*
2210
2130
2070
2060
2270
1930
1800
1830
2050
2690
ZX130LCN-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 2.52 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
7.5 m
REACH
m
4560*
8410*
4560*
8410*
5540*
7960*
6330*
8680*
7460*
5540*
5830
5530
5500
5590
3350*
4100*
5040*
5010
4930
4980
3350*
3460
3230
3070
3000
3040
3310*
3440
3340
3250
3220
2290
2230
2140
2060
2030
2310*
2300*
2430*
2630
2920
3720
2070
1780
1670
1680
1860
2340
ZX130LCN-3 Monoblock boom, Arm 3.01 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
5.96
6.54
6.73
6.57
6.04
5.00
1.5 m
4030*
7050*
4030*
7050*
3.0 m
4570*
7250*
6970*
8710*
7960*
5810*
4570*
5930
5490
5370
5420
5630
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
2900*
3660*
4660*
5000
4880
4890
3620*
6.37
6.91
7.09
6.94
6.44
5.48
2900*
3490
3240
3030
2930
2940
3080
6.0 m
2950*
3240*
3340
3230
3170
3200
2310
2230
2120
2020
1970
2000
2330*
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-56
Max.
7.5 m
1500
2140*
2000*
1990*
2080*
2290*
2580
3140
3510*
2140*
1810
1580
1480
1490
1620
1960
3020
REACH
m
5.97
6.89
7.39
7.56
7.42
6.95
6.08
4.57
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
A
LIFTING CAPACITIES
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
B
M1G6-13-018
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
METRIC MEASURE
ZX130LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.10 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
1.5 m
Point
Height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
10750* 10750*
1.5
8690*
8690*
0
8870*
8870*
-1.5
13320* 13320*
-3.0
16530* 16530*
-4.5
3.0 m
4810*
5050*
7800*
8730*
9000*
9140*
7660*
4810*
5050*
6650
6440
6160
5860
5760
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
4230*
4340*
4860*
5340
5380*
5140
3690*
3680
3370
3680
3590
3350
3140
3100
6.0 m
3490
3420
3320
3080*
Max.
7.5 m
4620*
3140*
2800*
2740*
2810
2870
2990*
2980*
2250
2190
2090
2050
4620*
3140*
2270
1910
1780
1810
2040
2880
ZX130LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.52 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
1.5 m
Point
Height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
10590* 10590*
0
9120*
9120*
-1.5
11930* 11930*
-3.0
15200* 15200*
-4.5
3.0 m
4180*
3870*
3900*
7070*
8750*
8940*
9030*
8520*
4180*
3870*
3900*
6700
6470
6270
5880
5740
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
3870*
4090*
4560*
5320
5250
5180
4760*
3760
3780
3700
3650
3390
3170
3050
6.0 m
3270*
3490*
3450
3340
3250
Max.
7.5 m
3360*
2560*
2330*
2300*
2390*
2630
2920
2530*
2320
2310
2230
2120
2030
3360*
2560*
2050
1750
1640
1660
1830
2360
ZX130LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.01 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
Point
Height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
11090*
9930*
10990*
14010*
11510*
11090*
9930*
10990*
14010*
11510*
3.0 m
4470*
8360*
8840*
8890*
8990*
5220*
4470*
6470*
6410
5900
5720
5220*
REACH
m
3.46
5.36
6.37
6.91
7.09
6.95
6.44
5.42
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
3320*
3470*
4230*
5060*
5220
5230
5020
REACH
m
2.59
4.86
5.96
6.54
6.73
6.57
6.03
4.74
3320*
3470*
3710
3570
3440
3210
3030
6.0 m
3130*
3270*
3440
3370
3250
2590*
2390
2380
2290
2150
2020
1990
2360
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 4 tons.
13-57
Max.
7.5 m
1490
2670*
2180*
2010*
1980*
2050*
2240*
2580
2310*
4390*
2670*
2180*
1800
1560
1460
1470
1600
1950
4390*
REACH
m
4.38
5.98
6.90
7.40
7.57
7.43
6.96
6.09
3.34
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX160LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.22 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
4.5
3.0
4440 *
5580 *
4440 *
4580
4100 *
4530 *
3140
3020
4100 *
3700
2760
2410
6.51
6.97
1.5
6720 *
4280
4500
2890
3540
2290
7.08
0
6740
4120
4400
2800
3640
2340
6.87
4390
2790
4110
2620
6.30
5400 *
3420
5.25
-1.5
10690 *
7560
6710
4090
-3.0
9290 *
7730
6500 *
4190
ZX160LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.58 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Max.
9.0 m
3310 *
3220
3160 *
3160 *
6.05
4070 *
4070 *
3820 *
3170
3090 *
2530
6.89
7910 *
5230 *
4650
4310 *
3050
3200 *
2240
7.33
6280 *
7510
7660
6460 *
6760
6700
6770
4320
4130
4080
4140
4520
4400
4360
2900
2800
2760
3290
3380
3750
4750
5410 *
2130
2170
2400
3010
5190
7.44
7.23
6.69
5.72
3.98
4.5
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
7.5 m
REACH
m
6.0
3.0
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7910 *
6280 *
5750 * 5750 * 10430 *
10320 * 10320 * 9820 *
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 5.5 tons.
13-58
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX160LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.22 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
7.5
6510 *
6510 *
6.0
4.5
3.0
6290 *
7620 *
8440 *
6290 *
7620 *
8440 *
5410 *
5820 *
6640 *
5140
5040
4930
4830
4770
3180
3140
6110 *
6110 *
3.84
5140 *
4310 *
3780
3650
2800
2440
5.50
6.41
6.87
1.5
10540 *
8540 *
7060
4860
4670
3010
3610
2310
6.99
0
-1.5
-3.0
24510 * 24510 * 11390 *
24540 * 24540 * 11550 *
21560 * 21560 * 10330 *
8290 *
7990
7880
7070
6980
5670 *
4550
4270
4220
4520
4430
2870
2790
3730
4240 *
5980 *
2370
2680
3710
6.78
6.20
4.95
ZX160LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.58 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
13390 * 13390 *
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
23800 *
24370 *
24610 *
23230 *
23800 *
24370 *
24610 *
23230 *
5050
5050 *
5410 *
5170
4.46
4750 *
3240
5.95
6970 *
6970 *
5510
5060 *
4730 *
3260
3940
2560
6.80
9500 *
8800 *
6380
4940 *
4760
3210
3500
2260
7.24
11220 *
11350 *
11470 *
11110 *
8580
8420
8030
7890
7070
7040
7040
6580 *
4810
4600
4330
4200
4710
4560
4430
3070
2910
2790
3350
3450
3860
3730 *
2150
2190
2440
3120
7.35
7.15
6.60
5.58
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 5.5 tons.
13-59
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX180LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.26 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
6690 *
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
8970 *
11120 *
8300 *
6960 *
8970 *
9790
8300 *
4470 *
3980
4480 *
3710
6.25
5320 *
5320 *
4710 *
3900
4390 *
3000
7.06
6800 *
8140 *
8460
8430
7950 *
5630
5270
5100
5070
5160
5330 *
5580
5450
5420
3730
3560
3450
3420
4100
3940
4040
4480
5610
5950 *
2670
2550
2600
2870
3560
5830
7.49
7.60
7.40
6.87
5.93
4.28
4020
2600
ZX180LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.71 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4000 *
4000 *
3410 *
3360
6.69
4.5
4780 *
4780 *
4340 *
3930
3370 *
2770
7.45
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
6270 *
7740 *
8450
8370
8230 *
6580 *
5720
5310
5080
5020
5070
5270
5010 *
5590
5430
5370
5410
3750
3560
3430
3370
3410
3480 *
3670
3750
4100
4970
5900
2480
2370
2410
2620
3150
4690
7.86
7.96
7.77
7.27
6.38
4.90
5200 *
9340 *
4890 *
5200 * 8820 *
9340 * 11800 *
9450 *
4890 *
8820 *
9630
9450 *
4100
4010
3940
2670
2590
2530
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-60
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX180LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.26 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
5930 *
9660 *
11630 * 11630 * 11020 *
12360 *
11840 * 11840 13430 *
17060 * 17060 13640 *
20820 * 20820 12610 *
5930 *
9660 *
10890
10800 *
10510
10050
9860
5620 *
6350 *
7020 *
8010 *
8660 *
8650
8800
7570 *
5620 *
6350 *
6260
6120 *
6090
5660
5300
5150
5020 *
5770 *
5870
5840
5640
5470
3970
4040
3950
3770
3560
3410
3990
4980 *
4400 *
4260 *
4160
3990
4100
4530 *
3850 *
2540
4980 *
3790
3020
2670
2540
2590
2870
3600
ZX180LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.71 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
9.0
7.5
4870 *
4870 *
6.0
4.5
5200 *
6390 *
5200 *
6280
4640 *
5490 *
4080
4120
10950
7650 *
10740
8490 *
10720
8590
10100
8700
9840
8240 *
8240 * 6110 *
6040
5740
5360
5110
5860
5790
5700
5480
4820 *
4040
3860
3610
3410
3360
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
4.72
6.14
6.96
7.40
7.51
7.31
6.77
5.81
6600 *
14090 *
12000 *
11550 *
14890 *
17230 *
14090 *
12000 *
11550 *
14890 *
17230 *
11390 *
12150 *
13210 *
13480 *
13310 *
8240 *
6600 *
4110
4030
3930
2650
2570
2480
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-61
5020 *
5020 *
2.80
3670 *
3670 *
5.29
3330 *
3250 *
3300 *
2780
6.59
7.36
3330 *
3570 *
3780
4150
3970 *
6480 *
2470
2350
2380
2600
3170
6480 *
7.77
7.88
7.69
7.18
6.28
3.56
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX180LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.26 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
6960 *
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
8970 *
11120 *
8300 *
6960 *
8300
8460
8300 *
4470 *
3580
4480 *
3340
6.25
5320 *
5320 *
4710 *
3500
4390 *
2690
7.06
6800 *
8140 *
8340
8310
7950 *
5010
4660
4490
4470
4550
5330 *
5500
5370
5340
3340
3170
3060
3030
4040
3890
3990
4420
5530
5950 *
2390
2280
2320
2550
3160
5160
7.49
7.60
7.40
6.87
5.93
4.28
3960
2320
ZX180LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.71 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4000 *
3640
3410 *
3020
6.69
4.5
4780 *
4780 *
4340 *
3540
3370 *
2480
7.45
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
6270 *
7740 *
8340
8260
8230 *
6580 *
5090
4700
4480
4410
4460
4660
5010 *
5510
5360
5290
5340
3360
3170
3040
2980
3020
3480 *
3620
3690
4040
4900
5900
2220
2110
2140
2320
2800
4160
7.86
7.96
7.77
7.27
6.38
4.90
5200 *
9340 *
4890 *
5200 * 8820 *
9340 * 11800 *
9450 *
4890 *
8160 *
8300
8610
4040
3950
3880
2390
2310
2240
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-62
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX180LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.26 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
11630 * 11630 *
11840 * 11840 *
17060 * 17060 *
20820 * 20820 *
5930 *
9660 *
11020 *
12360 *
13430 *
13640 *
12610 *
5930 *
9660 *
9910
9830 *
9230
8790
8620
5620 *
6350 *
7010 *
8010 *
8660 *
8650 *
8780
7570 *
5620 *
5880
5760
5640 *
5500
5080
4740
4590
5020 *
5770 *
5860
5830
5620
5460
3610
3670
3950
3410
3200
3050
3990
4980 *
4400 *
4260 *
4150
3980
4090
4530 *
3850 *
2280
4980 *
3440
2730
2400
2280
2320
2570
3230
ZX180LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.71 m, G 500 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
9.0
7.5
4870 *
4870 *
6.0
4.5
5200 *
6390 *
5200 *
5780
4640 *
5490 *
3730
3770
5630
5570
5160
4790
4550
5840 *
5780
5690
5470
4820 *
3690
3490
3250
3060
3010
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
4.72
6.14
6.96
7.40
7.51
7.31
6.77
5.81
14090 *
12000 *
11550 *
14890 *
17230 *
14090 *
12000 *
11550 *
14890 *
17230 *
6600 *
6600 *
11390 *
12150 *
13210 *
13480 *
13310 *
8240 *
9960
9780 *
9420
8840
8590
7650 *
8490 *
8580 *
8690
8240 *
4110
4020
3920
2390
2310
2220
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-63
5020 *
5020 *
2.80
3670 *
3670 *
5.29
3330 *
3250 *
3100
2510
6.59
7.36
3330 *
3570 *
3770
4140
3970 *
6480 *
2220
2110
2130
2330
2840
6480 *
7.77
7.88
7.69
7.18
6.28
3.56
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.91 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
5484 *
9973 *
4848 * 4848 *
5484 * 9103 * 9103 *
9973 * 13611 * 11285
10626 * 10626 *
6274 *
8079 *
9717 *
9736
9651
9670 *
7669 *
6274 *
6700
6218
5957
5885
5944
6148
4954 *
4817
5437 *
6294 *
6455
6272
6194
6231
4658
4426
4193
4030
3960
3993
4881
4771
4648
4556
4527
3281
3180
3067
2982
2956
4047 *
3456
7.32
3993 *
4023
3903
3988
4331
5137
5899 *
2937
2677
2579
2621
2836
3347
4666
8.01
8.37
8.45
8.25
7.76
6.90
5.52
ZX210-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
5451 *
4744
5478 *
3910
6.74
4.5
6955 *
6955 *
5901 *
4597
4850
3252
7.48
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
8722 *
9929
9710
9687
9195 *
6555
6126
5940
5921
6023
6654
6418
6268
6227
6316
4375
4164
4030
3993
4073
4410
4268
4382
4828
5930
2936
2823
2882
3159
3849
7.87
7.95
7.74
7.21
6.28
6488 *
6310
6077
5924
4.71
-4.5
9909 * 9909 *
12496 * 11444
4747
4644
4576
3161
3066
3003
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-64
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.03 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
6251 *
7491 *
6251 *
7005
5880 *
6246 *
4701
4575
3.0
1.5
9244 *
6491
6640
6431
4370
4183
4752
4670
0
9770
6001
6311
4075
4628
-1.5
9788
6016
6298
4063
8787 *
6144
6205 *
4197
-3.0
Max.
9.0 m
11571 * 11571 *
5955 *
5059
4102
3392
6.50
7.27
3170
3095
4593
4456
3065
2958
7.67
7.75
3056
4600
3039
7.54
5116
3365
6.99
6138 *
4177
6.03
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-65
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.91 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
Max.
9.0 m
10980 *
8834 *
11176 *
15159 *
19211 *
20979 *
10980
8834
11176
15159
19211
20979
8240 *
13613 *
14176 *
15792 *
16399 *
16471 *
12128 *
8240
12843
12664
12329
11724
11581
11611
6088 *
6219 *
7319 *
9102 *
10113 *
10083
10257
9965
6770 *
6088
6219
7319
7176
6963
6674
6319
6071
6107
5066 *
5431 *
5417 *
6341 *
6698 *
6593
6397
6273
4822
4990
4935
4793
4622
4347
4086
3975
4789 *
4876
4759
4614
4523
3303
3248
3127
2993
2909
5426 *
5426 *
4.30
4432 *
4096 *
4010 *
4000
3876
3963
4311
4411 *
6594 *
4432 *
3410
2883
2618
2518
2560
2777
3295
5976
6.20
7.32
8.01
8.37
8.45
8.25
7.76
6.91
4.57
ZX210-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
9084 *
9084 *
7.5
6865 *
6865 *
6.0
4.5
6982 *
7922 *
6982 *
7333
5803 *
6059 *
4850
4865
7173
7054
6567
6268
6063
6716 *
6700
6562
6342
5589 *
4738
4504
4238
4040
4021
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
7.5 m
11542 * 11542 *
12969 *
14641 *
12345 * 12345 * 16257 *
18413 * 18413 * 16548 *
24611 * 24611 * 15840 *
12762 * 9737 *
12681 * 10113
12065 10149 *
11648 10191
11586
9788 *
4785
4681
4572
3153
3057
2957
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-66
8694 *
8694 *
3.19
5893 *
5436
5.50
4970 *
4590 *
3866
3197
6.74
7.49
4387
4242
4357
4810
4640 *
2875
2759
2819
3099
3821
7.87
7.95
7.74
7.21
6.25
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.03 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
9.0
11812 * 11812 *
7.5
6.0
4.5
7947 * 7947
10924 * 10924
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
12514 *
14734 *
16471 *
16723 *
15218 *
11097 * 11097
19564 * 19564
29453 * 29453
12514
12818
11978
11691
11751
7398 *
7398
7395 *
8461 *
7395
7331
6206 *
6369 *
4744
4789
10091 *
10176
10258 *
10215
9217 *
7167
6967
6534
6298
6167
6827
6729
6559
6386
4678
4474
4242
4087
4748
4673
4607
3124
3055
2994
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-67
2.56
6657 *
5898
5.17
5472 *
4994 *
4075
3347
6.48
7.25
4586
4446
4595
5018 *
5136 *
3012
2903
2987
3322
4353
7.65
7.73
7.52
6.97
5.77
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.91 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
5484 *
9973 *
4848 *
5484 * 9103 *
9973 * 13611 *
10626 *
6274 *
8079 *
9717 *
4848 * 10525 *
9103 * 10490 *
13094
9670 *
10626 * 7669 *
6274 *
7532
7036
6767
6693
6753
6964
4954 *
4954 *
5437 *
6294 *
7119 *
7228
7147
7176 *
5185
4948
4711
4544
4473
4506
5107 *
5435
5310
5215
5185
3660
3557
3443
3356
3329
4047 *
3848
7.32
3993 *
4103 *
4381 *
4558
4956
5890
8396
3282
3001
2898
2950
3193
3767
5253
8.01
8.37
8.45
8.25
7.76
6.90
5.52
ZX210LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
5451 *
5272
5478 *
4351
6.74
6955 *
5901 *
5122
5500 *
3630
7.48
8722 *
10148 *
10637 *
9909 * 9909 * 10318 *
12496 * 12496 * 9195 *
7381
6940
6748
6729
6834
6660 *
7378
7223
7180
6765
4895
4680
4543
4506
4587
5024
4870
5009
5528
6302 *
3288
3168
3240
3554
4330
7.87
7.95
7.74
7.21
6.28
6488 *
6488
6077 *
6077 *
4.71
4.5
6955 *
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
5410
5304
5234
3537
3441
3377
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-68
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.03 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
6251 *
7491 *
6251 *
7491 *
5880 *
6246 *
5226
5098
3.0
1.5
9244 *
7313
6955 *
7389
4889
4698
5413
5329
0
10705 *
6810
7264
4588
5286
-1.5
10168 *
6825
7251
4576
8787 *
6957
6205 *
4712
-3.0
Max.
9.0 m
11571 * 11571 *
5955 *
5756
4566
3786
6.50
7.27
3546
3469
5232
5082
3429
3315
7.67
7.75
3430
5253
3411
7.54
5853
3777
6.99
6138 *
4689
6.03
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-69
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.91 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
Max.
9.0 m
6091 *
6222 *
8244 * 8244 * 7323 *
10981 * 10981 * 13624 * 13624 * 9110 *
8835 * 8835 * 14189 * 14061 10304 *
11177 * 11177 * 15794 * 14165 10454 *
15160 * 15160 * 16413 * 13600 10526 *
19212 * 19212 * 16483 * 13448 10428 *
20980 * 20980 * 12140 * 12140 * 6779 *
6091 *
6222 *
7323 *
7874
7725
7527
7162
6908
6779 *
5068 *
5435 *
5719 *
6347 *
7266 *
7448
7382
6910 *
5068 *
5435 *
5396
5267 *
5106
4883
4618
4505
4794 *
5045 *
5401 *
5293
5200
3694
3639
3516
3381
3296
5428 *
5428 *
4.30
4435 *
4098 *
4012 *
4009 *
4085 *
4340 *
4856 *
4418 *
6603 *
4435 *
3814
3239
2953
2848
2901
3146
3728
6603 *
6.20
7.32
8.01
8.37
8.45
8.25
7.76
6.91
4.57
ZX210LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
9085 *
9085 *
7.5
6869 *
6869 *
6.0
4.5
6985 *
7927 *
6985 *
7927 *
5807 *
6064 *
5394
5373
7858
7678
7416
7109
6898
6722 *
7484
7500
7324
5597 *
5240
5042
4772
4571
4552
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
7.5 m
11550 * 11550 *
12980 *
14654 *
12347 * 12347 * 16271 *
18415 * 18415 * 16562 *
24612 * 24612 * 15852 *
12980 * 9745 *
14106 * 10479 *
13957 10497 *
13518 10644 *
13452
9798 *
5328 *
5360
5249
3542
3445
3344
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-70
8696 *
8696 *
3.19
5896 *
5896 *
5.50
4974 *
4594 *
4320
3587
6.74
7.49
4484 *
4581 *
4904 *
5194 *
4647 *
3239
3117
3189
3507
4321
7.87
7.94
7.74
7.21
6.25
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.03 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
9.0
11814 * 11814 *
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
Max.
9.0 m
7949 * 7949 *
10932 * 10932 *
12526 *
14747 *
11098 * 11098 * 16485 *
19565 * 19565 * 16737 *
29452 * 29452 * 15230 *
12526 *
14223
13863
13560
13621
7401 *
7401 *
7399 *
8467 *
7399 *
8043
6210 *
6374 *
5284
5330
10101 *
10581 *
10599 *
10823 *
9227 *
7895
7825
7381
7138
7004
7051 *
7541 *
7546
7367
5218
5010
4775
4617
5414 *
5351
5283
3512
3442
3381
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-71
2.56
6660 *
6581
5.17
5476 *
4998 *
4554
3754
6.48
7.25
4844 *
4925 *
5255 *
5025 *
5144 *
3389
3274
3372
3750
4916
7.65
7.73
7.52
6.97
5.77
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.91 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
5426 *
9865 *
4514 *
5426 * 8804 *
9865 * 13855 *
10797 *
6328 *
8207 *
9900 *
4514 * 10713 *
8804 * 10659 *
10893
9813 *
10797 * 7788 *
6328 *
6612
6136
5885
5819
5878
6075
4956 *
4808
5499 *
6349 *
7201 *
7571
7490
7275 *
4649
4416
4184
4022
3954
3985
5115 *
5476 *
5566
5469
5437
3297
3194
3080
2994
2966
4047 *
3417
7.39
3993 *
4103 *
4381 *
4726
5134
5903 *
5899 *
2915
2662
2566
2608
2815
3309
4566
8.08
8.44
8.52
8.32
7.83
6.97
5.59
ZX210LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
7028 *
8874 *
10343 *
10819 *
9559 * 9559 * 10473 *
12683 * 11049
9325 *
7001
6468
6047
5870
5856
5956
-4.5
6614 *
6230
5456 *
4738
5933 *
6722 *
7473 *
7566
7523
6874 *
4589
4366
4155
4023
3986
4062
5501 *
5670
5560
5487
3258
3176
3079
3014
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-72
5478 *
3855
6.81
5500 *
5197
5043
5186
5716
6302 *
3221
2914
2804
2861
3129
3791
7.55
7.94
8.02
7.81
7.28
6.35
6077 *
5746
4.78
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.03 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
6281 *
7581 *
6281 *
6917
5883 *
6283 *
4698
4568
3.0
1.5
9418 *
6405
7023 *
7695 *
4362
4175
5674
5585
0
10877 *
5934
7608
4068
5537
-1.5
10311 *
5952
7594
4056
8907 *
6076
6363 *
4179
-3.0
Max.
9.0 m
11710 * 11271
5955 *
5892 *
4041
3358
6.57
7.34
3187
3109
5410
5259
3041
2937
7.74
7.82
3066
5435
3016
7.61
6046
3330
7.06
6138 *
4107
6.10
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-73
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.91 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
Max.
9.0 m
6090 *
6214 *
8245 * 8245 * 7424 *
9230 * 9230 * 13741 * 12509
9311 *
8030 * 8030 * 14414 * 12338 10486 *
10863 * 10863 * 16122 * 11816 10632 *
14854 * 14854 * 16848 * 11255 10707 *
18816 * 18816 * 16901 * 11126 10636 *
20439 * 20439 * 12466 * 11166
7000 *
6090 *
6214 *
7292
7093
6877 *
6567
6221
5992
6018
5176 *
5475 *
5775 *
6432 *
7395 *
7690 *
7729
7072 *
4817
4971
4916
4775
4636
4337
4076
3962
4844 *
5087 *
5475 *
5551
5449
3321
3261
3141
3005
2915
5428 *
5428 *
4.37
4435 *
4098 *
4012 *
4009 *
4085 *
4340 *
4856 *
4418 *
6603 *
4431
3363
2854
2597
2500
2541
2750
3249
5768
6.27
7.39
8.08
8.44
8.52
8.32
7.83
6.98
4.64
ZX210LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
9200 *
9200 *
7.5
6927 *
6927 *
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
7056 *
11644 * 11644 * 8052 *
13131 * 12439 * 9911 *
14901 * 12382 10661 *
12100 * 12100 * 16653 * 11569 10676 *
18078 * 18078 * 17000 * 11187 10823 *
24096 * 24096 * 16274 * 11146
9990 *
7056 *
7254
7094
6941
6463
6182
5978
5845 *
6126 *
6818 *
7693 *
7745 *
7667
5816 *
4841
4853
4727
4495
4228
4028
4002
4751 *
5389 *
5620
5504
3203
3170
3070
2968
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-74
8696 *
8696 *
3.26
5896 *
5290
5.57
4974 *
4594 *
4484 *
4581 *
4904 *
5194 *
4647 *
3801
3158
2847
2735
2792
3062
3753
6.81
7.56
7.94
8.02
7.81
7.28
6.32
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX210LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.03 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
9.0
11814 * 11814 *
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
Max.
9.0 m
7766 * 7766 *
11008 * 11008 *
12750 *
14966 *
10934 * 10934 * 16900 *
19212 * 19212 * 17170 *
28531 * 28531 * 15632 *
12457 *
12273
11494
11235
11306
7451 *
7451 *
7482 *
8612 *
7408
7255
6232 *
6439 *
4741
4779
10253 *
10753 *
10780 *
11008 *
9445 *
7078
6858
6434
6212
6085
7155 *
7797
7854 *
7712
4669
4465
4232
4077
5571 *
5610
5534
3143
3069
3002
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-75
2.63
6660 *
5725
5.24
5476 *
4998 *
4002
3304
6.55
7.32
4844 *
4925 *
5255 *
5025 *
5144 *
2981
2875
2957
3279
4261
7.72
7.80
7.59
7.04
5.84
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX240N-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.91 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
5426 *
9865 *
4514 *
5426 * 8804 *
9865 * 13855 *
10797 *
6328 *
8207 *
9900 *
4514 * 10713 *
8804 * 10659 *
11330
9813 *
10797 * 7788 *
6328 *
6857
6382
6131
6064
6123
6320
4956 *
4956 *
5499 *
6349 *
7201 *
7353
7274
775 *
4819
4586
4355
4193
4124
4156
5115 *
5476 *
5438
5342
5311
3428
3325
3211
3125
3096
4047 *
3550
7.39
3993 *
4103 *
4381 *
4626
5019
5903 *
5899 *
3035
2776
2679
2723
2940
3452
4752
8.08
8.44
8.52
8.32
7.83
6.97
5.59
ZX240N-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
7028 *
8874 *
10343 *
10819 *
9559 * 9559 * 10473 *
12683 * 11486
9325 *
-4.5
6614 *
7028 *
6713
6292
6116
6101
6201
5456 *
4908
5933 *
6722 *
7473 *
7348
7306
6874 *
4759
4536
4326
4193
4157
4232
5501 *
5541
5433
5361
3389
3306
3210
3145
6475
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-76
5478 *
4001
6.81
5500 *
5085
4935
5072
5581
6302 *
3350
3037
2925
2986
3264
3950
7.55
7.94
8.02
7.81
7.28
6.35
6077 *
5972
4.78
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX240N-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.03 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
6281 *
7581 *
6281 *
7163
5883 *
6283 *
4869
4738
3.0
1.5
9418 *
6650
7023 *
7514
4532
4345
5546
5459
0
10877 *
6180
7391
4239
5412
-1.5
10311 *
6198
7377
4227
8907 *
6322
6363 *
4350
-3.0
Max.
9.0 m
11710 * 11708
5955 *
5804
4194
3492
6.57
7.34
3318
3239
5291
5144
3167
3061
7.74
7.82
3197
5313
3144
7.61
5900
3470
7.60
6138 *
4274
6.10
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-77
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX240N-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.91 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
Max.
9.0 m
6088 *
6211 *
8241 * 8241 * 7420 *
9229 * 9229 * 13730 * 12849 * 9303 *
8028 * 8028 * 14401 * 12654 10476 *
10862 * 10862 * 16108 * 12242 10621 *
14852 * 14852 * 16834 * 11680 10696 *
18815 * 18815 * 16888 * 11551 10626 *
20439 * 20439 * 12454 * 11592
6991 *
6088 *
6211 *
7420 *
7289
7088
6806
6459
6230
6256
5173 *
5471 *
5771 *
6426 *
7388 *
7540
7489
7064 *
4977
5117
5055
4924
4802
4502
4240
4126
4840 *
5082 *
5470 *
5410
5309
3448
3387
3267
3131
3040
5426 *
5426 *
4.37
4432 *
4096 *
4010 *
4004 *
4080 *
4335 *
4851 *
4411 *
6594 *
4432 *
3492
2970
2707
2608
2652
2869
3385
5996
6.27
7.39
8.08
8.44
8.52
8.32
7.83
6.98
4.64
ZX240N-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
9199 *
9199 *
7.5
6924 *
6924 *
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
7051 *
11636 * 11636 * 8046 *
13119 * 12769
9902 *
14888 * 12722 * 10651 *
12098 * 12098 * 16638 * 11994 10665 *
18077 * 18077 * 16987 * 11612 10814 *
24095 * 24095 * 16261 * 11571
9981 *
7051 *
7451
7286
7180
6702
6420
6215
5841 *
6121 *
6812 *
7577
7598
7429
5808 *
5009 *
5020
4884
4660
4393
4192
4166
4747 *
5385 *
5478
5364
3329
3296
3196
3093
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-78
8694 *
8694 *
3.26
5893 *
5474
5.57
4970 *
4590 *
4480 *
4576 *
4899 *
5186 *
4640 *
3866
3283
2965
2850
2911
3192
3907
6.81
7.56
7.94
8.02
7.81
7.28
6.32
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX240N-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.03 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
9.0
11812 * 11812 *
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
Max.
9.0 m
7763 * 7763 *
11000 * 11000 *
12738 *
14952 *
10932 * 10932 * 16886 *
19211 * 19211 * 17156 *
28532 * 28532 * 15619 *
12738 *
12699
11918
11659
11732
7447 *
7447 *
7478 *
8607 *
7478 *
7451
6228 *
6434 *
4908
4946
10244 *
10742 *
10769 *
10999 *
9436 *
7294
7097
6672
6450
6322
7149 *
7633
7650
7475
4835
4631
4397
4241
5553
5470
5394
3269
3195
3127
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 8 tons.
13-79
2.63
6657 *
5923
5.24
5472 *
4994 *
4152
3434
6.55
7.32
4840 *
4920 *
5250 *
5018 *
5136 *
3102
2995
3080
3414
4431
7.72
7.80
7.59
7.04
5.84
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX250LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.19 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
7300 *
9030 *
11360 *
13360 *
12870 *
15320 * 15320 * 11520 *
-4.5
8260 *
7300 *
9030 *
9570
8920
8940
9090
6780 *
7420 *
8410 *
9310 *
9160
9130
8560 *
6780 *
6670
6380
6120
5960
5940
6050
6840 *
6840
6710
6630
4730
4620
4500
4430
8260 *
6800 *
6840 *
6330
6140
5330
7010
7990 *
5640
4720
4280
4140
4240
4670
5710
6.87
7.61
7.99
8.07
7.85
7.31
6.36
7770 *
7770 *
4.76
ZX250LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.50 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
4.5 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
8650 *
11050 *
12860 *
13460 *
9560 * 9560 * 13150 *
16370 * 16370 * 12030 *
8650 *
9820
9250
9030
9010
9140
-4.5
12810 * 12810 *
9460
9490 *
6410 *
6410 *
7160 *
8220 *
9210 *
9310
9250
9040 *
6830
6500
6200
6020
5960
6040
6520 *
6970 *
6820
6710
6690
4840
4700
4550
4450
4440
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-80
6250 *
5260
7.20
6270 *
6030
5860
6020
6600
7840 *
4460
4080
3940
4020
4380
5250
7.88
8.24
8.31
8.10
7.58
6.69
7970 *
7620
5.23
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX250LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.96 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
7840 * 7840 *
10260 * 10020
12330 * 9360
13310 * 9040
9380 * 9380 * 13310 * 8970
10890 * 10890 * 15570 * 15570 * 12490 * 9050
14460 * 14460 * 10490 * 9290
5870 *
6670 *
7790 *
8880 *
9320
9220
9250
5870 *
6670 *
6570
6240
6020
5930
5960
4940 *
6120 *
6650 *
6830
6690
6640
4940 *
4880
4720
4560
4430
4380
4400 *
4410 *
4600 *
4970 *
5570
6040
7100
7750 *
4400 *
4120
3790
3660
3720
4010
4690
6360
ZX250LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 3.61 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
-6.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.67
8.32
8.65
8.72
8.52
8.03
7.20
5.87
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
5400 * 5400 *
5270 * 5270 * 8620 * 8620 *
8950 * 8950 * 13090 * 13090 *
13560 * 13560 * 16350 * 16350 *
9090 *
11440 *
12880 *
13330 *
12910 *
11510 *
8170 *
9090 *
9540
9080
8900
8910
9080
8170 *
5070 *
5940 *
7130 *
8350 *
9280 *
9170
9150
8510 *
5070 *
5940 *
6670
6310
6030
5880
5860
5980
4740 *
5540 *
6170 *
6840 *
6680
6580
6580
4740 *
4950
4760
4570
4420
4330
4330
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-81
4450 *
5090 *
5010 *
3580
3490
3410
3570 *
3420 *
3420 *
3540 *
3780 *
4200 *
4900 *
6080
7180 *
7370 *
3570 *
3420 *
3420 *
3400
3290
3330
3540
4020
5100
7370 *
7.43
8.38
8.97
9.28
9.35
9.16
8.71
7.95
6.77
4.88
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX250LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.19 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
7300 *
9030 *
11360 *
13360 *
12870 *
15320 * 15320 * 11520 *
-4.5
8260 *
7300 *
9030 *
8720
8090
8110
8250
6780 *
7420 *
8410 *
9310
9140
9110
8560 *
6360
6150
5860
5610
5460
5430
5540
6840 *
6820
6690
6610
4360
4260
4140
4070
8260 *
6800 *
6840 *
6310
6130
6310
6990
7990 *
5210
4350
3950
3810
3900
4290
5240
6.87
7.61
7.99
8.07
7.85
7.31
6.36
7770 *
7770 *
4.76
ZX250LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.50 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
4.5 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
8650 *
11050 *
12860 *
13460 *
9560 * 9560 * 13150 *
16370 * 16180 12030 *
8650 *
8940
8380
8170
8160
8280
-4.5
12810 * 12810 *
8590
9490 *
6410 *
6410 *
7160 *
8220 *
9210 *
9290
9230
9040 *
6290
5970
5680
5500
5450
5520
6520 *
6960
6800
6690
6680
4460
4320
4180
4080
4070
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-82
6250 *
4860
7.20
6270 *
6020
5850
6010
6580
7840 *
4120
3750
3620
3690
4020
4810
7.88
8.24
8.31
8.10
7.58
6.69
7970 *
6960
5.23
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX250LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.96 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
7840 *
10260 *
12330 *
13310 *
9380 * 9380 * 13310 *
10890 * 10890 * 15570 * 15570 * 12490 *
14460 * 14460 * 10490 *
7840 *
9130
8500
8190
8110
8190
8430
5870 *
6670 *
7790 *
8880 *
9300
9190
9230
5870 *
6370
6030
5720
5500
5410
5440
4940 *
6120 *
6650 *
6810
6670
6620
4590
4500
4350
4190
4060
4010
4400 *
4410 *
4600 *
4970 *
5560
6020
7080
7750 *
4400 *
3800
3480
3360
3410
3680
4290
5820
ZX250LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 3.61 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
-6.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.67
8.32
8.65
8.72
8.52
8.03
7.20
5.87
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
5400 *
5270 * 5270 * 8620 *
8950 * 8950 * 13090 *
13560 * 13560 * 16350 *
9090 *
11440 *
5400 * 12880 *
8620 * 13330 *
13090 * 12910 *
16010 11510 *
8170 *
9090 *
8660
8220
8040
8050
8220
8170 *
5070 *
5940 *
7130 *
8350 *
9280 *
9150
9120
8510 *
5070 *
5940 *
6140
5780
5510
5360
5340
5460
4740 *
5540 *
6170 *
6830
6660
6560
6270
4690
4570
4390
4200
4050
3960
3960
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-83
4450 *
5090 *
5010 *
3290
3200
3130
3570 *
3420 *
3420 *
3540 *
3780 *
4200 *
4900 *
6070
7180 *
7370 *
3570 *
3420 *
3380
3120
3020
3050
3240
3680
4660
7370 *
7.43
8.38
8.97
9.28
9.35
9.16
8.71
7.95
6.77
4.88
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX250LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.19 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
9.0
10750 * 10750 *
9360 *
9360 *
3.89
6510 *
6510 *
5.91
5550 *
5540
7.07
5030
5140 *
4700
7.77
6160 *
6610 *
4970
4840
5010 *
5090 *
4300
4180
8.13
8.20
7060
4710
5420 *
4300
7.99
5960 *
5590 *
4720
5590 *
7.46
6.43
7.5
8050 *
8050 *
7980 *
7980 *
6.0
8670 *
8670 *
8380 *
8380 *
6700 *
6700 *
4.5
13360 * 13360 * 10050 * 10050 *
7170 *
7150
5860 *
3.0
1.5
16040 * 16040 * 12730 * 10670
18610 * 18610 * 13460 * 10720
8120 *
9360 *
7050
7010
0
-1.5
-3.0
Max.
9.0 m
20970 * 19570
19000 * 19000 * 21210 * 19340
28810 * 28810 * 19660 * 19510
13520 * 10180
9910 *
6690
13740 *
12420 *
9900
7440 *
6450
6420
9930
9810
ZX250LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.50 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
4.5 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
6.0 m
7.5 m
REACH
m
8930 *
8930 *
8030 *
8030 *
4.38
5920 *
5120 *
5920 *
5120 *
6.24
7.35
5070
4760 *
4460
8.02
4980
4650 *
4090
8.37
7150 *
7590 *
7960 *
7590 *
7960 *
6420 *
6400 *
6420 *
6400 *
4.5
13800 * 13800 *
9400 *
9400 *
6860 *
6860 *
5610 *
3.0
16240 * 16240 * 12730 * 10620
7760 *
7000
5910 *
8980 *
9800 *
9850
8240 *
7010
6680
6400
6300
6370 *
6880 *
6730 *
4830
4670
4600
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
Max.
9.0 m
7150 *
18220 *
11200 * 11200 * 20570 *
17670 * 17670 * 21120 *
25180 * 25180 * 20130 *
13250 *
18220 *
19570
19210
19290
13250 *
13360 * 10380
13370 * 10170
13560 * 9860
12860 * 9710
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-84
4740 * 3960
5040 * 4060
5650 * 4420
5110 * 5110 *
10820 * 10820 *
8.44
8.23
7.72
6.84
3.56
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX250LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.96 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
13670 * 13670 *
10390 *
15040 *
20080 *
23600 *
10390 *
15040 *
20080 *
23600 *
5010 *
13800 *
16390 *
17600 *
19860 *
20980 *
20690 *
16330 *
5010 *
13800 *
16390 *
17600 *
19650 *
19260
19180
16330 *
6360 * 6360 *
6110 * 6110 *
6500 * 6500 *
8650 * 8650 *
11450 * 10640
13300 * 10410
13310 * 10290
13420 * 9890
13400 * 9720
9730 * 9700
5840 *
6050 *
6500 *
7340 *
8530 *
9740
9780
9170 *
5840 *
6050 *
6500 *
7000 *
7100
6760
6450
6280
5020 *
5300 *
5630 *
6100 *
6630 *
6930
5430 *
4680 *
4400 *
4300 *
4210 *
4280 *
4530 *
5030 *
5060 *
6670 *
5020 *
5160
5080
4910
4720
4580
5430 *
4680 *
4400 *
4110
3790
3670
3750
4040
4710
6670
ZX250LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.61 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
5.17
6.81
7.84
8.47
8.80
8.87
8.67
8.19
7.37
5.39
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
15480 *
8750 *
9780 *
13060 *
16960 *
20670 *
15480 *
8750 *
9780 *
13060 *
16960 *
20670 *
5230 *
16850 *
17010 *
18860 *
20600 *
20970 *
19250 *
5230 *
16850 *
17010 *
18860 *
19380
19070
19240
5160 * 5160 *
4590 * 4590 *
4650 * 4650 *
6100 * 6100 *
9870 * 9870 *
12940 * 10440
13230 * 10480
13260 * 9950
13510 * 9710
11970 * 9590
4490 *
4840 *
5070 *
5980 *
6770 *
7880 *
9170 *
9690 *
9730
7450 *
4490 *
4840 *
5070 *
5980 *
6770 *
6850
6850
6550
6280
6240
3950 *
4720 *
4940 *
5270 *
5740 *
6280 *
6800 *
6760 *
3950 *
4720 *
4940 *
5080
4970
4820
4610
4510
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-85
3810 *
4280 *
4560 *
4660 *
3760
3730
3640
3540
5540 *
4100 *
3620 *
3430 *
3380 *
3450 *
3630 *
3920 *
4290 *
4900 *
5100 *
5540 *
4100 *
3620 *
3430 *
3380 *
3400
3300
3350
3570
4050
5100 *
3.75
6.21
7.63
8.55
9.14
9.44
9.50
9.32
8.88
8.13
6.73
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX250LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.19 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
10750 *
8050 *
8670 *
13350 *
16040 *
18610 *
20970 *
19000 * 19000 * 21210 *
28810 * 28810 * 19660 *
10750 *
8050 *
8670 *
13350 *
16040 *
18100
17320
17100
17260
7980 * 7980 * 6700 *
8380 * 8380 * 7170 *
10040 * 10030 * 8120 *
12730 * 9860
9360 *
13460 * 9790
9880
13520 * 9270
9870
13740 * 9020
7430 *
12410 * 8910 12410 *
6700 *
6710
6560
6450
6130
5900
5870
8910
5860 *
6160 *
6610 *
7040
9360 *
6510 *
5550 *
5140 *
5000 *
5090 *
5420 *
5950 *
5590 *
4640
4580
4450
4330
9360 *
6510 *
5110
4330
3960
3840
3940
4330
5370
ZX250LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.50 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
3.89
5.91
7.07
7.77
8.13
8.20
7.99
7.46
6.43
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
8930 *
8930 *
7150 *
7150 *
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
13800 *
16240 *
18220 *
11200 * 11200 * 20570 *
17670 * 17670 * 21120 *
25180 * 25180 * 20130 *
13250 *
13800 *
16240 *
17970
17310
16970
17050
13250 *
7590 *
7960 *
7590 *
7960 *
6420 *
6400 *
6420 *
6400 *
9400 *
12730
13360
13370
13560
12860
9400 *
9820
9840
9260
8950
8800
6860 *
7760 *
8980 *
9790
9820
8240 *
6670
6790
6460
6130
5850
5760
8030 *
5920 *
5120 *
5610 *
5910 *
6370 *
6880 *
6730 *
4680
4590
4440
4290
4210
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-86
8030 *
5920 *
4810
4760 * 4100
4650 * 3760
4740 * 3640
5040 * 3720
5650 * 4050
5110 * 4850
10820 * 10820
4.38
6.24
7.35
8.02
8.37
8.44
8.23
7.72
6.84
3.56
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX250LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.96 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
13670 * 13670 *
10390 *
15040 *
20080 *
23600 *
10390 *
15040 *
20080 *
23600 *
5010 *
13800 *
16390 *
17600 *
19860 *
20980 *
20690 *
16330 *
5010 *
13800 *
16390 *
17600 *
17570 *
17020 *
16950 *
16330 *
6360 *
6110 *
6500 *
8650 *
11450 *
13300 *
13310 *
13420 *
13400 *
9730 *
6360 *
6110 *
6500 *
8650 *
9870
9600
9370
8980
8820
8800
5840 *
6050 *
6500 *
7340 *
8530 *
9730
9760
9170
5840 *
6050 *
6500 *
6530
6540
6200
5900
5730
5020 *
5300 *
5630 *
6100 *
6630 *
6910
5430 *
4680 *
4400 *
4300 *
4210 *
4280 *
4530 *
5030 *
5060 *
6670 *
4770
4780
4690
4520
4330
4200
5430 *
4680 *
4370
3780
3480
3370
3430
3700
4320
6670
ZX250LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.61 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
5.17
6.81
7.84
8.47
8.80
8.87
8.67
8.19
7.37
5.39
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
5160 *
4590 *
4650 *
5230 * 5230 * 6100 *
15480 * 15480 * 16850 * 16850 * 9870 *
8750 * 8750 * 17010 * 17010 * 12940 *
9780 * 9780 * 18860 * 17880 13230 *
13060 * 13060 * 20600 * 17130 13260 *
16960 * 16960 * 20970 * 16840 13510 *
20670 * 20670 * 19250 * 16990 11970 *
5160 *
4590 *
4650 *
6100 *
9820 *
9630
9550
9040
8800
8690
4490 *
4840 *
5070 *
5980 *
6770 *
7880 *
9170 *
9680 *
9710
7450 *
4490 *
4840 *
5070 *
5980 *
6540
6680
6290
5990
5740
5690
3950 *
4720 *
4940 *
5270 *
5740 *
6280 *
6800 *
6760 *
3950 *
4720 *
4850 *
4750
4630
4430
4230
4130
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-87
3810 *
4280 *
4560 *
4660 *
3470
3430
3340
3240
5540 *
4100 *
3620 *
3430 *
3380 *
3450 *
3630 *
3920 *
4290 *
4900 *
5100 *
5540 *
4100 *
3620 *
3430 *
3360
3120
3020
3060
3260
3710
4870
3.75
6.21
7.63
8.55
9.14
9.44
9.50
9.32
8.88
8.13
6.73
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX280LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
9590 * 9590 *
12340 * 10580
14720 * 9810
10360 * 10360 * 14390 * 9830
18020 * 18020 * 13290 * 9980
14540 * 14540 * 10790 * 10340
8950 *
10050 *
10690 *
10750 *
10040 *
7060
6730
6530
6480
6580
8050
7920
7900
6740 *
6870 *
6860
6700
6900
7560
8470 *
8710 *
4950
4840
4820
5440
4670
4290
4160
4250
4640
5530
7920
ZX280LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 3.11 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.46
8.11
8.44
8.49
8.27
7.75
6.86
5.42
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
5960 *
8240 * 8240 * 6940 *
11000 * 10940
8240 *
13310 * 10180
9500 *
14450 * 9820 10380 *
6820 * 6820 * 10250 * 10250 * 14590 * 9730 10730 *
11900 * 11900 * 16480 * 16480 * 13930 * 9820 10410 *
16970 * 16970 * 12190 * 10070
8980 *
5960 *
6940 *
7180
6800
6540
6420
6450
6640
5910 *
6330 *
6990 *
7690 *
7900
7820
7870
5520
5370
5170
4970
4810
4740
4790
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-88
5560 *
6130
3900
3800
4730 *
4730 *
4890 *
5220 *
5800 *
6610
7670
8170 *
4730
4140
3830
3720
3780
4060
4680
6120
8.19
8.78
9.09
9.14
8.93
8.45
7.65
6.39
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX280LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 3.76 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
-6.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6510 * 6510 *
6490 * 6490 * 9930 * 9930 *
10280 * 10280 * 14500 * 14500 *
14880 * 14880 * 18780 * 18780 *
14480 * 14480 *
6160 *
9700 * 9700 * 7520 *
12320 * 10410
8910 *
13940 * 9890
9990 *
14540 * 9680 10570 *
14280 * 9680 10570 *
13080 * 9860
9740 *
10220 * 10220 *
6160 *
7330
6890
6570
6390
6360
6470
5160 *
5250 *
5750 *
6480 *
7270 *
7900
7780
7760
5160 *
5250 *
5460
5240
5000
4810
4700
4680
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-89
5250 *
5950 *
6150
6040
5880 *
4040
3930
3810
3710
3670
3950 *
3810 *
3820 *
3950 *
4210 *
4640 *
5360 *
6650 *
7700 *
8160 *
3950 *
3810 *
3760
3500
3390
3430
3640
4100
5090
7850
7.94
8.82
9.37
9.66
9.70
9.51
9.06
8.32
7.18
5.41
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX280LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
9590 *
12340 *
14720 *
10360 * 10360 * 14390 *
18020 * 17680 13290 *
14540 * 14540 * 10790 *
9590 *
9550
8810
8820
8970
9320
8950 *
10050 *
10690 *
10750 *
10040 *
6430
6110
5920
5870
5960
7990
7870
7850
6740 *
6870 *
6820
6660
6850
7510
8470 *
8710 *
4510
4400
4390
4990
4270
3920
3790
3870
4220
5030
7190
ZX280LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 3.11 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.46
8.11
8.44
8.49
8.27
7.75
6.86
5.42
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
8240 *
11000 *
13310 *
14450 *
6820 * 6820 * 10250 * 10250 * 14590 *
11900 * 11900 * 16480 * 16480 * 13930 *
16970 * 16970 * 12190 *
5960 *
8240 * 6940 *
9900
8240 *
9160
9500 *
8820 10380 *
8730 10730 *
8810 10410 *
9060
8980 *
5960 *
6940 *
6550
6180
5920
5810
5830
6030
5910 *
6330 *
6990 *
7690 *
7850
7770
7820
5070
4930
4730
4520
4370
4300
4350
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-90
5560 *
6090
3550
3460
4730 *
4730 *
4890 *
5220 *
5800 *
6570
7620
8170 *
4340
3790
3500
3390
3440
3690
4250
5560
8.19
8.78
9.09
9.14
8.93
8.45
7.65
6.39
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX280LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 3.76 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
-6.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6510 * 6510 *
6490 * 6490 * 9930 * 9930 *
10280 * 10280 * 14500 * 14500 *
14880 * 14880 * 18780 * 17350
14480 * 14480 *
9700 *
12320 *
13940 *
14540 *
14280 *
13080 *
10220 *
6160 *
9700 * 7520 *
9830
8910 *
8870
9990 *
8680 10570 *
8680 10570 *
8850
9740 *
9250
6160 *
6690
6270
5950
5780
5740
5850
5160 *
5250 *
5750 *
6480 *
7270
7850
7730
7710
5160 *
5180
5010
4790
4560
4370
4260
4250
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-91
5250 *
5950 *
6110
6000
5880 *
3700
3590
3470
3370
3330
3950 *
3810 *
3820 *
3950 *
4210 *
4640 *
5360 *
6650 *
7700 *
8160 *
3950 *
3810 *
3440
3190
3080
3120
3300
3720
4620
7120
7.94
8.82
9.37
9.66
9.70
9.51
9.06
8.32
7.18
5.41
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX280LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
10270 *
14010 *
17660 *
20300 *
14100 * 14100 * 22820 *
21280 * 21280 * 23320 *
28680 * 28680 * 22250 *
10270 *
14010 *
17660 *
20300 *
21610
21300
21450
9660 *
13700 *
14720 *
14760 *
14970 *
14250 *
9660 *
11560
7850 *
11480 * 9150 *
11180 10450 *
10870 10860 *
10750
9260 *
7580
7710
7350
7070
8980
6100 *
6900 *
6490 *
7600 *
5680 *
4930 *
4590 *
4490 *
4580 *
4870 *
5470 *
5970 *
5190
5120
5070
7600 *
5680 *
4930 *
4590 *
4450
4330
4450
4860
5870
ZX280LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.11 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
4.65
6.41
7.47
8.12
8.45
8.50
8.28
7.76
6.83
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
8490 *
14810 * 14810 *
12260 *
16950 *
21690 *
24450 *
12260 *
16950 *
21690 *
24450 *
13710 *
17730 *
19260 *
21690 *
23070 *
23030 *
19470 *
8490 *
13710 *
17730 *
19260 *
21650
21370
21260
19470 *
7040 *
6740 *
7220 *
8460 *
11390 *
14570 *
14650 *
14750 *
14960 *
11960 *
7040 *
6740 * 5730 *
7220 * 5840 *
8460 * 6320 *
11390 * 7200 *
11380
8440 *
11370
9800 *
10910 10760 *
10770 10500 *
10710
5730 *
5840 *
6320 *
7200 *
7850
7460
7160
6940
4980 *
5130 *
5480 *
5980 *
6530 *
7060 *
6460 *
4980 *
5130 *
5480
5410
5250
5070
5060
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-92
4230 *
4500 *
4060
3980
8410 *
5800 *
4690 *
4170 *
3920 *
3840 *
3910 *
4130 *
4570 *
5390 *
7070 *
8410 *
5800 *
4690 *
4170 *
3920 *
3840 *
3860
3940
4250
4910
7070 *
3.03
5.79
7.27
8.22
8.81
9.12
9.16
8.96
8.48
7.68
5.87
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX280LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.76 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
5820 *
15390 *
11420 *
11990 *
15210 *
18770 *
21110 *
15390 *
11420 *
11990 *
15210 *
18770 *
21110 *
7700 *
18590 *
18660 *
20660 *
22620 *
23160 *
21920 *
7700 *
18590 *
18660 *
20660 *
21530
21170
21360
6120 *
7550 *
9750 *
13930 *
14580 *
14600 *
14870 *
13750 *
5820 *
5420 *
5300 *
6120 * 5420 *
7550 * 5850 *
9750 * 6630 *
11400
7780 *
11590
9140 *
11000 10430 *
10730 10700 *
10600
9030 *
5420 *
5300 *
5420 *
5850 *
6630 *
7430
7570
7230
6960
6880
4580 *
4610 *
4790 *
5130 *
5620 *
6180 *
6740 *
7180 *
4580 *
4610 *
4790 *
5130 *
5400
5300
5120
4990
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-93
4100 *
4280 *
4520 *
4790 *
4400 *
4100 *
4170
4060
3930
3860
5710 *
4490 *
4010 *
3620 *
3430 *
3370 *
3420 *
3600 *
3950 *
4570 *
5580 *
5710 *
4490 *
4010 *
3620 *
3430 *
3370 *
3420 *
3570
3790
4290
5490
4.54
6.69
8.00
8.87
9.42
9.71
9.75
9.56
9.11
8.38
7.08
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX280LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.42 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
10270 *
14010 *
17660 *
20300 *
14100 * 14100 * 22820 *
21280 * 21280 * 23320 *
28680 * 28680 * 22250 *
10270 *
14010 *
17660 *
19810
19020
18730
18870
9660 * 9660 *
13700 * 10640
7850 *
14720 * 10730
9150 *
14760 * 10130 10450 *
14970 * 9830 10860 *
14250 * 9710
9260 *
7050 *
7060
6730
6440
6350
6100 *
6900 *
6490 *
7600 *
5680 *
4930 *
4590 *
4490 *
4580 *
4870 *
5470 *
5970 *
4740
4680
4630
7600 *
5680 *
4930 *
4420
4070
3960
4060
4440
5350
ZX280LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.11 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
4.65
6.41
7.47
8.12
8.45
8.50
8.28
7.76
6.83
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
8490 *
8490 *
7040 * 7040 *
6740 * 6740 * 5730 *
7220 * 7220 * 5840 *
13710 * 13710 * 8460 * 8460 * 6320 *
14810 * 14810 * 17730 * 17730 * 11390 * 10670 * 7200 *
19260 * 19260 * 14570 * 10440
8440 *
12260 * 12260 * 21690 * 19410 14650 * 10310
9800 *
16950 * 16950 * 23070 * 18790 14750 * 9870 10760 *
21690 * 21690 * 23030 * 18690 14960 * 9730 10500 *
24450 * 24450 * 19470 * 18950 11960 * 9670
5730 *
5840 *
6320 *
7040
7200
6820
6530
6310
4980 *
5130 *
5480 *
5980 *
6530 *
7060 *
6460 *
4980 *
5130 *
5130
5010
4800
4630
4610
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-94
4230 *
4500 *
3710
3640
8410 *
5800 *
4690 *
4170 *
3920 *
3840 *
3910 *
4130 *
4570 *
5390 *
7070 *
8410 *
5800 *
4690 *
4170 *
3910
3620
3530
3600
3870
4480
6590
3.03
5.79
7.27
8.22
8.81
9.12
9.16
8.96
8.48
7.68
5.87
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX280LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.76 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
5820 *
6210 *
7700 * 7700 * 7550 *
15390 * 15390 * 18590 * 18590 * 9750 *
11420 * 11420 * 18660 * 18660 * 13930 *
11990 * 11990 * 20660 * 19640 14580 *
15210 * 15210 * 22620 * 18940 14600 *
18770 * 18770 * 23160 * 18600 14870 *
21110 * 21110 * 21920 * 18780 13750 *
5820 *
5420 *
5300 *
6210 * 5420 *
7550 * 5850 *
9750 * 6630 *
10480
7780 *
10520
9140 *
9950 10430 *
9690 10700 *
9560
9030 *
5420 *
5300 *
5420 *
5850 *
6630 *
7140 *
6930
6600
6330
6250
4580 *
4610 *
4790 *
5130 *
5620 *
6180 *
6740 *
7180 *
4580 *
4610 *
4790 *
5110
5020
4900
4670
4540
NOTE: When the lifting hook is used, the maximum allowable lifting load is 10 tons.
13-95
4100 *
4280 *
4520 *
4790 *
4400 *
3890
3830
3710
3590
3510
5710 *
4490 *
4010 *
3620 *
3430 *
3370 *
3420 *
3600 *
3950 *
4570 *
5580 *
5710 *
4490 *
4010 *
3620 *
3430 *
3290
3200
3250
3460
3910
5000
4.54
6.69
8.00
8.87
9.42
9.71
9.75
9.56
9.11
8.38
7.08
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX350LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.33m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
15120 * 13830
18040 * 12010
19520 * 19520 * 15800 * 12240
11560 * 11560 *
10400 *
11640 *
13060 *
13450
13220
13190
12270 *
9500
9050
8540
8140
7940
7910
8060
9650 *
10030 *
9880
9640
9500
9500
6640
6480
6250
6030
5900
5900
9640 *
8610
8020
7870
8130
8950
10080 *
9190 *
6350
5510
5100
4980
5110
5600
6710
9190 *
ZX350LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.67 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.70
8.30
8.60
8.62
8.38
7.84
6.93
5.47
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
9890 *
9580
9180 *
6690
9120 *
6000
8.00
4.5
3.0
1.5
14260 * 14040
17540 * 12790
11160 *
12660 *
13460
9110
8570
8140
9670 *
9890
9620
6500
6240
6000
8190
7640
7490
5240
4860
4730
8.58
8.87
8.89
0
-1.5
-3.0
19400 * 11840
13890 * 13890 * 18430 * 11870
21190 * 21190 * 16450 * 12060
13170
13090
12700 *
7890
7820
7930
9450
9400
5850
5810
7720
8420
9930 *
4840
5250
6190
8.65
8.13
7.26
-4.5
16110 * 16110 * 12770 * 12480
9480 *
8520
5.88
13-96
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX350LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 3.20 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
16340 *
18730 *
19450 *
13320 * 13320 * 18940 *
15640 * 15640 * 21080 * 21080 * 17380 *
18960 * 18960 * 14380 *
13160
12240
11840
11770
11900
12230
10430 *
12030 *
13410 *
13190
13040
13090
10830 *
9260
8700
8210
7890
7760
7810
8050
8530 *
9130 *
9940
9640
9430
9330
9390
6790
6570
6290
6020
5820
5740
5790
7470 *
7490
7340
7240
4880
4760
4620
4530
6300 *
6330 *
6550 *
6860
7030
7580
8760
9210 *
5380
4760
4440
4320
4400
4730
5440
7030
ZX350LC-3 Mono block boom, Arm 4.00 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
-6.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
8.58
9.12
9.39
9.42
9.19
8.70
7.90
6.66
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
8070 * 8070 *
8110 * 8110 * 12220 * 12220 *
12710 * 12710 * 17660 * 17660 *
18220 * 18220 * 22520 * 22520 *
16250 * 16250 *
14430 *
17460 *
19040 *
19260 *
18360 *
16220 *
12050 *
13730
12580
11930
11670
11680
11900
12050 *
10970 *
12610 *
13250
12990
12930
12270 *
8450 *
8920
8350
7930
7710
7660
7790
8190
13-97
7590 *
8300 *
9230 *
9710
9430
9260
9230
9150 *
6950
6700
6390
6070
5820
5670
5640
5780
6810 *
7730
7550
7360
7210
7130
5080
4970
4810
4630
4490
4420
5030 *
4880 *
4890 *
5030 *
5320 *
5810 *
6590
7400
8680 *
8280 *
5030
4660
4190
3920
3820
3870
4100
4590
5590
8080
8.63
9.42
9.91
10.16
10.18
9.98
9.53
8.80
7.71
6.06
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX350LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.33 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
15120 * 12630
18040 * 10870
19520 * 19520 * 15800 * 11090
11560 * 11550
10400 *
11640 *
13060 *
13430
13190
13160
12270 *
8780
8340
7830
7450
7250
7220
7370
9650 *
10030 *
9860
9620
9480
9480
6140
5980
5750
5540
5410
5410
9640 *
8600
8000
7850
8120
8930
10080 *
9190 *
5870
5090
4700
4570
4700
5140
6150
8820
ZX350LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 2.67 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
7.70
8.30
8.60
8.62
8.38
7.84
6.93
5.47
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
14260 * 12830
17540 * 11620
19400 *
13890 * 13890 * 18430 *
21190 * 21190 * 16450 *
16110 * 16110 * 12770 *
10710
10730
10920
11320
9890 *
11160 *
12660 *
13430
13140
13070
12700 *
8850
8400
7870
7440
7200
7130
7240
13-98
9180 *
9670 *
9870
9600
9430
9380
6190
6000
5750
5510
5360
5320
9120 *
8170
7630
7480
7700
8400
9930 *
9480 *
5540
4830
4470
4340
4440
4820
5680
7800
8.00
8.58
8.87
8.89
8.65
8.13
7.26
5.88
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
B
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
M1G6-13-013
METRIC MEASURE
ZX350LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 3.20 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
16340 *
18730 *
19450 *
13320 * 13320 * 18940 *
15640 * 15640 * 21080 * 21080 * 17380 *
18960 * 18960 * 14380 *
11980
11080
10700
10630
10760
11080
10430 *
12030 *
13410 *
13160
13010
13060
10830 *
8540
7990
7510
7200
7080
7120
7360
8530 *
9130 *
9920
9620
9410
9310
9370
6280
6060
5790
5520
5330
5250
5300
7470 *
7470
7330
7230
4490
4370
4240
4150
6300 *
6330 *
6550 *
6850
7020
7560
8740
9210 *
4960
4380
4080
3970
4040
4330
4980
6440
ZX350LCN-3 Mono block boom, Arm 4.00 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
-6.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
8.58
9.12
9.39
9.42
9.19
8.70
7.90
6.66
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
8070 * 8070 *
8110 * 8110 * 12220 * 12220 *
12710 * 12710 * 17660 * 17660 *
18220 * 18220 * 22520 * 21120
16250 * 16250 *
14430 *
17460 *
19040 *
19260 *
18360 *
16220 *
12050 *
12530
11410
10780
10540
10550
10750
11220
10970 *
12610 *
13220
12960
12900
12270 *
8450 *
8210
7650
7240
7020
6970
7090
7490
13-99
7590 *
8300 *
9230 *
9690
9410
9240
9210
9150
6440
6200
5890
5570
5330
5180
5150
5290
6810 *
7720
7540
7350
7190
7110
4690
4590
4420
4250
4110
4040
5030 *
4880 *
4890 *
5030 *
5320 *
5810 *
6580
7380
8680 *
8280 *
5030 *
4300
3850
3600
3500
3540
3750
4200
5120
7400
8.63
9.42
9.91
10.16
10.18
9.98
9.53
8.80
7.71
6.06
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX350LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.33 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
12460 *
12130 *
13500 *
19220 * 19220 * 17510 *
24740 * 24740 * 18460 *
24470 * 24470 * 19410 *
30490 * 24540 19510 *
29070 * 29070 * 29950 * 24330 19730 *
38130 * 38130 * 27030 * 24630 17660 *
12460 *
12130 *
13500 *
14470
13950
13530
12760
12420
12350
10060 *
10360 *
11510 *
13430 *
13820
13960
13540
11230 *
9860
9760
9510
9450
8910
8470
8110
8020
8760 *
8990 *
9620 *
9830
9640
9510
11240 * 11240 *
8830 * 7680
7810 * 6080
7330 * 5290
7180 * 4910
7300 * 4800
7720 * 4950
7220 * 5440
6540 * 6540 *
6610
6600
6430
6180
5940
5830
ZX350LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.67 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
5.25
6.83
7.80
8.40
8.69
8.72
8.47
7.94
6.91
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
14880 *
21730 *
24570 *
27680 *
18560 * 18560 * 30210 *
25980 * 25980 * 30270 *
33740 * 33740 * 28090 *
18970 *
14880 *
21730 *
24570 *
26030
24720
24320
24470
18970 *
11670 *
11540 *
12750 *
16330 *
18880 *
19360 *
19410 *
19690 *
18500 *
11270 *
11670 *
11540 *
12750 *
14530 *
14030
13730
12860
12420
12310
11270 *
9570 *
9930 *
11030 *
12870 *
13810
13890 *
13580
12340 *
9570 *
9760
9540 *
9560
8990
8510
8130
7960
13-100
8330 *
8650 *
9310 *
9800
9670
9470
6750
6710
6520
6240
5970
5790
6800 *
4550
9960 *
8070 *
7210 *
6810 *
6680 *
6800 *
7180 *
7240 *
6030 *
9930 *
9960 *
7100
5720
5010
4650
4550
4670
5090
6030 *
9930 *
5.73
7.19
8.12
8.70
8.98
9.00
8.77
8.25
7.36
4.80
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX350LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.20 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
23490 *
19720 * 19720 * 24350 *
26540 *
29250 *
30340 *
29230 *
29960 * 29960 * 23730 *
9110 *
8930 *
11680 * 11680 * 9310 *
23490 * 14430 * 14430 * 10300 *
24350 * 18690 * 14100 11990 *
26180 19300 * 14040 13750 *
25050 19260 * 13020 13620
24300 19450 * 12440 13690
24220 19270 * 12260 13350
23730 * 14790 * 12240
8440 *
9110 *
8930 *
9310 *
9580 *
9670 *
9130
8580
8220
7920
8000
7690 *
7800 *
8180 *
8830 *
9670 *
9650
9490
8650 *
6840
6970
6870
6670
6390
6060
5800
5730
6820 *
7240 *
7380
7240
4820
4740
4600
4470
9340 *
7290 *
6540 *
6220 *
6060 *
5960 *
6050 *
6350 *
6930 *
5700 *
7230 *
9340 *
7290 *
6180
5120
4540
4240
4150
4240
4570
5270
7230 *
ZX350LC-3 2-piece boom, Arm 4.00 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
-6.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
4.38
6.55
7.86
8.72
9.25
9.52
9.54
9.32
8.84
8.05
6.26
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
9.0 m
Max.
REACH
m
8220 *
8140 *
8500 *
11450 * 11450 * 12100 * 12100 * 9340 *
15070 * 15070 * 24830 * 24830 * 16760 * 14310 * 10810 *
13290 * 13290 * 25400 * 25400 * 19120 * 13800 12890 *
14890 * 14890 * 27760 * 26030 19170 * 13440 13620
18720 * 18720 * 29890 * 24650 19220 * 12630 13760 *
22880 * 22880 * 30130 * 24150 19500 * 12240 13460
25900 * 25900 * 27710 * 24330 17920 * 12150 12050 *
16970 * 16970 *
8220 *
8140 *
8500 *
9340 *
9380
9430
8790
8310
8010
7840
13-101
6320 *
7060 *
7170 *
7560 *
8200 *
9030 *
9610
9530
9380
6570 *
6320 *
7060 *
7090
6960
6760
6650
6280
5910
5690
5730
6240 *
6410 *
6700 *
7100 *
7320
7170
5090
5070
4940
4750
4550
4390
6570 * 6570 *
5500 * 5500 *
5030 * 5030 *
4810 * 4420
4750 * 3980
4820 * 3740
5030 * 3650
5390 * 3720
5820 * 3950
5670 * 4440
5630 * 5570
12010 * 12010 *
5.91
7.65
8.80
9.57
10.06
10.30
10.32
10.12
9.68
8.96
7.69
4.02
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX350LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.33 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
12460 *
12130 *
13500 *
19220 * 19220 * 17510 *
24740 * 24220 18460 *
24470 * 22420 19410 *
30490 * 21620 19510 *
29070 * 29070 * 29950 * 21420 19730 *
38130 * 38130 * 27030 * 21700 17660 *
12460 *
12130 *
13500 *
13410
13460
12320
11570
11240
11180
10060 *
10360 *
11510 *
13430 *
13800
13930
13510
11230 *
9140
9120
8870
8710
8180
7760
7400
7320
8760 *
8990 *
9620 *
9820
9620
9490
11240 * 10910
8830 * 7080
7810 * 5600
7330 * 4860
7180 * 4500
7300 * 4390
7720 * 4530
7220 * 4970
6540 * 6090
6100
6090
5920
5680
5440
5330
ZX350LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 2.67 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
5.25
6.83
7.80
8.40
8.69
8.72
8.47
7.94
6.91
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
11670 *
11540 *
14880 * 14880 * 12750 *
21730 * 21730 * 16330 *
24570 * 24240 18880 *
27680 * 23020 19360 *
18560 * 18560 * 30210 * 21790 19410 *
25980 * 25980 * 30270 * 21410 19690 *
33740 * 33740 * 28090 * 21560 18500 *
18970 * 18970 * 11270 *
11670 *
11540 *
12750 *
13500 *
12950
12510
11670
11250
11140
11270 *
9570 *
9930 *
11030 *
12870 *
13790
13890 *
13550
12340 *
9280
9160
8900
8820
8260
7790
7420
7250
13-102
8330 *
8650 *
9310 *
9780 *
9650
9460
6240
6200
6000
5730
5460
5290
6800 *
4160
9960 *
8070 *
7210 *
6810 *
6680 *
6800 *
7180 *
7240 *
6030 *
9930 *
9590
6550
5260
4600
4260
4160
4270
4650
5530
9930 *
5.73
7.20
8.12
8.70
8.98
9.00
8.77
8.25
7.36
4.80
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
LIFTING CAPACITIES
A
NOTE: • Lifting capacity of the ZX series does not exceed 75%
of tipping load with the machine on firm, level ground
or 87 % of full hydraulic capacity. (ISO 10567)
• * Indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
C
A: Load radius
B: Load point height
C: Lifting capacity
B
M1G6-13-018
METRIC MEASURE
ZX350LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 3.20 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
1.5 m
3.0 m
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
Max.
9.0 m
REACH
m
9110 *
8930 *
11680 * 11680 * 9310 *
23490 * 23490 * 14430 * 13550 10300 *
19720 * 19720 * 24350 * 24220 18690 * 13050 11990 *
26540 * 23970 19300 * 12810 13730
29250 * 22100 19260 * 11820 13600
30340 * 21390 19450 * 11260 13660
29230 * 21310 19270 * 11090 13320
29960 * 29960 * 23730 * 21740 14790 * 11070
8440 *
9110 *
8930 *
9170 *
8960
9010
8400
7860
7500
7220
7290
7690 *
7800 *
8180 *
8830 *
9670 *
9630
9470
8650
6320
6460
6400
6190
5880
5550
5300
5230
6820 *
7240 *
7370
7230
4430
4350
4210
4080
9340 *
7290 *
6540 *
6220 *
6060 *
5960 *
6050 *
6350 *
6930 *
5700 *
7230 *
9340 *
7290 *
5700
4710
4160
3880
3790
3870
4170
4810
6890
ZX350LCN-3 2-piece boom, Arm 4.00 m, G 600 mm
B: Load
point
height
m
10.5
9.0
7.5
6.0
4.5
3.0
1.5
0
-1.5
-3.0
-4.5
-6.0
1.5 m
3.0 m
4.38
6.55
7.86
8.72
9.25
9.52
9.54
9.32
8.84
8.05
6.26
Unit; kg
A: Load radius
4.5 m
6.0 m
7.5 m
9.0 m
Max.
REACH
m
8220 *
8140 *
8500 *
11450 * 11450 * 12100 * 12100 * 9340 *
15070 * 15070 * 24830 * 24560 * 16760 * 13260 10810 *
13290 * 13290 * 25400 * 24040 19120 * 12830 * 12890 *
14890 * 14890 * 27760 * 23010 19170 * 12230 13600
18720 * 18720 * 29890 * 21710 19220 * 11440 13760 *
22880 * 22880 * 30130 * 21240 19500 * 11060 13430
25900 * 25900 * 27710 * 21410 17920 * 10970 12050 *
16970 * 16970 *
8220 *
8140 *
8500 *
9040
8750
8690
8060
7590
7300
7130
13-103
6320 *
7060 *
7170 *
7560 *
8200 *
9030 *
9590
9510
9360
6570 *
6320 *
6690
6670
6510
6480
6130
5770
5410
5190
5230
6240 *
6410 *
6700 *
7100 *
7310
7150
4690
4670
4550
4360
4160
4000
6570 * 6570 *
5500 * 5500 *
5030 * 4780
4810 * 4060
4750 * 3640
4820 * 3410
5030 * 3330
5390 * 3380
5820 * 3600
5670 * 4050
5630 * 5080
12010 * 12010 *
5.91
7.65
8.80
9.57
10.06
10.30
10.32
10.12
9.68
8.96
7.69
4.02
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
MEMO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-104
INDEX
2
2-piece Boom................................................................................13-23
A
Adjust Bucket Linkage.................................................................7-74
Adjust the Operator’s Seat............................................................S-5
Adjusting Console Height..........................................................1-79
Adjusting the Air-suspension Seat (Optional)....................1-77
Adjusting the Seat.........................................................................1-75
After the First 100 Hours............................................................... 2-1
After the First 50 Hours................................................................. 2-1
Air Cleaner.......................................................................................7-53
Alarm Light........................................................................................ 1-9
Alarm Occurrence Screen...........................................................1-15
AM/FM Radio Operation.............................................................1-68
Attachment Connection Parts..................................................5-30
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Breaker) (Optional)............... 5-2
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Crusher) (Optional)............... 5-3
Attachment Selection
(Only Machines Equipped with Optional Parts)............1-20
Attachment......................................................................................5-26
Auto Air Conditioner....................................................................1-58
Auto-idle............................................................................................. 5-7
Auto-idle Switch............................................................................1-46
Avoid Abusive Operation...........................................................5-13
Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing
Flammable Fluids..................................................................... S-28
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines........................ S-28
Avoid High-pressure Fluids........................................................ S-25
Avoid Hitting Blade with Bucket..............................................13-8
Avoid Hitting Blade with Front-end Attachment..............13-8
Avoid Injury from Back-over and Swing Accidents........... S-14
Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents................................... S-13
Avoid Power Lines......................................................................... S-18
Avoid Striking The Blade Into a Rock......................................13-8
Avoid Tipping.................................................................................. S-16
Avoid Undercutting...................................................................... S-15
B
Back Monitor Selector................................................................... 1-8
Back Monitor Settings.................................................................1-34
Batteries............................................................................................7-62
Before Starting Engine.................................................................. 3-2
Beware of Asbestos Dust............................................................ S-29
Beware of Exhaust Fumes.......................................................... S-27
Blade Lever......................................................................................13-7
Blade Maintenance.......................................................................13-9
Breaker Maintenance........................................................ 5-23, 7-29
Bucket Teeth (Transverse-type-pin-used Type)................13-22
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3).........................................................12-20
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)..........................................................12-28
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3).........................................................12-32
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3).........................................................12-36
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3).........................................................12-40
Bucket Types and Applications (ZX110-3, 110M-3)...........12-5
Bucket Types and Applications (ZX130-3, 130LCN-3)....12-10
Bucket Types and Applications (ZX160LC-3).....................12-15
Bucket Types and Applications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)........12-24
C
Cab Door Release Lever..............................................................1-70
Cab Features...................................................................................... 1-2
Cab Heater (Optional)..................................................................1-65
Cab Heater Operation....................................................... 1-62, 1-66
Cab Light..........................................................................................1-55
Change Bucket...............................................................................7-72
Change Coolant.............................................................................7-60
Change Engine Oil........................................................................7-21
Change Hydraulic Oil...................................................................7-31
Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension
(ZX120-3, 180-3 Class).............................................................7-58
Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension
(ZX200-3, ZX270-3, ZX330-3 Class)....................................7-59
Check and Replace EGR Device................................................7-83
Check and Replace Seat Belt Check........................................7-75
Check Bucket Teeth......................................................................7-68
Check Coolant Level.....................................................................7-57
Check Fuel Hoses...........................................................................7-52
Check Hoses and Lines................................................................7-37
Check Hydraulic Oil Level...........................................................7-30
Check Instruments After Starting.............................................. 3-7
Check Starter and Alternator....................................................7-83
Check the Hour Meter Regularly................................................ 7-2
Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts........................7-84
Check Track Sag.............................................................................7-77
Check Windshield Washer Fluid Level....................................7-76
Cigar Lighter....................................................................................1-54
Clean Air Cleaner Outer Element.............................................7-53
Clean Air Conditioner Condenser............................................7-61
Clean Air Conditioner Front Screen (Opt.)............................7-61
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter..............................7-79
Check Air Conditioner.................................................................7-81
Clean Cab Floor..............................................................................7-82
Clean Fuel Oil Cooler....................................................................7-61
Clean Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer........................................7-51
Clean Oil Cooler, Radiator and Inter
Cooler Front Screen.................................................................7-61
Clean Radiator Interior................................................................7-60
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler Core
and Inter Cooler Outside.......................................................7-61
Clock.................................................................................................... 1-8
Clock Setting...................................................................................1-19
Closing Upper Front Window....................................................1-71
Components Name........................................................................ 1-1
Confirm Direction of Machine to Be Driven......................... S-10
14-
INDEX
Contents of Alarms.......................................................................1-17
Control Levers.................................................................................11-9
Control Lever (ISO Pattern).......................................................... 5-1
Convert Bucket Connection Into Face Shovel.....................7-73
Coolant Temperature Gauge.....................................................1-10
Cooling Operation........................................................................1-62
Cooling System..............................................................................7-55
Correct Maintenance and Inspection Procedures............... 7-1
D
Defroster Operation.......................................................... 1-63, 1-67
Dig with Caution............................................................................ S-17
Digital Clock Setting Procedure...............................................1-69
Displaying Operating Conditions............................................1-25
Dispose of Waste Properly.......................................................... S-30
Drain Fuel Filter..............................................................................7-45
Drain Fuel Tank Sump..................................................................7-44
Drive Machine Safely.................................................................... S-11
Drive the Machine Carefully........................................................ 4-1
E
Electrical Circuit............................................................................... 8-2
Electrical Diagram........................................................................... 8-3
Electrical System................................................................. 7-62, 11-6
Emergency Boom Lowering Procedure
(Without hose-rupture safety valve).................................5-33
Emergency Exit..............................................................................1-74
Engine Control Dial.......................................................................1-46
Engine Oil Level.............................................................................7-20
Engine Speed Control.................................................................... 5-6
Engine Stop Switch.......................................................................1-56
Engine..................................................................................... 7-20, 11-2
Ensure Safety Before Rising from or
Leaving Operator’s Seat............................................................S-5
Equipment of Head Guard, Rops, Fops ................................ S-10
Evacuating in Case of Fire........................................................... S-27
Every 8 Hours or Daily.................................................................... 2-1
Handle Fluids Safely−avoid Fires............................................. S-19
Handle Starting Aids Safely..........................................................S-6
Hood and Access Covers (ZX120-3, 180-3 Class)................. 7-7
Hood and Access Covers (ZX200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class).... 7-8
Horn Switch.....................................................................................1-53
Hour Meter......................................................................................... 1-8
Hydraulic Breaker and Hydraulic Crusher.............................5-15
Hydraulic Circuit.............................................................................. 8-1
Hydraulic System................................................................ 7-27, 11-9
I
Impossible to Start the Engine.................................................11-1
Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance........................................7-83
Inspect Machine...............................................................................S-4
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting.................................... 3-1
Inspection and Maintenance of Hydraulic Equipment....7-27
Installing Fire Extinguisher (Optional)...................................1-55
Investigate Job Site Beforehand.................................................S-9
J
Jump Starting....................................................................................S-7
K
Keep Person Clear from Working Area.................................. S-15
Keep Riders Off Machine...............................................................S-7
Key Switch........................................................................................1-53
L
Language Settings........................................................................1-43
Layout.................................................................................................. 7-3
Lifting Capacities.........................................................................13-48
Lifting Hook...................................................................................13-46
Loading/unloading on a Trailer.................................................. 6-1
Long Arm Operation --- If Equipped.......................................13-6
G
General Precautions for Cab.........................................................S-4
Grading Operation........................................................................5-12
Greasing............................................................................................7-16
M
Machine Lifting Procedure........................................................... 6-5
Mail (Optional)................................................................................1-41
Maintenance.................................................................................13-19
Maintenance (2-piece Boom)..................................................13-24
Maintenance Guide......................................................................7-10
Maintenance Guide Table............................................................. 7-4
Maintenance Settings..................................................................1-36
Maintenance Under Special Environmental
Conditions..................................................................................... 9-1
Measure Engine Compression Pressure................................7-83
Menu Key........................................................................................... 1-9
Menu Screen (23)............................................................................ 1-7
Miscellaneous.................................................................................7-68
Mode Selection..............................................................................11-8
Move and Operate Machine Safely............................................S-6
Multi Function Monitor................................................................. 1-3
H
Handle Chemical Products Safely............................................ S-30
N
Never Position Bucket Over Anyone...................................... S-15
F
Face Shovel Operation................................................................5-13
Fasten Your Seat Belt.......................................................................S-6
Follow Safety Instructions.............................................................S-2
Front Joint Pins...............................................................................7-16
Fuel Gauge......................................................................................... 1-8
Fuel Rate Display/No Display....................................................1-26
Fuel System......................................................................................7-42
Fuse Box............................................................................................1-57
14-
INDEX
Never Undercut a High Bank..................................................... S-16
O
Object Handling............................................................................ S-18
Object Handling --- If Equipped...............................................5-35
Observe Engine Operation Closely........................................... 2-1
Offset Arm Front..........................................................................13-16
Offset Direction and Working Range...................................13-17
Opening Side Windows...............................................................1-72
Opening Upper Front Window.................................................1-70
Opening/Closing Overhead Window.....................................1-73
Operate Only from Operator’s Seat...........................................S-7
Operate with Caution.................................................................. S-17
Operating Backhoe.......................................................................5-12
Operating in Water or Mud.......................................................... 4-7
Operating on Soft Ground........................................................... 4-5
Operating Status Icon Display..................................................1-10
Operating Tips................................................................................5-14
Optional Function Display........................................................... 1-9
Optional Function Key................................................................... 1-9
Outline................................................................................................. 1-4
Overnight Storage Instructions................................................5-32
P
Park Machine Safely...................................................................... S-19
Parking the Machine...................................................................... 4-8
Parking the Machine on Slopes.................................................. 4-8
Periodic Replacement of Parts.................................................... 7-9
Pilot Control Shut-off Lever...............................................1-56, 5-4
Pipings for Breaker and Crusher (Optional).........................5-16
Power Boost (ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)............5-10
Power Boost Switch
(ZX180-3, 200-3, 270-3, 330-3 Class)..................................1-53
Power Mode....................................................................................5-11
Power Mode Switch......................................................................1-47
Practice Safe Maintenance......................................................... S-21
Precaution for Arm Roll-in/Bucket Roll-in
Combined Operation --- If Headguard-Integrated
Cab or Rainguard is Equipped.............................................5-31
Precautions for Blade Operation..............................................13-7
Precautions for Breaker Operation..........................................5-20
Precautions for Crusher Operation.........................................5-24
Precautions for Lightning........................................................... S-18
Precautions for Operating with The Offset Function......13-18
Precautions for Operations...........................................................S-8
Precautions for Transporting Machines
with Pad Crawler Shoes..........................................................13-3
Precautions for Welding and Grinding.................................. S-27
Prepare for Emergencies................................................................S-3
Prepare Machine for Maintenance............................................ 7-6
Prevent Battery Explosions........................................................ S-29
Prevent Burns.................................................................................. S-24
Prevent Fires.................................................................................... S-26
Prevent Parts from Flying........................................................... S-23
Protect Against Flying Debris................................................... S-19
Protect Against Noise.....................................................................S-3
Provide Signals for Jobs Involving
Multiple Numbers of Machines........................................... S-10
Pump 2 Flow Rate Adjustment
(Only Machines Equipped with Optional Parts)............1-24
Pump Transmission.......................................................................7-23
R
Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm.................................... 4-5
Recognize Safety Information.....................................................S-1
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating............................ S-28
Remove Travel Levers...................................................................7-75
Removing and Storing Lower Front Window......................1-72
Removing the Machine from Storage....................................10-2
Replace Air Breather Element...................................................7-36
Replace Air Cleaner Outer and Inner Elements..................7-53
Replace Batteries...........................................................................7-65
Replace Engine Oil Filter.............................................................7-21
Replace Fuel Main Filter Element............................................7-49
Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element...............................................7-50
Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter..............................................7-34
Replace Pilot Oil Filter..................................................................7-35
Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically......................................... S-24
Replacing Fuses.............................................................................7-66
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt...................................................7-83
Return to Basic Screen Key ......................................................... 1-9
S
Safety Signs..................................................................................... S-31
Seat Belt............................................................................................1-80
Seat with a Built-in Heater.............................................. 1-76, 1-78
Secondary Relief Pressure Adjustment.................................5-18
Select Correct Track Shoes.........................................................5-14
Service Air Conditioning System Safely................................ S-29
Service Recommendations for Hydraulic Fittings.............7-40
Shackle Hole Usage......................................................................5-32
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX110-3).....................................................................................12-3
(ZX110M-3).................................................................................12-4
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3).........................................................12-19
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)..........................................................12-27
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3).........................................................12-31
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3).........................................................12-35
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3).........................................................12-39
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX110-3 with Blade).......13-12
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX130-3)...............................12-8
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX130-3 with Blade).......13-15
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX130LCN-3).......................12-9
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX160LC-3).........................12-14
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)...........12-23
14-
INDEX
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX130-3 (2-piece Boom)......................................................13-29
ZX130LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..............................................13-30
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX210-3 (2-piece Boom)......................................................13-33
ZX210LC-3 (2-piece Boom).................................................13-33
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX210LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..............................................13-36
ZX240N-3 (2-piece Boom)...................................................13-36
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX250LC-3 (2-piece Boom).................................................13-39
ZX250LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..............................................13-39
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX280LC-3 (2-piece Boom).................................................13-42
ZX280LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..............................................13-42
Shoe Types and Applications
ZX350LC-3 (2-piece Boom).................................................13-45
ZX350LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)..............................................13-45
Sound Level Results (2000/14/EC)........................................12-41
Specifications (ZX110-3 with Blade).....................................13-10
Specifications (ZX110-3, 110M-3)............................................12-1
Specifications (ZX110-3, 110M-3 Offset).............................13-20
Specifications (ZX130-3 with Blade).....................................13-13
Specifications (ZX130-3, 130LCN-3)........................................12-6
Specifications (ZX160LC-3)......................................................12-11
Specifications (ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3).................................12-16
Specifications (ZX210-3, 210LC-3).........................................12-21
Specifications (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3)..................................12-25
Specifications (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3).................................12-29
Specifications (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3).................................12-33
Specifications (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3).................................12-37
Specifications
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3 (2-piece Boom).................................13-27
Specifications
ZX210-3, 210LC-3 (2-piece Boom)....................................13-31
Specifications
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3 (2-piece Boom)..............................13-34
Specifications
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................13-37
Specifications
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................13-40
Specifications
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................13-43
Starting in Cold Weather.............................................................. 3-5
Starting the Engine in Ordinary Temperature....................... 3-3
Stay Clear of Moving Parts......................................................... S-22
Steering the Machine Using Levers.......................................... 4-3
Steering the Machine Using Pedals.......................................... 4-2
Stopping the Engine....................................................................3-10
Store Attachments Safely........................................................... S-23
Storing the Machine.....................................................................10-1
Suction Filter Cleaning................................................................7-31
Support Machine Properly......................................................... S-22
Swing Bearing.................................................................................7-18
Swing Internal Gear......................................................................7-19
Swing Reduction Gear.................................................................7-24
Switch Panel....................................................................................1-45
Switch Panel (Optional)...............................................................1-51
T
Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage................................1-64
Towing Machine a Short Distance............................................. 4-6
Transmission...................................................................................7-23
Transport Safely............................................................................. S-20
Transporting....................................................................................13-3
Transporting By Road.................................................................... 6-1
Travel Alarm (Optional)................................................................. 4-4
Travel Mode Switch..............................................................1-47, 4-4
Travel Reduction Gear.................................................................7-25
Traveling and Other Cautions...................................................13-2
U
Understand Signal Words..............................................................S-1
Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants.............................................. 7-2
Use Handholds and Steps.............................................................S-5
Using Booster Batteries................................................................. 3-8
Using Pad Crawler Shoe..............................................................13-1
V
Vibration Level..............................................................................12-41
W
Warn Others of Service Work.................................................... S-22
Wear Protective Clothing..............................................................S-3
When Installing an Attachment Longer
Than Standard Bucket.............................................................5-31
Wiper/Washer Switch...................................................................1-49
Work Light Switch.........................................................................1-48
Work Mode........................................................................................ 5-8
Work Mode Select........................................................................... 5-9
Working Ranges (ZX110-3 with Blade)................................13-11
Working Ranges (ZX110-3, 110M-3).......................................12-2
Working Ranges (ZX110-3, 110M-3 Offset)........................13-21
Working Ranges (ZX130-3 with Blade)................................13-14
Working Ranges (ZX130-3, 130LCN-3)...................................12-7
Working Ranges (ZX160LC-3).................................................12-12
Working Ranges (ZX180LC-3, 180LCN-3)............................12-17
Working Ranges (ZX210-3, 210LC-3)....................................12-22
Working Ranges (ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3).............................12-26
Working Ranges (ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3)............................12-30
Working Ranges (ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3)............................12-34
Working Ranges (ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3)............................12-38
Working Ranges
ZX130-3, 130LCN-3 (2-piece Boom).................................13-28
Working Ranges
ZX210-3, 210LC-3 (2-piece Boom)....................................13-32
Working Ranges
ZX210LCN-3, 240N-3 (2-piece Boom)..............................13-35
Working Ranges
ZX250LC-3, 250LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................13-38
14-
INDEX
Working Ranges
ZX280LC-3, 280LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................13-41
Working Ranges
ZX350LC-3, 350LCN-3 (2-piece Boom)............................13-44
14-
INDEX
MEMO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14-

Перейти к содержимому (нажмите Enter)

Комментарии

  1. Отличный сайт! Прям находка для специалистов!!!

Добавить комментарий

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Стиральная машина элита смс 2б инструкция
  • Полиуретановая смола для гидроизоляции инструкция по применению
  • Салициловая кислота инструкция по применению для волос
  • Мтз 152 руководство по эксплуатации
  • Препарат гастростат инструкция по применению цена отзывы аналоги